summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/poemscol/poemscol.dtx
blob: 5794a2d575d6d45caa2c8a924fe1194a594732ac (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
9526
9527
9528
9529
9530
9531
9532
9533
9534
9535
9536
9537
9538
9539
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9548
9549
9550
9551
9552
9553
9554
9555
9556
9557
9558
9559
9560
9561
9562
9563
9564
9565
9566
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9580
9581
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9588
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
9600
9601
9602
9603
9604
9605
9606
9607
9608
9609
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9615
9616
9617
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9623
9624
9625
9626
9627
9628
9629
9630
9631
9632
9633
9634
9635
9636
9637
9638
9639
9640
9641
9642
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649
9650
9651
9652
9653
9654
9655
9656
9657
9658
9659
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9667
9668
9669
9670
9671
9672
9673
9674
9675
9676
9677
9678
9679
9680
9681
9682
9683
9684
9685
9686
9687
9688
9689
9690
9691
9692
9693
9694
9695
9696
9697
9698
9699
9700
9701
9702
9703
9704
9705
9706
9707
9708
9709
9710
9711
9712
9713
9714
9715
9716
9717
9718
9719
9720
9721
9722
9723
9724
9725
9726
9727
9728
9729
9730
9731
9732
9733
9734
9735
9736
9737
9738
9739
9740
9741
9742
9743
9744
9745
9746
9747
9748
9749
9750
9751
9752
9753
9754
9755
9756
9757
9758
9759
9760
9761
9762
9763
9764
9765
9766
9767
9768
9769
9770
9771
9772
9773
9774
9775
9776
9777
9778
9779
9780
9781
9782
9783
9784
9785
9786
9787
9788
9789
9790
9791
9792
9793
9794
9795
9796
9797
9798
9799
9800
9801
9802
9803
9804
9805
9806
9807
9808
9809
9810
9811
9812
9813
9814
9815
9816
9817
9818
9819
9820
9821
9822
9823
9824
9825
9826
9827
9828
9829
9830
9831
9832
9833
9834
9835
9836
9837
9838
9839
9840
9841
9842
9843
9844
9845
9846
9847
9848
9849
9850
9851
9852
9853
9854
9855
9856
9857
9858
9859
9860
9861
9862
9863
9864
9865
9866
9867
9868
9869
9870
9871
9872
9873
9874
9875
9876
9877
9878
9879
9880
9881
9882
9883
9884
9885
9886
9887
9888
9889
9890
9891
9892
9893
9894
9895
9896
9897
9898
9899
9900
9901
9902
9903
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
9910
9911
9912
9913
9914
9915
9916
9917
9918
9919
9920
9921
9922
9923
9924
9925
9926
9927
9928
9929
9930
9931
9932
9933
9934
9935
9936
9937
9938
9939
9940
9941
9942
9943
9944
9945
9946
9947
9948
9949
9950
9951
9952
9953
9954
9955
9956
9957
9958
9959
9960
9961
9962
9963
9964
9965
9966
9967
9968
9969
9970
9971
9972
9973
9974
9975
9976
9977
9978
9979
9980
9981
9982
9983
9984
9985
9986
9987
9988
9989
9990
9991
9992
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9999
10000
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
10007
10008
10009
10010
10011
10012
10013
10014
10015
10016
10017
10018
10019
10020
10021
10022
10023
10024
10025
10026
10027
10028
10029
10030
10031
10032
10033
10034
10035
10036
10037
10038
10039
10040
10041
10042
10043
10044
10045
10046
10047
10048
10049
10050
10051
10052
10053
10054
10055
10056
10057
10058
10059
10060
10061
10062
10063
10064
10065
10066
10067
10068
10069
10070
10071
10072
10073
10074
10075
10076
10077
10078
10079
10080
10081
10082
10083
10084
10085
10086
10087
10088
10089
10090
10091
10092
10093
10094
10095
10096
10097
10098
10099
10100
10101
10102
10103
10104
10105
10106
10107
10108
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10114
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10120
10121
10122
10123
10124
10125
10126
10127
10128
10129
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10135
10136
10137
10138
10139
10140
10141
10142
10143
10144
10145
10146
10147
10148
10149
10150
10151
10152
10153
10154
10155
10156
10157
10158
10159
10160
10161
10162
10163
10164
10165
10166
10167
10168
10169
10170
10171
10172
10173
10174
10175
10176
10177
10178
10179
10180
10181
10182
10183
10184
10185
10186
10187
10188
10189
10190
10191
10192
10193
10194
10195
10196
10197
10198
10199
10200
10201
10202
10203
10204
10205
10206
10207
10208
10209
10210
10211
10212
10213
10214
10215
10216
10217
10218
10219
10220
10221
10222
10223
10224
10225
10226
10227
10228
10229
10230
10231
10232
10233
10234
10235
10236
10237
10238
10239
10240
10241
10242
10243
10244
10245
10246
10247
10248
10249
10250
10251
10252
10253
10254
10255
10256
10257
10258
10259
10260
10261
10262
10263
10264
10265
10266
10267
10268
10269
10270
10271
10272
10273
10274
10275
10276
10277
10278
10279
10280
10281
10282
10283
10284
10285
10286
10287
10288
10289
10290
10291
10292
10293
10294
10295
10296
10297
10298
10299
10300
10301
10302
10303
10304
10305
10306
10307
10308
10309
10310
10311
10312
10313
10314
10315
10316
10317
10318
10319
10320
10321
10322
10323
10324
10325
10326
10327
10328
10329
10330
10331
10332
10333
10334
10335
10336
10337
10338
10339
10340
10341
10342
10343
10344
10345
10346
10347
10348
10349
10350
10351
10352
10353
10354
10355
10356
10357
10358
10359
10360
10361
10362
10363
10364
10365
10366
10367
10368
10369
10370
10371
10372
10373
10374
10375
10376
10377
10378
10379
10380
10381
10382
10383
10384
10385
10386
10387
10388
10389
10390
10391
10392
10393
10394
10395
10396
10397
10398
10399
10400
10401
10402
10403
10404
10405
10406
10407
10408
10409
10410
10411
10412
10413
10414
10415
10416
10417
10418
10419
10420
10421
10422
10423
10424
10425
10426
10427
10428
10429
10430
10431
10432
10433
10434
10435
10436
10437
10438
10439
10440
10441
10442
10443
10444
10445
10446
10447
10448
10449
10450
10451
10452
10453
10454
10455
10456
10457
10458
10459
10460
10461
10462
10463
10464
10465
10466
10467
10468
10469
10470
10471
10472
10473
10474
10475
10476
10477
10478
10479
10480
10481
10482
10483
10484
10485
10486
10487
10488
10489
10490
10491
10492
10493
10494
10495
10496
10497
10498
10499
10500
10501
10502
10503
10504
10505
10506
10507
10508
10509
10510
10511
10512
10513
10514
10515
10516
10517
10518
10519
10520
10521
10522
10523
10524
10525
10526
10527
10528
10529
10530
10531
10532
10533
10534
10535
10536
10537
10538
10539
10540
10541
10542
10543
10544
10545
10546
10547
10548
10549
10550
10551
10552
10553
10554
10555
10556
10557
10558
10559
10560
10561
10562
10563
10564
10565
10566
10567
10568
10569
10570
10571
10572
10573
10574
10575
10576
10577
10578
10579
10580
10581
10582
10583
10584
10585
10586
10587
10588
10589
10590
10591
10592
10593
10594
10595
10596
10597
10598
10599
10600
10601
10602
10603
10604
10605
10606
10607
10608
10609
10610
10611
10612
10613
10614
10615
10616
10617
10618
10619
10620
10621
10622
10623
10624
10625
10626
10627
10628
10629
10630
10631
10632
10633
10634
10635
10636
10637
10638
10639
10640
10641
10642
10643
10644
10645
10646
10647
10648
10649
10650
10651
10652
10653
10654
10655
10656
10657
10658
10659
10660
10661
10662
10663
10664
10665
10666
10667
10668
10669
10670
10671
10672
10673
10674
10675
10676
10677
10678
10679
10680
10681
10682
10683
10684
10685
10686
10687
10688
10689
10690
10691
10692
10693
10694
10695
10696
10697
10698
10699
10700
10701
10702
10703
10704
10705
10706
10707
10708
10709
10710
10711
10712
10713
10714
10715
10716
10717
10718
10719
10720
10721
10722
10723
10724
10725
10726
10727
10728
10729
10730
10731
10732
10733
10734
10735
10736
10737
10738
10739
10740
10741
10742
% \iffalse meta-comment
% !TEX TS-program = dtxmk 
%
% Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by John Burt <burt@brandeis.edu>
% --------------------------------------------------
% 
% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
% The latest version of this license is in:
%
%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
% 
% The Current Maintainer of this work is John Burt.
%
% This work consists of the files poemscol.dtx and poemscol.ins
% and the derived file poemscol.sty.
%
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1997/12/01]
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{poemscol}
%<package>   [2019/10/29 v3.141 poemscol file] 
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\usepackage{makeidx,multicol,keyval,ifthen}
\setlength\IndexMin{100pt}
\EnableCrossrefs         
\CodelineIndex
\RecordChanges
\begin{document}
  \DocInput{poemscol.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
% \CheckSum{9964}
%
% \CharacterTable
%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
%
% 
% \changes{v1.0}{2002/06/05}{Initial version}
% \changes{v1.01}{2002/06/25}{Added commands for titles of poems without
% formal titles.  Corrected typographical errors in manual.}
% \changes{v1.1}{2003/04/18}{Added commands to change mark in cases
% where page break fall (or does not fall) on stanza break.  Added
% command to change the amount of indentation in runover lines in
% verse.  Removed special geometry to make the program more generic.}
% \changes{v1.11}{2005/02/12}{Corrected bugs in headers for
% explanatory notes and emendations.}
% \changes{v1.2}{2005/2/19}{Accidentals and typescript variants test
% to see whether textual notes are being made.  Corrected a bug when
% quoting verse in note sections.  Added a command to change the page
% number of the table of contents.  Added a command to input the table
% of contents file.  Added commands to input the external files for
% emendations, explanatory notes, textual notes, and the index of
% titles and first lines.  Added a command to test whether there is an
% .aux file from a previous run and to prevent typesetting of the
% external files for emendations, explanatory notes, textual notes if
% there is not.  Added a command to restore the main page style after
% the table of contents.} \changes{v1.7}{2005/2/22}{Changed how labels
% are made for use in contents and notes sections.  Control sequences
% in titles (such as for italics and so on) no longer require special
% commands, although those commands are retained for backward
% compatibility.} \changes{v2.01}{2005/2/22}{Rewrote all of the title
% commands in order to make them easier to maintain.  Added environment
% for flushing runover lines in verse to the right margin.  Added
% information on how to customize titles.}
% \changes{v2.02}{2005/2/28}{Corrected an error in setting poems
% without formal titles} \changes{v2.12}{2005/3/19}{Notes sections can
% take ranges of lines.} \changes{v2.13}{2005/3/20}{tsentry no longer
% needs an unskip if the entry starts with a comma.}
% \changes{v2.2}{2005/3/23}{The user can create new kinds of endnote.}
% \changes{v2.21}{2005/3/24}{Cross references can refer to line
% numbers} \changes{v2.22}{2005/3/25}{Removed dependence upon
% marn.sty.  Enabled multiple levels of block-formatted footnotes}
% \changes{v2.24}{2005/4/02}{commands to aid typesetting parallel
% texts.} \changes{v2.25}{2005/5/06}{Bug fix in running headers to
% notes sections} \changes{v2.26}{2005/5/09}{Fix no unskip in vertical
% mode error} \changes{v2.27}{2005/5/09}{Changed name of linelabel
% command, to prepare for making poemscol and lineno compatible}
% \changes{v2.30}{2005/5/16}{Prose sections such as Authors'
% Introductions are line numbered by lineno.sty.  Textnotes,
% emendations, and explanatory notes for prose sections may be either
% footnotes or endnotes, and the latter are sent to the same place as
% their verse equivalents.  Good solution to ``missing number''
% problem on first runs.} \changes{v2.301}{2005/5/31}{Corrected small
% bug in table of contents commands, rewrote manual for clarity}
% \changes{v2.31}{2005/6/3}{Ranges of line for notes sections (in
% verse or prose sections) need no longer involve counting of lines.
% Lemmas may be nested, may overlap, and may cross stanza boundaries.}
% \changes{v2.32}{2005/6/29}{Simpler configuration of marginal line
% numbers, revision of manual} \changes{v2.33}{2005/7/03}{Fixed a bug
% in index generation, compensated for odd interaction between
% fancyhdr and reversemarginpar} \changes{v2.34}{2005/7/17}{Easier
% modification of format of tables of contents}
% \changes{v2.35}{2005/7/18}{poemscol can break the lines for long
% titles in the table of contents on its own without making a mess of
% it.  poemscol can break the lines for long titles on its own without
% making a mess of it.  Modified commands for volume titles to use the
% facilities for poem titles.} \changes{v2.36}{2005/8/16}{Versions of
% note commands for typescript variants and accidentals for annotated
% prose.  Commands for marking up and annotating prose by paragraph and
% sentence number.  Commands for cross references by sentence and
% paragraph number.} \changes{v2.37}{2005/8/30}{In cases of broken
% lines or runover lines you can choose whether to set the line number
% with the beginning of the line or with the end of the line.  Also,
% you can choose to have it set the number always at the beginning if
% the line number is at the left, and always at the end if it is at
% the right.} \changes{v2.38}{2005/9/04}{Checked cases where commands
% might introduce extra white space.  Made sure that line numbers for
% verse, prose, and paragraph-sentence prose line up.  Fixed
% overlapping of paragraph and line numbers for paragraph-sentence
% mode.  Up to four sentences can appear on a line in paragraph-line
% mode without having their marginal line numbers overlap.  Fixed a
% bug that added an extra colon in footnotes in paragraph-sentence
% format.  Changed ``gutter'' and ``outer'' line numbering in verse
% and paragraph-sentence prose to use Peter Wilson's sidepars rather
% than marginpars.} \changes{v2.39}{2005/9/07}{Left a DeclareOption
% hanging in version 2.38.  Fixed that.}
% \changes{v2.391}{2005/10/06}{Corrections to user's guide.}
% \changes{v2.392}{2005/10/13}{More corrections to user's guide.}
% \changes{v2.394}{2005/12/10}{More corrections to user's guide.}
% \changes{v2.4}{2006/02/25}{Commands to make new kinds of endnotes
% also make notes for line numbered prose sections and for prose
% sections with paragraph and sentence numbering.}
% \changes{v2.41}{2006/03/02}{Fixed a bug in line numbers of new kinds
% of prose note.} \changes{v2.42}{2006/03/04}{Fixed error in handling
% conditionals when setting prose numbered by sentence and paragraph.}
% \changes{v2.43}{2006/03/06}{Notes in prose numbered by sentence and
% paragraph number can refer only to the sentence number even when
% paragraphs are also being counted.}
% \changes{v2.44}{2006/03/07}{Fixed a bug which caused new kinds of
% endnotes in prose sections to add unwanted white space to the
% output.} \changes{v2.45}{2006/04/08}{Use of sidepar in v2.38
% introduced a problem, causing line numbers sometimes to drift up a
% point.  Changed commands for putting verse line numbers, but not
% paragraph and sentence numbers, to use marginpars again.}
% \changes{v2.46}{2006/04/10}{Changed definition of sidepar so that it
% uses struts to find the depth of the line, restored line number
% commands to use sidepar and its variants.}
% \changes{v2.47}{2006/04/12}{Changed name of sidepar to pcmclsidepar
% to avoid conflicts with the sidepar command from the memoir class,
% since they are no longer exactly the same.  Added commands to put a
% marginal reference to the notes section in the margins of poem
% titles.} \changes{v2.48}{2006/04/13}{Added more general form of the
% commands to put a marginal reference to the notes section in the
% margins of poem titles.} \changes{v2.49}{2006/04/25}{Changed
% marginal reference command to use marginpar rather than pmclsidepar
% (alas, it still adds vertical white space after the title with
% pmclsidepar).  Added marginal reference commands for sequences and
% sequence sections.  Fixed errors in manual.  }
% \changes{v2.50}{2006/05/13}{Added marginal reference commands for
% poem sections, poem subtitles, epigraphs, and dedications.  These
% commands no longer require an additional label command to set the
% label to which they refer.  Added commands to make marginal
% references to the pages in notes sections where comments on
% individual lines may be found, for textual notes, explanatory notes,
% emendations, and user-defined notes.  Added commands for changing
% the names of the Table of Contents, the various endnotes sections,
% and the running headers for the contents and endnotes sections, in
% order to facilitate editions of works in languages other than
% English.} \changes{v2.51}{2006/05/22}{Changed prose section
% environment so that it does not always assume that the modulo for
% line numbers in prose is the same as the number in verse.  Corrected
% a problem with alignment of line numbers in the prosesectionnoreset
% environment.  Added commands to support generation of multiple
% indices using the splitindex package.  Fixed a variety of small
% bugs, including a newly introduced one in the correction to textual
% notes for quoted verse.} \changes{v2.52}{2007/07/10}{Changed
% dedication to poemdedication to avoid a conflict with a command in
% koma-script.  dedication command is provided using providecommand
% for compatibility} \changes{v2.53}{2007/07/14}{Changed the name of
% an internal token register to avoid a conflict with babel}
% \changes{v2.531}{2011/08/16}{Fixed a typo in example code.}
% \GetFileInfo{poemscol.sty} \changes{v2.6}{2012/08/31}{Added an
% optional argument to the poem environment to center the text block
% of the poem on the longest line.  Added a switch to enable titles to
% be centered on the page.} \changes{v2.61}{2013/02/06}{Added a
% boolean to switch notes to one note per paragraph form.  Boolean to
% switch off poem titles in notes. Two column formatting for notes sections.}
% \changes{v2.62}{2013/05/22}{You can adjust the margins of 
% epigraphs, dedications, and similar things. Made the appearance of 
% entries in the table of contents for endnotes sections 
% customizable. Fixed a bug which caused user-defined  
% endnotes to put extra white space in prose passages.}
% \changes{v2.63}{2013/06/01}{Revisions to manual.}
% \changes{v2.64}{2013/08/02}{Bug fix: remove extra white space in 
% custom endnotes for prose sections when notes are in single paragraph mode. Fix 
% appearance of page number in endnote sections.}
% \changes{v2.65}{2013/12/20}{Modifications to parallel text commands, 
% corrections to manual.}
% \changes{v2.66}{2015/5/14}{Change to page styles}
% \changes{v2.7}{2015/6/18}{Improvements to parallel texts.}
% \changes{v2.72}{2015/6/25}{Improvements to parallel texts. Generic note types for parallel texts.
% corrections to manual.}
% \changes{v2.8}{2017/8/25}{Changes in default values about where line numbers 
% are placed. verselinenumberstoleft and related commands no longer change 
% marginparsep. Endnote sections may have normal or hanging paragraphs. 
% Endnotes may have multiple paragraphs.}
% \changes{v2.81}{2017/8/30}{Versemarginadjust to 
% adjust margins of the verse block. Line numbers automatically move closer to 
% the text when the text block is centered on the longest line. New boolean to 
% force line numbers to the margins when the text block is centered. New commands to 
% control the distance of line numbers from margins of centered text block. New default 
% values for marginparwidth and marginparsep.}
% \changes{v2.85}{2017/9/03}{Boolean to turn centering of verse block on and off. 
% Subtitles center when centertitles is issued. New boolean to adjust placement of marginal 
% reference markers in jhtextnote and related commands.}
% \changes{v2.87}{2017/10/23}{Notes to appear at the end of individual poems.}
% \changes{v2.88}{2017/10/29}{Revisions to manual.}
% \changes{v2.89}{2017/11/30}{Append the date to the end of the poem.}
% \changes{v2.9}{2017/12/02}{Date aligns with left margin of poem even when poem is centered.}
% \changes{v2.95}{2017/12/20}{Long poems can put firstline---lastline in running header. 
% Revisions to manual. Textual notes, emendation notes, and explanatory notes can also be 
% placed at the end of the poem rather than at the bottom of the page or in an endnote section.
% Commands to set the title only in the contents and only in the notes.}
% \changes{v2.96}{2018/01/02}{Epigraphs, headnotes, dedications, and attributions move
% towards the center when titles are centered. Easier customization of epigraphs and similar things.}
% \changes{v2.97}{2018/01/05}{Correction to JHepigraphs. Epigraphenvironment for 
% headnotes with more than one stanza or paragraph. Corrections to manual.}
% \changes{v2.98}{2018/01/11}{Corrections to manual.}
% \changes{v2.99}{2019/08/02}{Hierarchy of indented stanzas}
% \changes{v3}{2019/08/03}{With centered verse you can align the title, epigraphs,
% attributions, and so on with the left margin of the verse block.}
% \changes{v3.01}{2019/08/04}{Corrections to manual}
% \changes{v3.04}{2019/08/18}{Appendix sections. New contents entries.}
% \changes{v3.08}{2019/09/03}{Indentations of species of titles in text can be independenttly changed without changing the 
% definition of the title. Appendix and Foreword section titles can be indented differently from notes section titles. }
% \changes{v3.081}{2019/09/05}{Fixed centertitles bug for subsections}
% \changes{v3.09}{2019/09/06}{New schemes for titles. Titles can be placed 
% according the indentation schemes introduced in version 3.08, at the left text margin, at
% the left verse margin, centered over the longest line of a verse block at the left verse margin, 
% at the left margin of a verse block centered on the longest line, and centered over a verse 
% block centered over the longest line.}
% \changes{v3.1}{2019/09/08}{New commands shortpoemepigraph, shortpoemdedication, 
% shortpoemattribution, JHshortepigraph, JHshortdedication. These 
% commands are controlled by the same booleans that control placement 
% of titles.}
% \changes{v3.12}{2019/09/05}{Bug fix. Fix command clash with titlesec Manual revision}
% \changes{v3.13}{2019/09/15}{Fixed subtitles in emendations and explanations, Fixed bug in sequencesectiontitlefirstline, changed sequence hierarchy of indentations, subsubsections of sequences no longer appear in contents}
% \changes{v3.14}{2019/09/27}{Bug fix: ifpagenumberinnotesfalse, Manual revision}
% \changes{v3.141}{2019/10/27}{Manual revisions. Fixed spacing of sentence and 
% paragraph numbers in
% sections numbered by paragraph and sentence. You can suppress the appearance of the
% first sentence number, whether in the margin or in the running text. You can suppress
% the appearance of the first paragraph number, whether in the margin or in the running text.}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\def,\edef,\else,\renewcommand,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
% \DoNotIndex{\abovedisplayskip,\belowdisplayskip,\abovedisplayshortskip,\belowdisplayshortskip}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand, \section, \subsection, \subsubsection,
% \fileversion,} \DoNotIndex{\filedate, \docdate, \leavevmode,
% \vspace, \small, \normalsize, \fontsize,} \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,
% \section, \subsection, \subsubsection, \fileversion}
% \DoNotIndex{\filedate, \docdate, \leavevmode, \vspace, \small,
% \normalsize, \fontsize} \DoNotIndex{\selectfont, \abovedisplayskip,
% \belowdisplayskip, \setlength, \item} \DoNotIndex{\global, \input,
% \def, \edef, \texttt, \textsf, \setcounter}
% \DoNotIndex{\pagenumbering, \oddsidemargin, \evensidemargin,
% \newdimen, \renewcommand} \DoNotIndex{\makeatletter, \let, \@listi,
% \@listl, \z@, \@xpt, \@xipt, \p@ , \@plus2} \DoNotIndex{\@minus5,
% \@minus3, \@plus3, \makeatother, \@minus4, \relax, \pagestyle}
% \DoNotIndex{\fancyhead, \fancyfoot, \thepage, \@ixp}
% \DoNotIndex{\begin \botmark, \botmark, \catcode, \croppadbot,
% \croppadtop} \DoNotIndex{\croppagewidth, \endverse, \equal,
% \fancyfoot, \fancyhead, \fancyhf} \DoNotIndex{\fancypagestyle,
% \firstmark, \footrulewidth, \hbox, \hbox, \headrulewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\hfil, \hspace, \ifthenelse, \immediate, \itemindent,
% \listparindent} \DoNotIndex{\makeatletter, \nolinebreak, \openout,
% \raggedbottom, \setcounter, \textrm} \DoNotIndex{\value, \vspace,
% \write} \DoNotIndex{\afterpoemtitleskip, \addtocounter, \advance,
% \begin, \bf, \bigskip} \DoNotIndex{\bigskipamount, \fi, \@fulltitle,
% \label, \large, \leftheader} \DoNotIndex{\leftheadervalue,
% \leftmargin, \leftmargini} \DoNotIndex{\medskip, \newcounter,
% \nobreak, \par, \textbf}
% \DoNotIndex{\closeout,\em,\emph,\expandafter,\Huge,\it,\jobname,\kern,\newif,
% \newwrite,\p@,\pageref,\renewenvironment,\rm,\scriptsize,\string,
% \textsc, \unskip} 
% \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} 
% \MakeShortVerb{|}
% \def\fileversion{3.141} 
% \def\filedate{29 October 2019} 
% \def\docdate{29 October 2019}
%  \title{Typesetting Poetry Collections with
% \textsf{poemscol}\thanks{This document corresponds to
% \textsf{poemscol}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.}} 
% \author{John Burt
% \\ \texttt{burt@brandeis.edu}} 
% \date{29 October 2019} 
% \maketitle
% \begin{abstract} \textsf{poemscol} provides commands for \LaTeX\ for
% setting collections of poetry.  It is especially suited for setting
% collections of poetry in which several volumes are combined, such as
% in a critical edition of a poet's Collected Poems.  It provides the
% structures required to produce a critical edition of the kind
% specified by the Modern Language Association's Committee on
% Scholarly Editions, and it automatically marks every occasion where
% a stanza break falls on a page break.  \end{abstract}
% \tableofcontents \hfuzz=50pt \section{Introduction}
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} provides the structures necessary for editing a
% critical edition of a volume of poems (or of a collection of a poet's
% works) such as those required by the Modern Language Association's
% Committee on Scholarly Editions.  \textsf{poemscol} numbers the lines, and produces separate,
% formatted endnote sections (or, optionally, 
%multiple layers of footnotes) for emendations, textual collations, and
% explanatory notes, tying
% each note to the range of lines upon which it is a comment. 
%
% Producing line numbers for verse is something for which \LaTeX\
% would seem to be especially suited.  A line of verse, after all, is
% not a carriage return but a logical unit, an element of
% versification more than of typesetting, perhaps running over several
% physical lines, or perhaps split into half-lines as speakers or
% subjects change.  With \textsf{poemscol} you mark lines, stanzas,
% and entire poems up as logical units, and \LaTeX\ does the
% formatting and counting.  Once you have marked out the logical units
% of the poem, \textsf{poemscol} will automatically mark every textual
% note, emendation, or explanatory note with the range of line 
% numbers to which it applies. 
%
% Editions of Collected Poetry might also require special structures
% to reflect the fact that they are made up of the contents of several
% volumes of poetry.  In particular, such editions require 
% facilities for setting up specially formatted divider pages between
% volumes. They also require tables of contents and other front matter, as well
% as an index of titles and first lines (or, optionally, several separate indices)
% and other sorts of back matter.
% \textsf{poemscol} automatically generates a table of contents, an index of titles
% and first lines, and divider pages for the sections of the volumes.
% It produces running headers of the form ``Emendations to pp.~xx-yy''
% for the note sections.  
%
% In poetry which does not have a regular stanzaic form, it is useful
% to be able to mark automatically occasions where there is a stanza
% break at the bottom of a page which the reader might not notice. 
% Doing this by hand is not only tedious and easy to get wrong, but
% also a process you will have to start over again if anything about
% your volume changes --- if you add a poem, say, or even decide to break
% a title across two lines.  \textsf{poemscol} takes care of this
% process, so that the editor need never worry about it, automatically
% marking cases where the page break coincides with a stanza break
% with a symbol. 
%  
% \textsf{poemscol} includes facilities for typesetting parallel text editions
% of poems, for instance to compare different versions or translations of the same poem
% on the recto and verso pages. \textsf{poemscol} will keep the line 
% numbering of the two texts separate, will provide separate endnote sections
% for textual notes, emendations, and explanatory notes for the different texts,
% and will also make marginal markers to tie lines in the verso text to the 
% equivalent line in the recto text. 
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} is also suited for verse drama, and the package
% \textsf{dramatist} has been modified to work with \textsf{poemscol}.
%
% \textsf{poemscol} can provide line numbers and notes for prose
% sections such as the author's introduction or prose poetry. (It
% can also handle inset prose passages in the midst of verse, pausing and 
% restarting verse line numbering as the editor desires.)
%  It also has some limited facilities for typesetting and annotating 
% line-numbered parallel passages in prose.
% \textsf{poemscol} is not, however, designed for typesetting critical editions of large
% scale prose works, although very possibly it could be tweaked to 
% work.  For critical editions of prose works, several
% other packages are available, including the \texttt{EDMAC} format, a
% \TeX\ format analogous to but distinct from \LaTeX, by John
% Lavagnino and Dominik Wujastyk, or \textsf{ledmac}, a port of
% \texttt{EDMAC} into \LaTeX\  originally by Peter Wilson and
% now maintained  as \textsf{reledmac} by Ma\"{\i}eul Rouquette, or \textsf{ednotes}, a
% completely independent set of commands for critical editions which
% builds on \textsf{manypar} and \textsf{lineno}, by Uwe L\"{u}ck.
%
% \textsf{poemscol} can number and annotate prose marked in 
% ``paragraph number: sentence number''
% format (or bible chapter and verse). The advantage of this method of numbering lines
% of prose is that what is numbered is something the author chose to create
%  (sentences and paragraphs)
% rather than an accidental feature of typesetting (line numbers). Paragraph and sentence
% numbering will also be stable across multiple editions, and, like line numbers in verse,
% provides a common system of reference.
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} provides 
% the ability to make cross references to verse line numbers, to line numbers in prose sections,
% or to paragraph and sentence numbers in sections with ``paragraph and sentence'' annotation.
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} also provides a few bells and whistles, such as the ability
% to create new endnote or footnote sections on the fly, the ability
% to center a poem on the longest line (or to move the margin of the
% verse block wherever you wish), and the ability to place a mark in the margin
% indicating where in the apparatus commentary on that line can be found.
% For long poems,  \textsf{poemscol} can provide a
% a special running header which indicates the range of lines to be
% found on the page. 
% It has a special command to place 
% the publication date under the poem just at the left margin of the verse block even
% when the verse block is centered.
% \textsf{poemscol} also provides notes
% to be placed just after a poem (rather than at the bottom of the page 
% or in the endnote sections). It gives the user 
% fine control over the placement of line numbers and the placement and format of titles
% including multi-line titles.
% The user can choose whether to concatenate the notes for a poem into a single paragraph,
% or to give each note a separate paragraph. The user can print the notes
% in single or multicolumn format. The names of things like the Contents can
% be changed to facilitate editions in languages other than English.
% Just about every feature of \textsf{poemscol} can be 
% easily customized.
% 
% The best features of \textsf{poemscol} are of course simply that it 
% is \TeX: it uses \TeX's automatic kerning and setting of ligatures, 
% its algorithm for justifying lines (in prose sections), and \LaTeX's 
% way of setting verse.
% 
% Using \LaTeX\ to typeset critical editions offers more advantages
% than simply the ability to automate tedious and easy to fumble
% tasks.  \TeX\ compilers have the ability to produce
% output in Adobe pdf format.  Adobe pdf output can be used as camera
% ready copy, saving your publisher time and expense, and perhaps
% making a marginally economic critical edition a bit easier to bring
% to press.  Furthermore, since typesetting the edition yourself in
% \LaTeX\ obviates the publisher's own typesetting of your text, it
% removes another possible source of new errors.  (You should expect
% to work with your publisher on the final design of the book, but
% \LaTeX\ is a flexible language which will enable you to reproduce
% most book designs.) 
%
% Editions made in the formats of proprietary software such as
% QuarkXPress\copyright\ or InDesign\copyright\ will become not only obsolete
% but unreadable if those programs pass from use.  Since your \LaTeX\
% sources for your edition are in ASCII, or perhaps Unicode, they provide a permanent
% record of your local intentions at every point in your edition,
% whether or not those who wish to consult your files have access to a
% \LaTeX\ compiler, or indeed (since most of the commands have self-explanatory names) 
% whether or not they can read \LaTeX\
% code.
%
% Although \LaTeX\ is a typesetting language, not a content
% markup language, the ability to create new commands which the
% language offers comes very close to enabling one to realize the
% ideal of completely separating content markup from formatting.  One
% advantage of this kind of markup is that even if the appearance of
% the poem on the page may be ambiguous, the editor's intentions about
% the logical structure of the poem will be preserved in the \LaTeX\
% source. Should you wish later to produce an electronic edition of
% your work, perhaps using the XML markup approved by the Text
% Encoding Initiative, transforming your texts from \LaTeX\ to XML
% would largely (although not entirely) be a matter of performing a
% series of global search-and-replaces, and could conceivably be done
% with XSLT or with perl.
%
% This is a long manual, but there is no need to study it all before beginning. 
% In the first place, it includes all the commented-on source code for the 
% package, which will only matter to you if you are planning to customize
% it in some way I didn't anticipate, or if you need to know how the commands
% work internally. (The code section begins on page \pageref{implementation}.)
% The most important commands are explained in the first 30 pages, and even there
% many sections discuss things you may not need to know immediately. Also,
% many sections conclude with a subsection which suggests ways of customizing
% the output, usually giving suggestions in increasing order of difficulty. You'll
% have to be the judge of what to skip the first time through.
%
% \section{Dependencies and compatibility with other packages}
%
%\subsection{~General}
% \textsf{poemscol} depends upon several other packages, which you
% should be sure you have in your preamble and search path: 
% \textsf{fancyhdr} for managing the running headers, \textsf{makeidx}
% and \textsf{multicol} for managing the index, \textsf{geometry}, and
% \textsf{ifthen} and \textsf{keyval} to simplify page geometry. 
%
% If you are planning to generate multiple indices, substitute 
% \textsf{splitindex} for \textsf{makeidx} in your list of packages.
% 
%
% \subsection{~Prose sections}
% If you plan to number lines in prose contexts, and to make textual
% notes, emendations, or explanatory notes in prose contexts, you will
% need to add the \textsf{lineno} package to your preamble.  I use the
% ``right'' and ``modulo'' options with this package, but you can set
% the options however you wish to make how you number the lines of
% prose sections consistent with how you number the lines of verse
% sections. 
%
% \subsection{~Multi-layer footnotes}  If you plan to use
% paragraph-formatted footnotes rather than endnotes, you should load
% \textsf{manyfoot}.  You should load it with the ``ruled,'' and
% ``para'' options.  (\textsf{poemscol's} footnote commands are just a
% wrapper around \textsf{manyfoot}.)  \textsf{manyfoot} inherited some
% of the limitations of \LaTeX\ in dealing with long inserts at the
% end of the page, so you may have to do some fiddling.  As fixes to
% these problems emerge, I will incorporate them into
% \textsf{poemscol}.  \textsf{manyfoot} does not allow multiple
% paragraph footnotes when typesetting in ``para'' mode.  This is
% probably a feature, not a bug, since one would want such notes to be
% set in several paragraphs, rather than running them together into
% one, as \textsf{manyfoot} would naturally want to do in para mode.
% For that reason, I have defined the two traditional classes of note
% in which multiple paragraph notes are likely to appear, ``sources,''
% and ``explanatory notes,'' to be typeset in ``plain'' mode, which
% opens a new paragraph with each note.  If your textual notes or
% emendations sections also have multiple paragraph notes, you should
% re-define them in order to produce footnotes in plain rather than in
% para mode, if you wish to produce footnotes rather than endnotes.
%
% \textsf{manyfoot} sometimes gets into conflicts with other packages
% over the number of |\counts| it uses, causing \LaTeX\ to complain
% that there is no room for a |\newcount|. If this happens, 
% issue |\usepackage{etex}| and |\reserveinserts| in your preamble.
%
% \subsection{~Special running header for long poems}
% For long poems, it is a convenience to have a running header 
% that includes information about what lines of the poem appear
% on that page in the form firstline--lastline. The fancypagestyle |longpoem|
% will set that information in the running header.  That page style
% uses the |\marks| mechanism, and requires more |\marks| than
% are available by default. To use it, you will need to add the \textsf{etex} and 
% \textsf{emarks} packages to your preamble. 
%
% \subsection{~Verse drama and \textsf{dramatist}}
% Massimiliano Dominici has made his \textsf{dramatist} package
% compatible with \textsf{poemscol}, for which I am very grateful. 
% Versions 1.2a or later of \textsf{dramatist} are compatible with 
% versions 2.3 or later of \textsf{poemscol}. 
%
%
% \subsection{~Parallel text editions} 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% If you are using the six pre-defined endnote sections
% for parallel text editions (|\rectotexnote|, |\versotextnote|, |\rectoemendation|, |\versoemendation|,
% |\rectoexplanatory|, |\versoexplanatory| and their prose equivalents |\rectoprosetextnote|
% and so on) you won't need to add any new packages. If  
% you are defining your own endnote sections using |\definenewnotetype| you may need
% the |\keeptitlestraight| hack described below  at section \ref{parallelhack}, 
% page \pageref{parallelhack}. If you use |\keeptitlesstraight| you should add \textsf{etoolbox}
% to your package list.\end{sloppypar}
% 
% \subsection{~Crop marks}
% \textsf{poemscol} no longer provides cropmarks, but is compatible with 
% the style packages that do. I use \textsf{crop}, with the 
% letter,pdftex,cam, and center options.
%
% \subsection{~Poem titles with marginal references}
%  If
% you are using the |\JHpoemtitle| alternate form of the |\poemtitle|
% command, you need to add \textsf{mparhack} to your package list, to
% make sure that the marginal references |\JHpoemtitle| adds appear on
% the correct side of the page.  You should make sure that
% \textsf{poemscol} is the very last package you load in your
% preamble, or at least is loaded after those packages upon which it
% depends.
% 
%
%
% \subsection{~Incompatibility with \textsf{memoir} and \textsf{verse}}
% Unfortunately, \textsf{poemscol} is not compatible with the
% \textsf{memoir} class and the \textsf{verse} package, because they
% share some command names. I will eventually prepare a workaround for this 
% problem. 
%
% \subsection{~Conflict with \textsf{BibLaTeX} }
% \BibTeX\ works with \textsf{poemscol} with no problem. But a bug I haven't
% yet tracked down  (probably involving |\makeatletter|)
% complicates the use of \textsf{BibLaTeX}. To use \textsf{BibLaTeX}
% you will need to open up the .bbl file. You will find near the top
% the following lines:\\
%  |\makeatletter|\\
%  |\@ifundefined{ver@biblatex.sty}|\\
%  | {\@latex@error|\\
%     |{Missing 'biblatex' package}|\\
%    | {The bibliography requires the 'biblatex' package.}|\\
%     | \aftergroup\endinput}|\\
%   |{}|\\
%  Just comment out these lines and you will be able to use the .bbl file as usual.
% 
%
% \subsection{~Compatibility with earlier versions of
% \textsf{poemscol}} Making \textsf{poemscol} compatible with
% \textsf{lineno} required me also to change the commands for turning
% verse line numbering on and off, which means that version 2.3 of
% \textsf{poemscol} is incompatible with prior versions.  The old
% command |\makelinenumbers| has been replaced with
% |\makeverselinenumbers| to distinguish it from a command from the
% \textsf{lineno} world.  (|\makelinenumbers| will still work, but I
% have deprecated it.)  To turn on verse line numbering, issue
% |\makeverselinenumbers|.  Because the counter ``linenumber'' has
% been changed to ``verselinenumber,'' you must use
% |\global\verselinenumbersfalse| to turn off line numbering, rather
% than |\global\linenumbersfalse| as before.  
% 
% Up to version 2.44 \textsf{poemscol} borrowed the code for
% |\sidepar| non-floating marginal paragraphs from the memoir class, 
% and also made |\leftsidepar| and |\rightsidepar| commands on their 
% model. Version 2.46 modified Peter Wilson's original code for 
% |\sidepar|, so therefore I have changed the names of |\sidepar|, 
% |\leftsidepar|, and |\rightsidepar| to |\pmclsidepar|, 
% |\pmclleftsidepar| and |\pmclrightsidepar| respectively. If you 
% used any of these commands in your files, you will need to change 
% their names.
% 
% Up to version 2.5 the |\definenewnotetype| command took four 
% arguments, using the third argument for both the running header for 
% the notes section and for the entry in the table of contents. In 
% order to make it easier to handle titles in languages other than 
% English I have found it necessary to separate these two uses, so 
% |\definenewnotetype| now takes five arguments. You will need to 
% retrofit files that use the old version of this command. You can 
% see the details at section \ref{definingnewnotes}, page 
% \pageref{definingnewnotes}.
% 
%\begin{sloppypar}
% Version 3 introduced the boolean |\ifleftaligntitles|, for aligning the title with
% the left edge of a verse block centered on the longest line. Version 3.1 introduces
% new title placement schemes, including one which
% centers the title on the longest line of a verse block at the left margin. This made
% the meaning of |\ifleftaligntitles| ambiguous. So I have changed that boolean to 
% |\iftitlesatleftmarginofcenteredblock.|\end{sloppypar}
%
% \section{Marking up individual poems}
% First, a word about the command names. The command names may seem 
% ugly and long. And there are separate commands for many tasks that 
% seem closely related, such as a command to mark the title of a 
% section of a poetic sequence, and a separate command to mark a 
% subsection. But the names do describe pretty much what
% each command does, and they do specify exactly what the object they 
% mark is supposed to be.  The markup is designed to look like content
% markup, marking objects as a poem title, as a stanza, as a line, and so on. 
% \textsf{poemscol} gives all of these content terms typographical
% meaning.  
% 
% There are also many commands for special purposes whose necessity
% may not seem clear until the editor finds him or herself in the jam
% the command was designed for.  For instance, \textsf{poemscol}
% normally encourages a page break before the title of a poem, or
% before the title of a section of a poetic sequence, to discourage
% page breaks between the title and the poem. But for the first
% section of a poetic sequence, or the first section of a poem in
% sections, one does not want to encourage \LaTeX\ to break the page 
% before the section title, since that would leave the title of the sequence
% or the title of the larger poem as an orphan on the previous page.
% |\sequencefirstsectiontitle| and its siblings are designed for this 
% situation. Although all commands like |\sequencefirstsectiontitle| 
% discourage page breaks before the title (and all of the commands
% discourage page breaks after the title), widowed or orphaned titles,
% and orphaned first lines will still sometimes 
% happen, particularly if you have a multi-line sequence title
% followed by a multi-line section title. For these cases, a page
% break at some other suitable point will have to be explicitly issued to
% move widowed or orphaned lines to better places.
% 
% \subsection{~The title of the poem}
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitle}|\poemtitle|, as its name implies, sets
% its argument as the title of the poem. 
%The command takes one
% argument --- the title, of course.  The command typesets the title in
% the body of the volume (testing first to see whether there is enough
% space at the bottom of the page to get the title and a couple of
% lines of the poem in), typesets the title in the table of contents
% (with the page number), typesets the title in the textual notes
% (adding the page number, and checking to see whether there is room
% enough on the page), and prepares similar entries in the lists of
% emendations and in the explanatory notes (if you need them)
% as well as in the endnote sections for any species of endnote you have defined for yourself.
% \textsf{poemscol} gives default values for
% such things as the font size, the separation between the top of the
% title and the bottom of the previous poem, the separation between
% the bottom of the title and the first line, and so on.  It also sets
% penalties in order to encourage page breaks just before a title, and
% to discourage page breaks between a title and a poem. 
% 
% You can
% change all these values in your preamble by changing the value of
% the parameters for the relevant commands, listed below in the implementation section, using
% either |\setlength| or |\renewcommand| (depending upon what you are
% changing).  Some common values you might change are described in section 
% \ref{titlecustomization}.
%
% \subsubsection{Title placement schemes}
% \begin{sloppypar}
% There are a number of places where a title might be set.  I have
% defined for this purpose five ``title placement schemes.'' For each 
% one there is a boolean which turns on the choice, and a ``scheme'' 
% command which switches that boolean on and switches off the 
% booleans for the other schemes.  They are
%
% \begin{itemize} 
%\item Aligned with the left print margin, or
% indented from it according to the scheme of title indentations (whether it is
% the title to a poem, to a section, to a subsection, or so on).  The 
% hierarchy of indentations for various kinds of title is described 
% below at section \ref{customtitleindentations}, 
% page \pageref{customtitleindentations}.
% I will call the boolean that describes this
% situation |\ifnormaltitleindentation| because it was the default for
% \textsf{poemscol}. You invoke this title scheme with the command 
% |\normaltitleindentationscheme|
% 
% \item Aligned with the left margin of a left-aligned verse block.
% The verse block is normally inset from the left print margin by the length
% |\leftmargini | (the default distance between the left margin of
% a list environment --- I defined titles as lists --- and the surrounding text).  
% I will call the boolean that describes 
% title placement at the left verse margin |\iftitlesatleftversemargin|. You invoke this title 
% scheme with the command |\titlesatleftversemarginscheme|. 
% 
% \item Centered over the longest line of a left-aligned verse block.
% I will call the boolean that describes this title placement
% |\iftitlescenteredonleftverseblock|. The corresponding command is 
% |\titlescenteredonleftverseblockscheme|. 
% 
% \item Aligned with the left margin of a verse block centered on the
% page on the longest line. This will be associated with the boolean 
% |\iftitlesatleftmarginofcenteredblock|. (In version 3.0 this boolean
% was called |\ifleftaligntitles|. I have removed that boolean 
% because its meaning is ambiguous now.) The command to invoke this 
% title scheme is |\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockscheme|. 
% 
% 
% \item Titles centered over a centered verse block.  I call this
% |\ifcentertitleson|. The corresponding command is 
% |\centertitlesscheme|. I have retained the command |\centertitles| 
% from earlier versions of \textsf{poemscol} for compatibility.  This
% scheme can also be used to center the titles (and epigraphs, headnotes
% and other top matter) over a non-centered verseblock too, if you 
% don't use the optional argument to |\begin{poem}| describe in the next 
% section, or if you turn off centering of the verse block by issuing the
% boolean |\textcenteringturnedonfalse|.
%\end{itemize}\end{sloppypar}
%
% \subsubsection{Using title placement schemes: verse width and title width}
% \begin{sloppypar}
%  |\centertitlesscheme|, |\titlescenteredonleftverseblockscheme|, and \\
% |\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockscheme| require additional information
% about each poem. Here are some details about the uses of these schemes.\end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\centertitlesscheme} For each poem you wish to center you will have 
% to set the length of the length variable |\versewidth| to the 
% width of the longest line. To do this, use |\settowidth| as 
% follows:\\ |\settowidth{\versewidth}{text of longest line}|.\\ 
% |\centertitlesscheme| will center the 
% titles even if you do not center the verse block on the longest 
% line. 
% To center the verseblock use the optional argument to |\begin{poem}| as follows:\\ 
% |\begin{poem}[\versewidth].| \\ (For further instructions about 
% how to center the verse block on the longest line, see section \ref{centeringtextblock} 
% on page \pageref{centeringtextblock}.) 
%
%  |\centertitlesscheme| also moves in epigraphs, headnotes,
% attributions, and dedications towards the center. Since an epigraph or a headnote may be 
% a prose paragraph, or a passage of verse, it would be unwise to set them in a centering
% environment, so |\centertitles| just moves the margins of epigraphs and headnotes in 
%  towards the center. To adjust the placement
% of epigraphs and similar things, see section \ref{centerepigraphs}, page \pageref{centerepigraphs}.
% Single line epigraphs, attributions, and dedications, however,
%  will be centered if |\centertitlesscheme|
% is in effect. There are special commands for single line epigraphs, attributions, or dedications.
% To set these, issue
% |\shortpoemepigraph|, |\shortpoemdedication|, or |\shortpoemattribution|. 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\titlescenteredonleftverseblockscheme} 
%
% Using |\titlescenteredonleftverseblockscheme|
% scheme will require you to make known the width of the longest line
% of the poem being set \emph{and} the width of the title.  You will need to
% use the |\settowidth| command to set the length of |\versewidth| and
% |\poemtitlewidth|. For example: \begin{quotation}
% \noindent |\settowidth{\poemtitlewidth}{poem title}| \\
% |\settowidth{\versewidth}{text of longest line}|. \end{quotation}
% Normally
% you should not use the optional argument to |\begin{poem}| with this
% title scheme.  But you may have already marked up all your poems
% such a way as to leave open the choice of centering them.  You can
% turn off centering of the verse block, without erasing all of the optional arguments, by
% issuing |\textcenteringturnedonfalse|.  You can turn on centering the
% text block again by issuing |\textcenteringturnedontrue|. 
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% In this scheme, |\shortpoemepigraph|, |\shortdedication|, and |\shortattribution| will
% not center their arguments on the line, but set them flush with the beginning of the title.
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% If you don't set the length of |\poemtitlewidth| this scheme will simply set the 
% left margin of the title over the center of the poem. (This may be an effect you want.)
%
% Note: this scheme will only yield proper results if the title  is shorter than
%  the longest line is. 
%
%
% \DescribeMacro{\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockscheme} 
%\begin{sloppypar}
%Rather than centering the title over 
% a centered block of verse, one might prefer to align the title with 
% the left margin of the centered verse block. The length |\versewidth|
% is used both to center the verse block and to place the title at the verse block's left margin.
% You will need to use |\settowidth| to set the length of |\versewidth| before
% issuing |\poemtitle| or the other title-making commands (such as |\sequencesectiontitle|).  
% Issue |\settowidth{\versewidth}{Text to be used for centering}| just 
% before you issue the |\poemtitle| or |\epigraph| command. 
% In addition, you must center to verse block by using the optional argument |\versewidth|
% to |\begin{poem}|, for example: |\begin{poem}[\versewidth]|
%
% For more about how to use |\settowidth| to center the
% verse block or to align titles, epigraphs, and so forth with the left margin of the
% verse block, see section \ref{centeringtextblock}, page \pageref{centeringtextblock}.
%
% Consult the table to see when you should issue |\settowidth| and when you should
% use the optional argument to |\begin{poem}|.
%\begin{table}[h]
%\caption{Placement in Title Schemes}
%\bigskip
%{\scriptsize
%\begin{tabular}{l l l}
%\hline
%Scheme & Lengths to Set  & Argument to |\begin{poem}|\\
%\hline
%|\normalindentationtitlescheme| & None & None\\
%|\titlesatversemarginscheme| & None & None\\
%|\titlescenteredonleftverseblockscheme| & |\poemtitlewidth| |\versewidth| & None\\
%|\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockscheme| & |\versewidth| & |\begin{poem}[\versewidth]| \\
%|\centertitlesscheme| &  |\versewidth|  & |\begin{poem}[\versewidth]| \\
%\end{tabular}
%}
%\end{table}
% \end{sloppypar}
%
%\subsubsection{Customization of titles}\label{titlecustomization}
%
%\begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\leftalignepigraphs} You 
% may also wish to align epigraphs, dedications, attributions, or 
% headnotes with the left margin of the verse block (even if you 
% center the titles). To do this, issue |\leftalignepigraphstrue| to 
% set the boolean |\ifleftalignepigraphs|.
% |\leftalignepigraphstrue| will also align attributions, 
% dedications, and other pre-texts of poems. (It will not affect the 
% dedications and attributions on volume title pages, which are set 
% using the |\volumededication|, |\volumeepigraph|, and 
% |\volumeattribution| commands.) A new group of commands, 
% |\shortpoemepigraph|, |\shortpoemdedication|, |\shortpoemattribution|, 
% |\JHshortepigraph| and |\JHshortdedication| will appear at the places 
% controlled by the new ``title schemes'' listed above. These commands will not
% obey |\leftalignepigraphs|.
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
%  \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlefont}
% |\poemtitlefont| globally sets the font size (and
% leading) for all poem titles in the main text. 
% For instance, you can change the font parameters for the font for
% setting poem titles from 14 points type on 18 points leading to 12 on 14 by issuing
% |\renewcommand{\poemtitlefont}{\fontsize{12}{14}\selectfont}| in
% your preamble. There are similar commands to set the font size and leading for 
% the titles of poetic sequences,
% sequence sections, titles of volumes, and so on. 
% You can find a complete list of those font parameters at  section \ref{internal font size commands},
% page \pageref{internal font size commands}.
%
% |\poemtitlefont|  and its siblings do not change the
% default typeface. To change the default typeface to, say, Times Roman, or 
% Tex Gyre Pagella, use the commands \LaTeX\ 
% or Xe\LaTeX\ provide for that purpose (e.g.\ |\usepackage{tgpagella}|). Changing the default 
% typeface is probably something you would want
% to do globally, not at the level of classes of title, anyway.
%\end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\contentspoemtitlefont}
% |\contentspoemtitlefont| globally sets the font size (and leading)
% for poem titles in the table of contents. There are similar commands for each of the
% other kinds of titles in the table of contents. They can be changed just as the font
% parameters for titles in the main text are changed, using |\renewcommand|.
% You can find a complete list of those font parameters at  section \ref{internal font size commands},
% page \pageref{internal font size commands}.
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
%  \DescribeMacro{\afterpoemtitleskip}
% |\afterpoemtitleskip|
% sets the vertical separation between a poem and its title. To change
% its value, for instance, to |\medskip| (the default is |\smallskip|), 
% issue |\renewcommand{\afterpoemtitleskip}{\medskip}| in your preamble.
% |\afterpoemskip| sets the vertical separation between the end of a
% poem and the title of the next poem. ``Skips'' for other kinds of title can be
% changed the same way.  You can find a complete list of these skips at 
% section \ref{skiplist}, page \pageref{skiplist}.\end{sloppypar} 
%
%  \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlepenalty}
% |\poemtitlepenalty| encourages
% but does not require a page break just before a poem title.  To change
% the penalty, for instance, from -1000 to -3000, 
% issue |\renewcommand{\poemtitlepenalty}{\penalty-3000}|
% in your preamble. Penalties for other kinds of title can be changed the same way.
% A
% complete list of all of the special commands for setting font sizes,
% skips, and penalties, is in section \ref{changingfontsandleading}, page 
% \pageref{changingfontsandleading}, below.
%
%  \DescribeMacro{\putpagenumberinnotesfalse}
% If you don't want the entry in the notes section for this poem to include
% the page number of the poem, issue |\putpagenumberinnotesfalse|. 
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\titleindent} |\titleindent| is an internal command for indented parts of titles. 
% You should change it with caution. In the 
% commands for setting the sections and subsections of poetic sequences, 
% \textsf{poemscol} uses |\titleindent| internally to set up a 
% hierarchy of indentations. (A section of a sequence is indented one 
% |\titleindent|. A subsection is indented two. And so on.) 
% |\titleindent| is also used internally in the commands for multiple 
% line titles. Instructions about changing the value of |\titleindent|
% can be found in section \ref{changingfontsandleading}. Each kind of title,
% for poems, sections of poems, sequences, and so forth, has its own default
% indentation both in the text and in the table of contents. You can see a list of these
% default values, and instructions about how to change them, at \ref{customtitleindentations}, 
% page \pageref{customtitleindentations}.
% 
% \subsubsection{Subtitles and special titles}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemsubtitle} Subtitles of poems should be issued as 
% the arguments to the |\poemsubtitle| command.
% 
% Multiple line titles (if it matters how they are broken up on page), 
% titles of subsections of poems, titles of
% sequences of poems, titles of the elements of a sequence of
% poems, and ``empty'' titles (for untitled poems)
% are all special cases, with special commands, which will be
% dealt with below at sections \ref{multilinetitles} and \ref{poeticsequences}. 
%You can also create new varieties of title. For instructions 
% on how to do this, see section \ref{customizing titles} below, page \pageref{customizing titles}.
% 
% \subsection{~The body of the poem}
% 
% \subsubsection{The poem environment}
% \DescribeEnv{poem} The body of every poem should be placed in a
% |poem| environment.  Putting the body of the poem between
% |\begin{poem}| and |\end{poem}| resets the line counter to 1, 
% puts the poem in a modified |verse| environment (to handle run over lines
% automatically), and turns off automatic hyphenation with the |poem| environment. 
%
% \DescribeEnv{pmclverse}  \textsf{poemscol} slightly modifies the |verse|
% environment from the standard \LaTeX\ definition, increasing the
% indentation used for run over lines, in order to make the difference
% between the indented run over portion of a long line, on one hand,
% and an explicitly indented second line, on the other, more obvious in the output.
% \textsf{poemscol}  also adds a little bit
% more white space between stanzas than the standard \LaTeX\ |verse|
% environment does.  (I found that the standard stanza breaks did not
% leap out on the page as stanza breaks.) 
% The verse environment for \textsf{poemscol} is |pmclverse|, defined
% below on page \pageref{versedefine}. You don't have to place poems explicitly in
% the |pmclverse| environment. The |poem| environment automatically opens (and closes)
% |pmclverse|.
%
% \subsubsection{Customizing the poem environment}
% \DescribeMacro{\versewidth} 
% The |poem| environment uses an optional argument to center the verse block on a 
% line of a given width. If your poem has 
% short lines, and you wish to center it on the page, rather than set 
% it against the left margin of the normal |poem| environment, you can 
% give the width of the line you want to use to center the poem as the optional
% argument.  To center a verse block 30 ems wide, for instance, issue
% |\begin{poem}[30em]|. 
%
% \label{centeringtextblock}
% Rather than specifying the length explicitly, you can use the length
% |\versewidth| as the optional 
% argument to |\begin{poem}|. You can set the length of |\versewidth| to the proper 
% amount using |\settowidth| as follows: 
% \begin{center} |\settowidth{\versewidth}{Text of line to use for centering}|. \end{center}
% Once you have set |\versewidth|
% to center the poem on a sample line, you use it to center the |poem| environment this way:
% \begin{center} |\begin{poem}[\versewidth]|.\end{center}
% Notice that the optional argument is in square braces,
% not in curly braces. 
%
% If you are planning to align the poem title with the
% left margin of the centered verse block you should use the |\versewidth| method
% to center the verse block, since |\versewidth| is used to place the title in that case.
% (You can just enter a length into the optional argument of |\begin{poem}|, but in that case,
% if you are left-aligning the poem title, you should set |\versewidth| to that value
% by issuing e.g. |\setlength{\versewidth}{30em}|.)
%
% \DescribeMacro{\linenumberscenteredwithverse} 
% If you want to center the verse on the page using the optional argument to |\begin{poem}|, 
% you probably also want 
% to move the line numbers in, so as to be closer to the line. 
% \textsf{poemscol} will do this by default. If you wish to leave the line 
% numbers at the margin, set the boolean |\linenumberscenteredwithverse| to 
% false. For centered verse, the distance between the line numbers and the 
% verse can be set by setting the length of |\marginparsepmin| (not 
% |\marginparsep|). The default 
% value of |\marginparsepmin| is 2 em. 
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\centertitles} 
% \DescribeMacro{\ifcenterepigraphson}
% If you center the poem on a sample 
% line, you probably also want to center the title of the poem too, 
% which you can do by issuing |\centertitles|. 
% (|\centertitles| invokes the title centeringscheme.) If you decide against centering the title,
% you can either just remove or comment out the |\centertitles| command, or
% switch a boolean by issuing |\centertitlesonfalse|. By default, |\centertitles|
% also moves epigraphs, dedications, headnotes, and attributions toward the center.
% To prevent this, issue |\centerepigraphsonfalse|. This boolean applies to the 
% regular |\epigraph|,  |\headnote| and |\dedication| commands, not to the
%single-line |\shortpoemepigraph|, |\shortpoemdedication| and |\shortpoemattribution| commands,
%whose places are defined by the title scheme that is in force when they are issued.
%\end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\iftextcenteringturnedon} Suppose you have marked up many poems with 
% the optional second argument to |\begin{poem}|, which would cause the text 
% block to be centered on the longest line, but change your mind about 
% centering all the poems.  You can turn off centering, without 
% erasing all of the second arguments, by issuing |\textcenteringturnedonfalse|. 
% You can turn on centering the text block again by issuing 
% |\textcenteringturnedontrue|.
%
%  \DescribeMacro{\versemarginadjust} 
% If you don't want to center the verse block on the longest line, but do want
% to adjust its horizontal placement, you can adjust the 
% placement of the verse block by changing the value of the 
% length |\versemarginadjust|. For most commonly used type sizes, setting 
% |\versemarginadjust| to 28pts will put the verse block at the left margin, aligned
% with the page number.
%
% \subsubsection{Hyphenation is off in the poem environment}
% \textsf{poemscol} turns off automatic hyphenation in poetry
% environments.  The idea here is that every hyphen in the printed
% poem is authorial, obviating the need for you to compile a
% hyphenated-lines list to distinguish between authorial hyphens and
% hyphens you added for lineation purposes.  Line-ending hyphens
% should not be a feature of verse anyway, I think.  
% 
% You may wish to restore automatic hyphenation in poetry environments
% for your own edition.
% If you do so you must keep track of added hyphens yourself.  This
% list will be easy to compile, however, because only authorial
% hyphens will appear in your source code.  Automatically added
% hyphens will appear only in the output.  (You might even modify the
% output routine so that automatically added hyphens have a different
% look.  That would be non-trivial, but Donald Knuth has an exercise
% about doing just that in \emph{The \TeX book}.) To
% restore automatic hyphenation, copy the definition of the |poem|
% environment (below at page \pageref{poemdef}) and redefine the 
% environment using |\renewenvironment|, commenting out the line that reads
% |\language=255|. Place the renewed definition of the environment in your preamble,
% with |\makeatletter| before the renewed definition and |\makeatother| after it.
%  If you are restoring automatic hyphenation for a parallel-text
% edition, be aware that |\startparalleltexts| also (defined below at 
% page \pageref{startparalleltexts}) redefines the |poem| 
% environment, so you will have to change |\startparalleltexts| using
% |\renewcommand| as well. 
%
%  \textsf{poemscol}
% turns automatic hyphenation back on in prose contexts, so if you
% wish to keep a hyphenation list for such things as authorial
% prefaces and so on, you must do so yourself manually.
% (Alternatively, you can turn automatic hyphenation off in those
% contexts as well, by setting the |\language| to 255.  For an example
% of how to do this, look at the definition of the |poem| environment
% in the implementation section below.  If you do turn automatic
% hyphenation off, it would be wise to restrict the change to some
% particular environment, rather than changing the |\language|
% globally.  You might wish, for instance, to turn automatic
% hyphenation off in the |prosesection| environment.)
% 
% \subsubsection{The stanza environment}
% \DescribeEnv{stanza} Every stanza should be placed in its own stanza
% environment.  Every poem should have at least one stanza.  Marking
% the beginning and end of every stanza (with |\begin{stanza}| and
% |\end{stanza}|) provides \textsf{poemscol} with a way of detecting
% cases in which a page boundary falls on a stanza break, since in
% those cases a page turn happens when one is \emph{inside} a poem
% environment but \emph{not} inside a stanza environment.  Further,
% marking the beginning and end of every stanza makes the logical
% structure of the poem (and the editor's intentions about it) clear
% to readers of your source code.  If you want to change the |stanza| environment
% consult its definition below at page \pageref{stanzadefine}.
%
%  \DescribeMacro{indentedverse} To indent stanzas (or stretches of verse) relative to the margin
% you can use the |indentedverse| environment.
% You can also
% set different stanzas or passages at a hierarchy of levels of indentation.
% (For how to do this, see section \ref{indentedverse} below, page \pageref{indentedverse}.)
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\stanzaatbottom}
% \DescribeMacro{\nostanzaatbottom}
% If you wish to change the symbol used to mark cases in which a 
% break falls on a page turn, issue the command |\stanzaatbottom|, 
% using as the argument whatever you wish to use to mark such cases. 
% The default is |\stanzaatbottom{*}|, which is suitable for a published volume. If you 
% are preparing a typescript for submission, you may wish to set 
% |\stanzaatbottom| to ``stanza break.'' 
% 
% If you wish also to mark all cases where there is \emph{not} a stanza break 
% at the bottom of the page, issue the command |\nostanzaatbottom|, 
% using as the argument whatever you wish to mark such cases. The 
% default is |\relax| (which is to say, ``don't do anything'').
% 
% \subsubsection{Verse lines and line numbering}
% \DescribeMacro{\verseline} |\verseline| should mark the end of every
% line, except the last line of every stanza (which should be marked
% with |\end{stanza}|).  |\verseline| marks the end of every line as a
% prosodic unit (since a line of verse is not simply a carriage
% return), and advances the line counter.  There are commands below
% for changing the line counter's horizontal placement (how close it
% is to the left or right margin of the line) and appearance. (See
% section \ref{marginalgeometry} for these.)
% 
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\setverselinemodulo} |\setverselinemodulo| sets how
% often a marginal line number appears.  To print a line number every
% five lines, issue |\setverselinemodulo{5}|.  The default value is
% 10.
% 
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\makeverselinenumbers}  
% Marginal verse line numbering is on by default.  To turn line
% numbering off, issue |\global\verselinenumbersfalse|.  To turn it
% back on, issue |\makeverselinenumbers|.
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\verselinenumberstoright}
% \DescribeMacro{\verselinenumberstoleft}
% To put all of the line numbers to the left, issue |\verselinenumberstoleft| in
% your preamble.  |\verselinenumberstoright| puts the line numbers in the right
% margin.  (These two commands use non-floating marginal note commands derived
% from the \textsf{memoir} class, |\pmclleftsidepar| and |\pmclrightsidepar|,
% respectively.) 
% \end{sloppypar} 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\verselinenumbersouter}
% \DescribeMacro{\verselinenumbersgutter}
% If you wish the line numbers to appear in the outer margins of each two-page spread, issue
% |\verselinenumbersouter| in your preamble.  If you want the line numbers to
% appear in the inner margins, issue |\verselinenumbersgutter| in your preamble.
% (These two commands use |\pmclsidepar|, derived from |\sidepar| from the
% \textsf{memoir} class, but modified by Dan Leucking.)  
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\marginparsep}
% You can adjust the
% distance between the marginal line number and the text with
% |\setlength{\marginparsep}{your length}|.  The default value for |\marginparsep| is 18pt,
% and the default value for the width of the box in which the line numbers are
% set, |\marginparwidth|, is 18 pt.  If you are setting with the line numbers to
% the right, |\marginparwidth| can be as small as you wish, although your log
% file will be full of complaints if you make it too small.  But if you are
% setting with the line numbers to the left, if |\marginparwidth| is narrower
% than the width of the line number, the line number will be moved down a line.
% Setting |\marginparsep| to zero lines the verse line numbers up with the page
% numbers, and puts both at the margin.  If you move the verse line numbers by
% changing |\marginparsep|, you can move the page numbers to keep them aligned
% by changing |\headoffsetlength| to the same value.  
% \end{sloppypar}
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\marginparsepmin}
% If the verse block is centered on the longest line, the distance between the line numbers and the 
% verse can be set by setting the length of |\marginparsepmin| (not 
% |\marginparsep|). The default 
% value of |\marginparsepmin| is 2em. 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\pmclsideparvshift}
% The line numbers should print on the baseline. You can adjust them 
% to move them up or down by changing the value of a length called
% |\pmclsideparvshift|. The default value is
% |\setlength{\pmclsideparvshift}{0ex}|. 
%
% \subsection{~Special line markup}
% \subsubsection{Indentation, line breaks, runover, and broken lines}
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\verseindent} The |\verseindent| command is to be
% used for formally indented lines. It should not be used to indent 
% the run over portion of long lines (which \textsf{poemscol} handles 
% automatically anyway).  |\verseindent| indents the line a bit less
% than the run over portion of long ``bent'' lines are indented, so 
% that the two cases can be visually distinguished. By default, the 
% length of |\verseindent| is 2 em. To change it, say to 3 em,  you should change 
% the length |\verseindentamount| by 
% issuing |\setlength{\verseindentamount}{3em}|.\end{sloppypar}\goodbreak
%
% You can create a hierarchy of indentations by issuing |\verseindent| 
% multiple times. But you can also use an optional argument to |\verseindent|, with
% the number indicating how many levels of indentation to add to this line,  like so
% |\verseindent[3]| for the third level of indentation, (with each level being one |\verseindent| 
% deep). If you use this option, don't put any white space between the end of the 
% |\verseindent| command and the beginning of the poetic text, otherwise
% poemscol will add about 10pt of unwanted extra white space. (The only real 
% consequence of forgetting about this will be that |\verseindent[1]| will be about
% 10pts deeper than plain |\verseindent|, which may not  really be an issue for you.)
%
% \begin{sloppypar} 
% \DescribeMacro{indentedverse} \label{indentedverse} You might want to indent whole stanzas, 
% or perhaps extended passages of verse, relative to the rest of the poem (you might,
% for instance, want to indent refrains systematically). This would be tedious to
% do using |\verseindent|. Put stretches of 
% verse you wish to indent in the |indentedverse| environment. Whatever is 
% in this environment will be indented. The indentation will be of the length
% |\indentedstanzaamount|, which is by default set to |\verseindentamount|, 
% which by default is 2 em. You can change |\indentedstanzaamount|  to 3em, by issuing
% |\setlength{\indentedstanzaamount}{3em}|. 
%
% You can also set a hierarchy of intended stanzas
% or passages by issuing an optional argument to |\begin{indentedverse}|. So, for instance,
% |\begin{indentedverse}[2]| will indent that environment by two |\indentedstanzaamount|s
% (4 em), and |\begin{indentedverse}[3]| will indent that environment by three 
% |\indentedstanzaamount|s, or 6 em. Note that if you use the optional argument, you
% must enclose it in square brackets, not curly ones. Note also that (for reasons
% I have not been able to track down) |\indentedverse[1]| indents the stanza
% slightly more deeply than plain |\indentedverse|. To preserve a
% consistent look for a hierarchy of indented stanzas, use |\indentedverse[1]| for the 
% lowest level of indentation, not plain |\indentedverse|. \end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\linebend} \textsf{poemscol} automatically runs over
% long lines, indenting the run over portion on the next physical
% line.  If you are unhappy with where \textsf{poemscol} has run over
% a particular line, you can ``bend'' that line by issuing |\linebend|
% at the point where you wish it to run over.  The run over portion of
% the line will be indented just as if \textsf{poemscol} had ``bent''
% the line at your selected point.  This command only works if you
% have chosen to bend the line at some point earlier than
% \textsf{poemscol} would have chosen on its own. 
%
% You may also wish to use |\linebend| to reproduce how your author
% broke up long lines on the page (if you know that your author cared
% about such things and did not leave them up to the typesetter).
% 
% |\linebend| should only be used for managing run over lines, not for
% cases in which a line is to be broken into separate half-lines.  For
% cases in which a line is to be broken into half-lines, use the
% |\brokenline| command.  The two commands do similar (but not identical)
% things.  But a ``linebend'' is a feature of typesetting, and a
% ``broken line'' is a feature of versification, and it seems best to
% distinguish them logically. (|\linebend|, like |\brokenline|, issues 
% a carriage return without incrementing the line number, but 
% |\linebend| adds indentation to the next line.)
%
%  If you 
% want to extend a line further into the right margin, beyond the normal break point, you can
% probably do so by using a combination of |\nobreak| and |\hbox|,
% or by turning all of the spaces in that line into unbreakable
% spaces, marked with |~| in your source.  But \textsf{poemscol} will
% complain if you do this, and rightly so, since the result is likely
% to be ugly. It would probably be wiser to adjust the lengths |\leftmargin|
% and |\rightmargin| in the definition of the |pmclverse| environment, 
% allowing all of the lines to be a little bit longer. The |pmclverse| environment
% is defined below, at section \ref{versedefine},  page \pageref{versedefine}.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\runoverindent} To change the indentation for the run
% over portion of verse lines globally, issue the amount of
% indentation you desire as the argument to |\runoverindent|.
% |\runoverindent| is currently set to 6 em, rather more than the
% standard amount in the definition of the \LaTeX\ |verse|
% environment. By default, the runover portion of long lines is 
% indented. You may wish to flush the runover portion to the right 
% margin instead. For instructions about how to do this, see section 
% \ref{rightflushverse}, page \pageref{rightflushverse}. 
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\brokenline}
% \DescribeMacro{\versephantom}|\brokenline| should be used where you
% wish to break the line without incrementing the line counter. 
% Authors often break a line into two half-lines, setting the
% beginning of the second half-line flush with the end of the first
% half-line.  (Sometimes these broken lines indicate a change of
% speaker.  Sometimes they just indicate a change of subject, usually
% an abrupt one, a change which calls attention to itself by
% interrupting a line rather than waiting for a line break or stanza
% break).  |\brokenline| is normally used with |\versephantom|,
% which adds white space exactly as long as its argument would have 
% been had it been set in type. |\versephantom| thus provides an easy 
% way of setting the beginning of the second half-line flush with the 
% end of the first, whatever the font size or special formatting of the 
% first line.
% 
% 
% The sestet of Yeats's sonnet ``Leda and the Swan,'' has such a broken 
% line: 
% \begin{verse}
% A shudder in the loins engenders there\\
% The broken wall, the burning roof and tower\\
% And Agamemnon dead.\\
% $\phantom{And Agamemnon dead.~}$ Being so caught up,\\
% So mastered by the brute blood of the air,\\
% Did she put on his knowledge with his power\\
% Before the indifferent beak could let her drop?\end{verse}
% 
% To set the broken line properly, issue:
% \begin{verse}
% 	And Agamemnon dead.|\brokenline|\\
% 	|\versephantom{And Agamemnon dead.}| Being so caught up,|\verseline|
% 	\end{verse}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\stanzalinestraddle}
% Some poets (such as Robert Penn Warren) occasionally introduce a 
% stanza break in the middle of a broken line, considering the line to 
% be a single metrical unit despite the fact that it straddles a stanza 
% break. To record these cases, mark the end of the first half-line 
% with |\end{stanza}| as usual. But instead of opening the next stanza 
% with |\begin{stanza}| issue |\stanzalinestraddle| instead. This will 
% make sure that the line counter counts the straddling line as only one 
% line, despite the stanza break. |\stanzalinestraddle| is usually used 
% with |\versephantom|.
%
% \subsubsection{Customizing broken lines}
% \DescribeMacro{\tweakbrokenline}
% By default, \textsf{poemscol} sets the line numbers level with the 
% ends of broken lines. If the line numbers are set to the right of 
% the text, this seems the obvious choice. Conceivably you might want 
% to set the line number level with the beginning of a broken line 
% when the line numbers are set to the left. To ensure that the line 
% numbers of broken lines are set level with the beginning of a 
% broken line when the line number is on the left, issue 
% |\tweakbrokenline| in your preamble. 
%
% You should issue |\tweakbrokenline| with caution, because although 
% it changes how |\brokenline| is handled, it does not change the 
% handling of long lines with runover. Runover lines will still set 
% the line number level with the end of the line. You can have 
% runover lines set their line number level with the beginning of the 
% line by issuing |\startverseline| at the beginning of the line.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\brokenlineatbeginning} Conceivably you might want 
% |\brokenline| to set the line number level with the beginning of 
% the line in every case. To do this, issue |\brokenlineatbeginning| 
% in your preamble. If you do this, you should be prepared to mark 
% the beginning of runover lines with |\startverseline|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\startverseline}
% If you begin a verse line with |\startverseline| the line number 
% will be set level with the beginning of the line rather than with 
% the end. This is useful, for instance, if you want to ensure that 
% the line number of a line with runover is set level with the 
% beginning of the line. You can, if you don't want to keep track of 
% where runover lines are, start every line with |\startverseline|. 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\tweakstartverseline} 
% Rather than setting the line number of every runover line level with
% the beginning of the line, it may make more sense for you to set the
% line number level with the beginning in cases where the line number
% is to the left, and level with the end in cases where the line
% number is to the right.  You might want to do this, for instance, if
% you have decided to set all the verse lines at the outer margin (by
% issuing |\verselinenumbersouter| in your preamble), or have decided to
% set all the verse lines at the inner margin (by issuing
% |\verselinenumbersgutter| in your preamble).  To ensure that
% |\startverseline| does this, issue |\tweakstartverseline| in your
% preamble.
% 	 
% \subsubsection{Right-flushed runover lines}
% \DescribeEnv{rightflushverse}
% \DescribeMacro{\rightversebegin}\label{rightflushverse} By default,
% \textsf{poemscol} indents the runover portion of long lines by the
% amount |\runoverindent| (by default 6 em).  It is possible to set
% verse so that the runover portion is flushed to the right margin.
% To do this, you should put the |\rightflushverse| environment inside
% the |\poem| environment.  And you must mark the beginning of each
% verse line with |\rightversebegin|.  Christian Ebert has reminded me
% that the |\rightflushverse| environment must be issued \emph{inside}
% the poem environment.  Otherwise it simply flushes every line to the
% right.
%
% It is rather clumsy to need a special environment for verse with 
% right flushed runover. I plan to provide a command for switching 
% between a verse environment that indents runover lines and a verse 
% environment that flushes runover lines to the right. I have seen 
% examples of this kind of environment from Markus Kohm and Christian 
% Ebert, but so far I haven't been able to persuade them to play well with \textsf{poemscol}
% 
% \subsection{Cross references by line number}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemlinelabel} \label{poemlinelabel}
% |\poemlinelabel| enables crossreferences by line number.  To make
% a line label, issue |\poemlinelabel{text of label}| right after the
% line to which you wish to refer, where ``text of label'' is some
% distinctive label you can use for a reference elsewhere.  (You
% should issue the command \emph{after} the |\verseline| or
% |\end{stanza}| command, to make sure that the line number will be
% correct.)  To produce the reference, just issue |\ref{text of label}| as usual.  
% (|\poemlinelabel| is just a crudely hacked
% version of |\label| from \LaTeX.) |\pageref{text of label}| will set
% the page number of the page on which the label appears.
% 
% \section{Making a table of contents}
% \subsection{~Setup}
% \DescribeMacro{\makepoemcontents} 
% I found the normal \LaTeX\ commands for making tables of contents for scholarly works
% unsuited for making tables of contents of poetry, so I have provided my own.  To make a table of
% contents for your poems, issue |\makepoemcontents|.  
%
% |\makepoemcontents| takes an optional argument, which
% sets the page number for the table of contents.  If your publisher
% wishes to add some front matter so that the contents will appear on
% page vii, you should issue |\makepoemcontents[7]|.
%
% It might seem
% as though you would want to issue this command in your preamble.  In
% fact it is better to issue it in the body of the document,
% immediately \emph{after} issuing the |\putpoemcontents|, the command which
% inputs and typesets a table of contents from a prior run. If you issue |\makepoemcontents|
% before issuing |\putpoemcontents|, you will simply erase the table of contents
% from the prior run (the one which will have all the contents information you
% are intending to use) and enter an empty table of contents into your document.
%
% \subsection{~Printing the table of contents}
% \DescribeMacro{\putpoemcontents}\label{putpoemcontents} 
% Information for your table of contents will be written to an
% external file with the extension .ctn. |\makepoemcontents| creates this file, and 
% opens an output channel to send information to it. |\putpoemcontents| closes
% the file and reads it into your document. 
%
% You will need to run your
% book through \LaTeX\ twice in order to generate a table of contents,
% the first time to generate the titles and the references for the page numbers, and the second
% time to use the labels to which the references point
% to enter the page numbers.  (Under some circumstances --- if
% you have an index, for instance --- you may need three passes rather
% than two.)  
%
% \DescribeMacro{\resetpagestyle}
%  Because the
% table of contents uses a special page style and special fonts
% |\putpoemcontents| issues |\resetpagestyle|,
% which restores the default fancy page style to ``main'' once it has
% input the contents, and restores the font size to |\normalsize| as well.  
%
% \DescribeMacro{\pagenumbering}
% Be sure to
% reset the style of page numbering (from |\pagenumbering{roman}| to
% |\pagenumbering{arabic}|) after issuing |\putpoemcontents|, since
% when you read in the external file created by |\makepoemcontents|
% the page numbering will be set to roman numerals.  The command
% |\resetpagestyle| (which is called by |\putpoemcontents|) will reset
% the fancy page style to that used in the main body of the volume,
% but it won't change the page numbering to arabic, in case there is
% some frontmatter between the contents and the main text, so you
% should be sure to do so yourself. (Front matter is normally given page numbers
% in roman numerals.)  If you neglect to issue
% |\pagenumbering{arabic}| at the end of your front matter, the 
% page numbering will remain in roman numerals.  The notes sections
% use the page numbers from the poem to construct running headers of
% the form ``Notes to pp.~xx--yy.''  If those numbers are roman
% numerals rather than arabic ones, \textsf{poemscol} will not
% recognize them as numbers, and you will get the infamous ``Missing
% Number'' error that puzzles so many users of \LaTeX.
%
% \subsection{~Contents entries for notes sections and the index}
%
% \begin{sloppypar}\DescribeMacro{\puttextnotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\putemendations}
% \DescribeMacro{\putexplanatory} 
% |\puttextnotes|, and its siblings |\putemendations| and
% |\putexplanatory|, input the formatted endnotes
% sections into your document, and put entries for them into your table of contents.  
% You will have to run \LaTeX\ again to set the page numbers of those sections
% in the 
% table of contents properly.  The first run sets the title of the endnotes section and a label to find the
% page number to add to the table of contents, and the second run
% actually sets page number.  (These commands are described
% below, in section \ref{putexternalfiles}.)  All of these commands
% also restore normal hyphenation for the endnotes sections.  \end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\putpoemindex}
% |\putpoemindex| inputs the formatted index (after your raw entries have been
% processed by MakeIndex), and adds an entry 
% for it into the table of contents.
% Remember that if you are making an index of titles and first lines
% you may need to run your file through \LaTeX\ twice more after running
% MakeIndex, to put the entry for the index and its correct page number into your table of
% contents.  
%
% \DescribeMacro{\putmultiplepoemindex}
% Use |\putmultiplepoemindex| instead if 
% you are making several indices. For instructions about 
% |\putmultiplepoemindex| see section \ref{multipleindex}, 
% p.~\pageref{multipleindex}.
% 
% \subsection{~Customizing contents entries}
% Lines in the table of contents usually include an indent (how
% much of one depends upon what the entry is --- whether it is a
% volume title, a poem title, or something else), then the title
% itself.  If the entry is for a poem, for a section of a poem, for a poetic sequence, or for
% a section or subsection of a poetic sequence, a slash follows the title, followed
% by the page number.  
% All of the commands that generate lines in the table of contents are
% somewhat messy and somewhat rigid, but you can modify them if you
% wish. Here are some ways of customizing contents
% entries, in increasing order of difficulty.
%
%\DescribeMacro{\setcontentsleaders} By default the title and the page 
% are separated by a slash (actually by |~/~|). If you wish to change 
% this, say to put dot leaders in instead, issue what you wish to use 
% as the argument to |\setcontentsleaders|. For instance 
% |\setcontentsleaders{\poemdotfill}| will flush the number to 
% the right margin, and insert leading dots up to the number.
% The argument to |\setcontentsleaders| can be whatever you wish
% to use to separate the title from the page number, such as a colon,
% a hard space (|~|), or even |\hfil| to flush the page number to the right margin.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\contentspoemtitlefont}
% You can change the font sizes that are used to set particular classes of title
% in the contents by redefining the commands that are used to set the font size
% for that kind of title. For instance, if you wanted to set the titles of all 
% poems in 12 point type on 14.5 point leading, issue \begin{verbatim}
% \renewcommand{\contentspoemtitlefont}{\fontsize{12}{14.5}\selectfont}
% \end{verbatim}
% in your preamble. You can find a list of the various relevant font size commands
% below at section \ref{internal font size commands}, page \pageref{internal font size commands}.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\contentsindentoneamount}
% You can also change the amount of the indentations used in the hierarchy of indentations
% in the table of contents by changing the value of  the elements of
% that hierarchy. You can change ``contentsindentoneamount'' 
% (the amount a poem title is normally indented, by default 24pt) to, 
% say, 36pt, by issuing |\contentsindentoneamount=36pt| in your preamble. You
% can find all of the values in the contents indentation hierarchy at section 
% \ref{contents indentation hierarchy}, page \pageref{contents indentation hierarchy}.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\pmclcontentsentry} There is a simple way of adding a new contents
% entry using the command |\pmclcontentsentry|. The command creates an entry on the model
% of the entry for the textual notes section. It takes three arguments. The first is the title of 
% the section. The second is the indentation of the entry (typically |\contentsindentone|
% |\contentsindenttwo|, or |\contentsindentthree|, but any indentation command will do). 
% The third is the page number.
% Remember that |\contentsindentone| is a command, not a length. The length of 
% the indentation is |\contentsindentoneamount|. 
% The command is defined as |\hspace{contentsindentoneamount}|.
% You can suppress the page number by setting the boolean |\putpagenumbersincontentsfalse|.
%
% A more general way to add a entry in the table
% of contents is to use the command |\pmclecontentsentrydefaults|. This command takes
% four arguments: (1) The title  (2) the indentation command (3) the font size (e.g. |\contentendnotesfont| for the
% same font size used in contents entries for the endnotes sections) and (4) the page number. Here
% also you can suppress the page number by setting the boolean |\putpagenumbersincontentsfalse|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\setlength} To change the amount various kinds of title are indented in the Table
% of Contents, see below at section \ref{contentsindentations}, page \pageref{contentsindentations}.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\renewcommand}
% You can also make global changes to the appearance of a particular kind of contents entry. To
% change the appearance of a kind of entry (for all sections of 
% sequences of poems, for instance), go to the definition of the title
% of that kind of entry (e.g.\ |\sequencesectiontitle|) below, 
% and copy the definition into a |\renewcommand| for that kind of title;
% find where that command calls the 
% |\c@ntentsinfo| command, and change the arguments
% to that command to suit you. (You should consult  section \ref{customizing titles},  page
% \pageref{customizing titles}, to see what all of the arguments to |\c@ontentsinfo| do.)
% Put the whole renewed version of the title command into your preamble, being
% sure to issue |\makeatletter| before the |\renewcommand| and to issue
% |\makeatother| after it. 
% (You have to put this whole |\renewcommand| between |\makeatletter| and |\makeatother| because
% |\c@ntentsinfo| and several other commands called to set titles include 
%the |@| character, which you can't use in command names
% except in the .sty file. Internal commands like |\c@ntentsinfo|, which are used by
% other commands but are under most circumstances not meant to be invoked 
% by users directly, have an |@| in their names so that the user won't accidentally
% redefine them.)
% You can find the commands for making titles below at
% section \ref{poemtitlecode}, page \pageref{poemtitlecode}.
%
% Here, for instance, is the code that defines titles for sections of poetic sequences:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \newcommand{\sequencesectiontitle}[1]{%
% \set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}
% {\titleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
% {\titleindentamount}
% \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindenttwo}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
% {\contentsindentthreeamount}
% \t@xtnotesinfo{#1}} 
% \end{verbatim} 
% Notice in the above that entries for sequence sections in the table 
% of contents are given the indentation
% |\contentsindenttwo|. To give them the indentation |\contentsindentthree| 
% and to set the runover portion of long titles with the  indentation |\contentsindentfour| put this in
% your preamble:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \makeatletter
% \renewcommand{\sequencesectiontitle}[1]{%
% \set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}
% {\titleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
% {\titleindentamount}
% \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\poemsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
% {\contentsindentfouramount}
% \t@xtnotesinfo{#1}} 
% \makeatother
% \end{verbatim} 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\c@ntentsinfo}
% You can make even more sweeping and fundmental changes in the look of your
% table of contents by redefining the |\c@ntentsinfo| command itself, which can be found 
% below at  section \ref{poemtitlecode}. Think very hard about this before doing it.
%
% \section{Making an index of titles and first lines}
% \subsection{~Setup}
% \DescribeMacro{\indexingontrue} First you must add the \textsf{makeidx} package
% to the list of packages you call in your preamble. (If you are planning to set several
% indices, call \textsf{splitindex} instead.) Then, to set up the Index section of your
% volume, issue |\indexingontrue| in your preamble.  This will create
% the external file for your index information and send that file the
% typesetting information for its title.  You must process this
% external file (the .idx file) with MakeIndex to create a properly organized and
% formatted index.  MakeIndex sorts the various multi-level ``index
% cards'' generated by all of the |\index| commands in your source
% files.  
%
% \subsection{~Printing the index}
% \DescribeMacro{\putpoemindex}
%Once you have processed your .idx file with MakeIndex, and
% generated the sorted and formatted .ind file for your book, the
% |\putpoemindex| command will insert the typeset index where you
% issue it, and put an entry for your index in your table of contents.
% You will have to run your file through \LaTeX\  twice again to make the
% page number for that entry correct.
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} sets up a two-column index with a simple running
% header.  (Setting up a two-column index, however, requires that you
% include the \textsf{multicol} package in your |\usepackage| list.)
% To turn indexing off, issue |\global\indexingonfalse|.  
% 
% Enter the individual index entries in the poems as you normally
% would for use by MakeIndex (say, after each title and first line).  One of
% the nice features of MakeIndex is that every entry has two parts,
% one for specifying the sort key of the entry (or subentry), the other
% for specifying the font and typesetting information of the entry (or
% subentry).  This enables you to drop all of the initial uses of
% ``the'' in titles for sorting purposes, while still including the
% ``the'' in the title.  It also enables you to distinguish titles
% from first lines (by italicizing them), and to include typesetting
% information (such as italicization) in titles or first lines without
% messing up their sort order. 
% 
% \subsection{~Making multiple indices}\label{multipleindex}
% \textsf{poemscol} can work with \textsf{splitindex} to generate 
% more than one index. You might, for instance, wish a separate index 
% of titles and index of first lines, or an index of proper names. To 
% do this, call \textsf{splitindex} in your list of packages. Then, 
% in your preamble, declare the indices you are planning to use, e.g.:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \newindex[Index of Titles]{idx}
% \newindex[Index of First Lines]{fir} 
% \newindex[Onomastic Index]{ono}
% \end{verbatim}The second argument is the 
% ``shortcut'' defined by \textsf{splitindex}, and will be used to 
% mark index entries in your text (see below), and used also as the extension 
% for the external index files used by MakeIndex.
% 
% Then mark up individual entries. Some entries (in the example 
% above, the ``Index of Titles'' examples) can be marked up with 
% |\index| just as if you were using only one index. Entries for 
% other indices should be marked using the |\sindex| command from 
% \textsf{splitindex}, as follows
% \begin{verbatim} 
% \sindex[fir]{Of Man's first disobedience and the fruit} 
% \end{verbatim}
% where the 
% first argument is the ``shortcut'' and the second is the index 
% entry. If you are loading \textsf{splitindex} with the 
% \textsf{split} option, the different types of index entry will be 
% sent to separate output streams, which each must be processed separately 
% with MakeIndex. \TeX\ has only a limited number of such output 
% streams, however, so it is probably wiser not to choose that 
% option, but to use splitindex.tex, splitindex.pl, or one of the 
% other means provided with the \textsf{splitindex} package to break 
% up the index into the separate parts, each of which must be 
% processed with MakeIndex separately.
% 
% To include the indices, and to add entries for them to the table of 
% contents, issue |\putmultiplepoemindex| for each one. 
% |\putmultiplepoemindex| takes four arguments, which are: 1.\ The 
% three letter ``shortcut'' used by |\splitindex|, 2.\ The title of 
% the Index on its first page, 3.\ The running header for that index 
% section, and 4.\ The name of the section as you wish it to appear in 
% the Table of Contents. So, for instance
% \begin{verbatim}
% \putmultiplepoemindex{fir}{INDEX OF FIRST LINES}{Index of First 
% Lines}{First Line Index} \end{verbatim}
% includes an index with shortcut ``fir,'' title ``INDEX OF FIRST 
% LINES,'' running header ``Index of First Lines,'' and contents 
% entry ``First Line Index.''
% \section{Collections with multiple volumes}
% \DescribeEnv{volumetitlepage} \DescribeEnv{maintitlepage}
% The |volumetitlepage| environment is an
% environment for divider pages in collections made up of several
% volumes.  Volume title pages will always appear on recto pages with blank verso pages. 
% \textsf{poemscol} will also automatically create a blank verso page
% preceding the volume title page if it is necessary.  The
% |maintitlepage| environment is for the title page of the whole
% book.  The main title page will also automatically always be on a
% recto page. These divider pages have special
% page styles, with no page numbers and no running headers.
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\wholebooktitle} \DescribeMacro{\volumetitle}
% |\wholebooktitle| is for the title of the entire collection. 
% |\volumetitle| is for the title of an individual volume within a
% Collected Poems.   |\wholebooktitle|
% merely sets its argument in a very large font. |\volumetitle| also sets an entry
% in the table of contents (with no page number, but followed by extra
% vertical space) and in the endnotes (with 
% no page number). 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\volumetitlefirstline}
% \DescribeMacro{\volumetitlemiddleline}
% \DescribeMacro{\volumetitlelastline} 
% \DescribeMacro{\volumesubtitle}
% The |\volumetitlefirstline|,
% |\volumetitlemiddleline|, and |\volumetitlelastline| commands are
% for multi-line titles of volumes gathered into the collection.  (Use
% these last commands if you want to specify how a long title is
% broken up both in the text and in the table of contents.
% \textsf{poemscol} will break up long titles on its own anyway
% if you don't specify how to break them up, but
% you might not be happy with how it breaks up the lines.)
% |\volumesubtitle| is for setting the subtitle to a volume.
% In addition to setting the text in the body of your
% edition, these commands send the title (and the formatting
% information about it) to the table of contents file and to the
% various endnotes files.\end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\volumesectiontitle} 
% |\volumesectiontitle| is for setting the title of a section of a
% volume.  |\volumesectiontitle| merely prints the title in a large font in boldface
% in the text. It always prints at the top of a page, but it does not ensure that that
% page is a recto page,  does not reserve the whole
% page for the title, or put a  blank verso page following the title. It prints the title
% in the contents without a page number, and prints the title in the textual notes 
% (but not in the other endnote sections) in boldface on a separate line.
% Because it is so different from other titles, it does not use the three internal 
% commands (|\set@p@emtitle|, |\c@ntentsinfo|, and |\t@xtnotesinfo|) that
% all of the other title commands use, so modifying those internal commands will not
% change |\volumesectiontitle|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\volumeepigraph} \DescribeMacro{\volumeattribution}
% |\volumeepigraph| and
% |\volumeattribution| are for epigraphs and attributions on the
% divider pages.  \goodbreak
%
% \DescribeMacro{\volumeheader} \DescribeMacro{\leftheader}  \DescribeMacro{\rightheader} 
% |\volumeheader| or |\rightheader| is for setting the right
% running header for that volume (except for divider pages, the table
% of contents, the notes sections, and other special cases).  Normally
% that is just the name of the particular volume.  |\leftheader| is for setting
% the left running header for the entire book (except for divider
% pages, the table of contents, the notes sections, and other special
% cases).  Normally that is the name of the entire book.
% 
% \section{Recording textual notes, emendations, and explanatory notes}\label{recordingtextualnotes}
% \subsection{~Setup for endnote sections}
%  \DescribeMacro{\maketextnotes} \DescribeMacro{\makeemendations}
% \DescribeMacro{\makeexplanatorynotes} 
% To collect textual collations, issue |\maketextnotes| in your
% preamble.
% To collect emendation notes, issue |\makeemendations| in your preamble. 
% To collect explanatory notes, issue
% |\makeexplanatorynotes| in your preamble.
% These commands open external files for emendations, textual
% collations, and explanatory notes (with extensions .emd, .ent, and
% .enx respectively). \textsf{poemscol} reads these files back into the main document
% at the place you specify
% with |\puttextnotes|, |\putexplanatory|, or |\putemendations|, or at
% the end (if you use the |\finish| command).
%  These commands  also send to the external files the commands for typesetting the
% title of each section (e.g. Explanatory Notes), for making an entry in the table
% of contents for each endnote section, and for modifying the
% running headers of the notes sections to xx--yy format (e.g.
% ``Explanatory Notes to pp.~55--7'').
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} opens an entry (headed with
% the title, and the page the poem appears on in the body of the 
% text, in boldface) in the textual notes
% section for every poem (since, minimally, you want to include
% information about the variants and copy text of the poem).
% In the emendations or explanatory notes sections  
% \textsf{poemscol} 
% sets this information only if you actually have emendations or explanatory notes on that poem.
% If you have defined a new endnote section using |\definenewnotetype| \textsf{poemscol}
% will also only set the poem heading in the notes if there actually is a note for that poem.
%
% The notes for each poem are set in a block paragraph, with a new
% paragraph for every |\poemtitle| command, and the line counter for
% the notes is reset to 1 with every |\begin{poem}|.  (For long poems
% in books or cantos, it you might use |\poemtitle| for the
% canto names or numbers, or perhaps you might want to design a new species
% of title using the commands described below at section \ref{customizing titles}, 
% page \pageref{customizing titles}.)
% 
% By default, there is one paragraph per poem, with a hanging indent to give 
% prominence to the page number.
%
% If you wish to use multi-layer footnotes rather than endnotes, you 
% do not need to issue |\maketextnotes| or its relatives (but you 
% should of course issue |\textnotesatfoot| or its relatives). You can mix 
% footnotes or endnotes as you wish. You may, for instance, wish to 
% set explanatory notes as footnotes, and textual notes and 
% emendations as endnotes. Instructions for setting up 
% \textsf{poemscol} to make such footnotes are in section 
% \ref{makingfootnotes} below.
% 
% \subsection{~Customizing endnotes}
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\iftextnotessinglepar} 
% \DescribeMacro{\ifemendationssingplepar}
% \DescribeMacro{\ifexplanationssinglepar}
% You may, 
% particularly if you are annotating long poems, wish each 
% note to appear in its own paragraph rather than in a block paragraph 
% with the other notes to that poem. To do this, you need to set 
% the relevant boolean. Issue |\textnotessinglepartrue| 
% |\emendationssingplepartrue| or |\explanationssinglepartrue| to give
% each such note a separate paragraph. (Similar booleans will be automatically
% defined for any species of endnote you create.) By default, these notes will have a 
% hanging indent, to give prominence to the line number.
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\noteindentation}
% You may have notes with multiple paragraphs.  The default settings for all of
% the forms of endnotes set them with hanging indentation, which probably is not
% a good idea for multiple paragraph notes.  There are two ways of approaching
% this problem.  The first way is to change all of the paragraphs of the notes to
% normal indentation, which you can do by issuing
% |\literaltextnote{\setlength{\parindent}{\noteindentation}}| just after issuing |\maketextnotes| . 
% You can change the amount of indentation by changing the value of the 
% length |\noteindentation| (the default value is 1 em).
% You should remember to issue similar 
% commands for emendations, explanatory notes, and whatever kinds of notes you 
% create using |\definenewnotetype|. 
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\noteparbreak} 
% Alternatively, if you want to keep the hanging indent for the page number, but still have paragraph 
% breaks in the note, issue |\noteparbreak| whenever you want a paragraph break 
% in the midst of a note. The first paragraph will have a hanging indent for the 
% page number, but every paragraph that follows a |\noteparbreak| will have normal 
% paragraph indentation. By default, |\noteparbreak| indents the new paragraph 
% 1em. You can change this by changing the value of the length 
% |\noteindentation|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\iftextnotestwocol} 
% \DescribeMacro{\ifemendationstwocol}
% \DescribeMacro{\ifexplanationstwocol}
% By default, notes are set in single columns. To set them in two column mode, 
% set the relevant booleans to true, e.g. |\textnotestwocoltrue|. Again, any note type
% you create with |\definenewnotetype| will automatically define the ``twocol'' boolean
% that goes with it.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\putpagenumberinnotesfalse}
% \DescribeMacro{\puttitleinnotesfalse}
% You may not wish to have the poem's page number and title appear in
% the notes.  To turn off the appearance of the page number in the
% notes, issue |\putpagenumberinnotesfalse|.  You may also not wish to
% put the poem's title in the notes.  To turn off the appearance of the
% poem's title in the notes, issue |\puttitleinnotesfalse|. \textsf{poemscol} assumes
% that the notes to a poem will begin with either the poem's title, or its page number, or both,
% so although you can set either boolean to ``false,'' don't set both of them to ``false." 
% \textsf{poemscol} will let you do this, but the results will be strange. Also, |\putitleinnotesfalse|
% applies only the textnotes. Emendations, explanatory notes, and any note types you create
% with |\definenewnotetype| will include the title of the poem.
% 
% \goodbreak
% \DescribeMacro{\contentsendnotesindent}
% \DescribeMacro{\contentsendnotesfont}
% You can control the appearance of the entry for endnote sections in 
% the table of contents by changing the definition of 
% |\contentsendnotesindent| (set by default to |\contentsindentone|) 
% or |\contentsendnotesfont| (set by default to 
% |\contentspoemtitlefont|.)
%
% \subsection{~Textual notes of various kinds}
% \DescribeMacro{\sources} To record information about the copy text,
% editions and publication history of individual poems, or any
% information not tied to specific lines in the poem, you should place
% that information in the argument to the |\sources| command.
% |\sources| sends information to the external file for textual notes, but does not
% tag what it sends with line numbers, hence its use for sending ``sources.''
% Typically, you should issue this command after you have issued
% |\poemtitle| and before you issue |\begin{poem}|. That way the ``sources'' will
% appear in the textual notes section just after the title of the poem, but before the 
% notes on particular lines. 
% You could conceivably use |\sources|
% send typesetting information to the textual notes file (such as to force a page
% break), but I prefer to do that
% by using |\literaltextnote|, which also sends information to the external
% file for textnotes without sending line numbers. Although they do the same thing, I use |\sources| to 
% send editorial information to the texual note section, but use 
% |\literaltexnote| to send formatting instructions to the textual note section, so that
% the different purposes of the note are clear at first glance. You can send
% typesetting information to other sections by using
% |\literalemend|, |\literalexplain|, or |\literalcontents|. \textsf{poemscol} also
% creates a similar ``literal'' command for any type of endnote you create on the fly
% using |\definenewnotetype|.
%
% There is one subtle difference between |\sources| and |\literaltextnote|. If you
% issue the commands to set your textual notes as footnotes rather than endnotes, 
% notes issued with |\sources| will be set as footnotes, but anything issued using |\literaltextnote|
% will be discarded. To set textual notes as footnotes, 
% see section \ref{makingfootnotes}, page \pageref{makingfootnotes}, below.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\textnote}
% \DescribeMacro{\emendation}
% \DescribeMacro{\explanatory}
% |\textnote| is used to capture variants and tie them to the
% correct line number.  You don't have to count line numbers; 
% \textsf{poemscol} keeps track of them for you.  Issue |\textnote|
% immediately after the |\verseline| command which marks the ending of
% the line you wish to comment upon.  Put the text of your note (which
% may be simply the recording of a variant in standard notation) into
% the argument of the command.  You should put both the lemma and the
% variants or comment in the argument to the |\textnote| command. 
% For emendations, use |\emendation|, and for explanatory notes,
% use |\explanatory|. These notes go to their own endnote sections. The
% only difference is that each poem opens a new paragraph (headed with the
% poem's title and page number) for its own 
% textual notes, but such paragraphs for explanatory notes or emendations are only 
% opened if there actually are explanatory notes or emendations for that poem.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\sameword}
% \DescribeMacro{\missingpunct}
%  To
% put the $\sim$ glyph in your note (used for recording places where
% the variant and the copy text have the same word, as for instance
% when recording a variation of punctuation) use |\sameword|.  To put
% the ${}_{\wedge}$ glyph into your text (used for recording places
% where a punctuation mark is missing in a variant), use
% |\missingpunct|. 
%
% For notes that refer to ranges of lines, |\textnote|, |\emendation|,
% and |\explanatory| have an optional argument, which records how many
% lines the note refers to.  There are two ways of using this
% argument.  The grubby but simple way is simply to put into the
% argument the number of lines it refers to.  If, for instance, you
% issue |\textnote[4]{lemma] rest of note}|, \textsf{poemscol}, rather
% than printing merely the number of the line which closed just before
% you issued |\textnote|, will print a line range, beginning at that
% line, and ending at the fourth line after it.  If that |\textnote|
% were issued after line 214, this is to say, the output in the
% textual notes would be: 214--218: lemma] rest of note.
% 
% \begin{sloppypar} It seems clumsy to count the lines referred to by
% a note, especially since you don't have to count lines to set where
% the note begins.  A more sophisticated way, and one which involves
% no counting, is to make a unique poem line label for the last line
% of the range by issuing |\poemlinelabel{some unique label}| just
% after the |\verseline| or |\end{stanza}| that ends the range.  (To
% use |\poemlinelabel| see section \ref{poemlinelabel}.)  Then, back
% after the |\verseline| or |\end{stanza}| command that closes the
% first line of the range, put the text of the label into the optional
% argument of |\textnote| as follows: |\textnote[some unique label]{lemma]rest of note}|.  
%This is the preferred method.  The
% line-counting method is deprecated, but retained for backwards
% compatibility with earlier versions.  If you use the label method,
% you will have to run your file through \LaTeX\ twice, once to define
% the labels, and once to set the text.\end{sloppypar}
%
% Here is a complete example:
%\begin{verbatim}
%Yes, then I met the beast. Well, better, indeed,\verseline
%\textnote[had it been the]{better, indeed, / Had it been the] better if 
%it / Had been the 1953TS (revised in black pencil 
%on 1953TS to 1953)}
%Had it been the manifest beast and the circumstantial\verseline
%\poemlinelabel{had it been the}
%Avatar of destruction. But no beast then: the towering\verseline
%Definition, angelic, arrogant, abstract,\verseline
%Greaved in glory, thewed with light, the bright\verseline
%Brow tall as dawn. I could not see the eyes.\end{stanza}
% \end{verbatim}
% 
% Overlapping lemmas, or lemmas that 
% include stanza breaks, do not pose any difficulties for |poemscol|. 
% 
% |\emendation| and |\explanatory| are used exactly as |\textnote| 
% is. Issue the emendation or the explanatory note as the argument to 
% the command. Place the command immediately after the |\verseline| that 
% concludes the line to which it is a comment. These commands also can 
% take optional arguments to specify line ranges.
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\accidental} |\accidental| behaves exactly like 
% |\textnote|.  Accidentals 
% are included by default, but if you issue |\global\includeaccidentalstrue| 
% in your preamble, you will remind yourself of that fact.  
% If you wish to distinguish between accidentals and 
% substantives, using |\accidental| provides a way of doing so.\end{sloppypar}
%
% If you wish to exclude accidentals from your printed output, but to
% mark them in your source files, so that your published collation in the
% textual notes endnotes section 
% consists only of substantives, issue
% |\global\includeaccidentalsfalse| in your preamble.  Many publishers
% are reluctant to publish accidentals, believing that they are, well,
% less substantive than substantives.  Using the |\accidental|
% command allows you to exclude accidentals from the published version
% should your publisher insist, while preserving the information about
% them in your source files should the publisher's mind change.  In the very worst case, if
% you have marked all the accidentals in this way you can still
% produce a list of accidentals for later use, and other scholars can
% search for accidentals in your source files simply by searching for
% the string |\accidental|.
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} does not provide for a separate backmatter section
% for accidentals, but it would be trivial to construct one, using 
% |\definenewnotetype|, described in section \ref{definingnewnotes} 
% below.  You may, for instance, use |\definenewnotetype| to create a command called 
% |\newaccidental|, then issue| \let\accidental=\newaccidental|.
%  
% \DescribeMacro{\tsvariant} \DescribeMacro{\tsentry} Some publishers
% may turn up their noses at typescript or manuscript variants (changes on
% a manuscript or typescript as opposed to differences between published versions) in just
% the way they turn up their noses at accidentals.  If you wish to
% distinguish between published variants and typescript,
% man\-u\-script, or galley variants, |\tsvariant| (for a whole note)
% and |\tsentry| (for a typescript entry in a list of variants in a
% textual note that includes other kinds of variant) provide ways of
% doing so.  By default, typescript variants are included.  To exclude
% typescript variants, issue |\global\includetypescriptsfalse| in your
% preamble.  You can issue |\global||\includetypescriptstrue| in your
% preamble, to remind yourself that you are including typescript
% variants.  In that (default) case |\tsvariant| will behave exactly
% like |\textnote|, and entries in other notes marked with
% |\tsentry| will be included in your output.
% 
% Here is how to use |\tsentry|:
% if you wish to include typescript entries in a single note including
% those entries in a list with variants from other published versions
% (as for instance when a word appears in a typescript but only in
% the second edition of the published poem), simply issue
% |\textnote| as usual, marking the relevant variant in the list of
% variants with the |\tsentry| command. If typescript variants
% are excluded, the typescript entry will also be excluded. 
%
% Here is a typical use of the |\tsentry| command:
% \begin{verbatim}
% Of moonlit desert. A stallion, white and flashing, slips,\verseline
% \textnote{Of moonlit] Of the moonlit {\em NY\/}\tsentry{, SP85TS 
% (revised in black pen to SP85)}}
% \end{verbatim}
%  
% Notice that since the |\tsentry| comes in the middle of the list, 
% it begins with a comma. You might expect an |\unskip| command 
% before the comma, to prevent 
% \LaTeX\ from adding white space before the comma. \textsf{poemscol} 
% automatically provides the |\unskip| if the entry starts with a 
% comma or a semicolon.
%
% You can
% mark individual variants with |\tsentry| in the arguments to the
% |\explanatory| and |\emendation| commands as well, and 
% |\tsentry| will also behave normally in any endnote or footnote section 
% you define using |\definenewnotetype|.
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} does not provide for a separate backmatter section
% for typescript variants, but it would be trivial to construct one,
% again using |\definenewnotetype|. To do this, you would also have to 
% copy all of the emendations, explanatory notes, and textual notes 
% which have a |\tsentry| in their arguments, and add
% |\tsvariant| commands in those places. For information about 
% |\definenewnotetype| see section \ref{definingnewnotes}.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\margreftextnote}
% \DescribeMacro{\margrefexplanatory}
% \DescribeMacro{\margrefemendation}
% Some editions include a marginal mark in the text showing where in the 
% apparatus a textual note on that line can be found. (The edition of William
% Blake's poetry and prose edited by Harold Bloom and David V. Erdman, for instance,
% includes such marks.)
% |\margreftextnote| sets a label in the textual notes section, and 
% sets a marginal note with a page reference to that label in the main text. Issue 
% |\margreftextnote| \emph{before} issuing the |\verseline| or 
% |\end{stanza}| that closes the line to which it refers. (The textual 
% note itself can be an ordinary |\textnote|, and should be placed, as 
% usual, \emph{after} the |\verseline| or |\end{stanza}|.)
% |\margrefexplanatory| does the same thing for explanatory notes, and
% |\margrefemendation| does the same thing for emendations. 
% If you define a new kind of endnote with |\definenewnotetype|, you
% will automatically also define a new |\margref| command for that kind of note. For
% details about how these markers work, see 
% section \ref{margreftextnote}, page \pageref{margreftextnote}.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\quotedversecorrectiontextnote}  
% If you quote verse \emph{within} a textual note, an explanatory
% note, or an emendation, you may want to use the normal \LaTeX\
% |verse| environment for that quotation, rather than the special markup
% for \textsf{poemscol}.  You can also use the special |pmclverse| environment, which
% enlarges the indentation of runover lines and the white space
% between stanzas. But you should not use the |poem| environment within the textual notes.
%
% If a textual note 
% \emph{ends} with a quotation in verse, you should
% follow the |\textnote| entry with
% |\quotedversecorrectiontextnote|.  I found that if I quoted verse in
% the note sections a dirty trick I used to send the notes to the
% external files would cause the following notes on that poem in the
% notes sections to be set in a new paragraph.  (This is of course not
% a problem if the quoted verse is the last thing in the notes to that
% poem, since the next poem will open a new paragraph in the notes
% anyway.  It is also not a problem if more of the individual textnote
% follows the verse.  It's only a problem if the last thing in the
% note is quoted verse, and the note is not the last one on that
% poem.)  The command should set it flush as it is, but I have found
% odd cases I can't understand in which that doesn't work, so the
% command has an optional argument, which should be the additional
% length you need to adjust the next line by to make it flush.  The
% default is 0pt.  |\quotedversecorrectionexplanatory| and
% |\quotedversecorrectionemendation| should follow explanatory notes
% or emendations that end with snippets of verse.  These three
% commands are an embarrassing kludge on my part.  They simply send
% commands to the relevant note sections that prohibit opening a new
% paragraph.  You should issue this command in the main text right
% after the close of the textnote (not in the text of the textnote
% itself).
%
% \section{Creating new kinds of endnote} \label{definingnewnotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\definenewnotetype} The |\definenewnotetype| command
% can be used to create new kinds of endnote, in case the kinds
% \textsf{poemscol} has predefined do not suffice.  |\definenewnotetype|
% takes five arguments.  They are (assuming you are creating a new
% kind of note to be called a ``mynote''): \begin{enumerate} \item A base name
% used to construct \begin{itemize} \item some |\if| variables (e.g.\
% |\ifmynoteson| to see whether you are collecting ``mynotes'',
% |\ifnomynoteyet| to see whether you have written a ``mynote'' for a
% particular poem yet, |\ifmynotestwocol| to set the notes in two
% column mode, and |\ifmynotesinglepar| to set the notes in
% one paragraph per note form, rather than in block paragraphs).  
% \textsf{poemscol} will only open an entry for a poem in the
% ``mynotes'' section if there actually is a ``mynote'' on that poem.
% Note that every  |\if| that refers to a section is plural
% (|\ifmynoteson|, |\ifmynotestwocol|, |\ifmynotessinglepar|) and 
% that every |\if| that refers to a singular note
% is singular (|\ifnomynoteyet|).  \item The name for the output
% channel for writing the notes to the appropriate external file.
% This name will always be plural (e.g.\ ``mynotes"). \item The name for the ``literal''
% command for writing literal, unexpanded text on the file (as
% |\literaltextnote| does on the textnotes file), and for the note
% command that sends the actual textual note (line number and all) to
% the section (e.g.\ |\literalmynote| and |\mynote|), also the command to write notes in
% line-numbered prose (e.g.\ |\prosemynote|) or prose numbered by
% paragraph and sentence (e.g.\ |\pmmynote|).  These commands will
% always be singular.  \item The name of the |\put| command (e.g.\
% |\putmynotes|) which closes the external file for the notes section,
% reads it back in to your document, and adds an entry in the table of
% contents for that notes section.  This command will always be
% plural.  (There won't be a |\makemynotes| command,
% because |\definenewnotetype| takes its place.)
%  \item The name of the |\margref| command for putting a
% marginal mark next to a line giving the page number in the apparatus
% where a note is to be found (e.g.\ |\margrefmynote|) \end{itemize}
% \item The extension for the external file which will hold the notes
% as you generate them.  ``Emendations'' for instance, are written to
% an external file called |\jobname.emd| The file name will always be
% |\jobname|, and the different species of endnotes will all have
% distinctive extensions.  (|\jobname| is a command that always expands
% to the name of your top level source file.  If, for instance, I am
% setting running a file called ``myfile.tex'' through \LaTeX\,
% |\jobname.emd| translates to ``myfile.emd.'') \item The title of the
% notes section as you wish it to appear in the running header (e.g.
% ``Mynotes to '').  \item The title of the notes section as you wish
% it to appear on the first page of the notes section (e.g.
% ``MYNOTES'').  \item The title of the notes section as you wish
% it to appear in the table of contents (e.g.\ ``Mynotes'').  \end{enumerate}
% 
% \begin{sloppypar} So, for instance,\begin{verbatim} 
% \definenewnotetype{xyznote}{xyz}{Xyznotes to}{XYZNOTES}{Xyznotes} 
% \end{verbatim}
% creates the booleans |\ifxyznoteson|,  |\ifnoxyznoteyet|, and 
% |\ifxyznotessinglepar|,  the
% commands |\xyznote|, |\literalxyznote|, |\prosexyznote|,
% |\pmxyznote|, and |\putxyznotes| (and, although you don't ever have
% to use it explicitly, |\firstxyznote|) the output channel xyznotes,
% the external file |\jobname.xyz|, an entry in the contents for
% ``Xyznotes'', and an endnotes section with a running header of the
% form ``Xyznotes to pp.~xx--yy'' and a title XYZNOTES. \end{sloppypar}
%
% |\xyznote|
% takes the same arguments that |\textnote| does (which is to say,
% an optional argument for a label for entering line ranges, and an
% argument for the lemma and the comment).  There won't be an entry
% for a poem in the ``Xyznotes'' endnotes section unless there
% actually is an xyznote for the poem.  
%
 %|\prosexyznote| 
% (for ``xyznotes'' on line-numbered prose passages) takes the same
% arguments |\prosetextnote| does (which is to say, an optional
% argument for a label for entering line ranges, an argument for a
% label to capture the line number of the first line, and an argument
% for the lemma and the comment). For notes on passages of line-numbered
% prose, see section \ref{prosesections}, page \pageref{prosesections}.
%
% |\pmxyznote| (for prose passages 
%  numbered by paragraph and sentence) takes the same arguments as
% |\pmtextnote|. For notes on passages of prose numbered by
% paragraph and sentence, see section \ref{paragraphsentence}, page
% \pageref{paragraphsentence}.
% 
% \section{Multi-level footnotes} \label{makingfootnotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\textnotesatfoot} \textsf{poemscol} will set multiple 
% levels of footnotes in block paragraphs, separating each level with 
% a rule. To enable this feature, call the \textsf{manyfoot} package 
% as follows in your preamble: |\usepackage[ruled,para*]{manyfoot}|.
% 
% To set your textual notes as footnotes, issue |\textnotesatfoot| in
% your preamble.  If you do this, \textsf{poemscol} will actually
% create two sets of footnotes for textnotes, one for those that are
% called with |\textnote|, which will produce an unindented block of
% notes, and one for those that are called with |\sources|, which will
% produce individual indented paragraphs, opening a new paragraph with
% every note.  |\sources| notes often have several paragraphs, so they
% are inappropriate for block-paragraph or ``para'' mode, and because
% those paragraphs are often in fact prose paragraphs, rather than
% blocks of notations, they are indented, so that they will be read as
% prose.  To set your emendations as footnotes, issue
% |\emendationsatfoot| in your preamble.  These notes will be set by
% default as block paragraphs.  If you have multiple-paragraph notes
% in your emendations, you should redefine these notes to set plain
% rather than para style notes. (See the next paragraph for how to do 
% this.) To set your explanatory notes as
% footnotes, issue |\explanationsatfoot|.  These notes will also, by
% default, be plain style notes, with one indented paragraph per note.
% You do not need to issue |\maketextnotes|, |\makeemendations| or
% |\makeexplanatorynotes| if you set those notes as footnotes.  If you
% use |\literaltextnote| anywhere in your file, however, you will lose
% the text it would have put in your textnotes, since |\literaltextnote|
% just writes its argument onto the external file for textual notes.
% The arguments to |\literalexplain| and |\literalemendation| will
% be discarded as well if explanatory notes or emendation notes are set as footnotes.
% 
%  \DescribeMacro{\iftextfootnotespara} 
%  \DescribeMacro{\ifsourcesfootnotespara}
% \DescribeMacro{\ifemendationfootnotespara}
% \DescribeMacro{\ifexplanfootnotespara}
% To change the style of your footnotes between plain and
% para modes, globally change the values some of the following
% booleans.  |\ifsourcesfootnotespara|, obviously, is true if
% footnotes from the |\sources| command are set in ``para'' mode
% (default is false).  |\iftextfootnotespara| is true if footnotes
% from |\textnote| are set in ``para'' mode (default is true).
% |\ifemendationfootnotespara|, or |\ifexplanfootnotespara| are the
% booleans which set the style of footnotes from |\emendation| and
% |\explanatory| respectively.  By default, footnotes from
% |\emendation| are set in ``para'' mode (|\emendationfootnotesparatrue|), and footnotes from
% |\explanatory| are set in ``plain'' mode (|\explanfootnotesparafalse|).  To change explanatory
% footnotes from plain to para mode, for instance, issue
% |\global\explanfootnotesparatrue|.  Counterintuitive as it sounds,
% you must issue this \emph{before} issuing |\textnotesatfoot|,  |\emendationsatfoot|,
% or   |\explanationsatfoot|. 
% 
% When |\sources| is defined to send endnotes to the textual notes 
% section, they usually appear immediately underneath the title of 
% the volume or poem they comment upon in the endnotes section. If you are having |\sources| 
% output footnotes, it would be a good idea to open the note with the 
% title of the volume or poem it is a comment upon, in case there is 
% more than one poem on the page.
% 
% When note classes are set as footnotes, the symbol which marks 
% cases in which a page turn falls on a stanza break will be set 
% \emph{beneath} the footnotes. This is a consequence of the way 
% \textsf{poemscol} uses the |\mark| mechanism to keep track of these 
% cases, so I have not figured out how to change it. But it may well 
% be more of an idiosyncrasy than a bug, particularly if the symbol 
% is changed from * to something like ``stanza break at page turn.''
%  
% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNewFootnote} 
% To create a new level of footnote, you must first declare it to 
% make it known to \textsf{manyfoot}, which requires each level of 
% footnote to be given a unique suffix (usually a capital letter of 
% the alphabet). You can declare a new footnote level called 
% |\footnoteE| for instance, by issuing 
% |\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{E}|. You will want notes which don't put 
% a mark in the body of the text, and begin with the line number or 
% range of line numbers of the lemma. To define a footnote called 
% |\mynote|, first declare new footnote |\footnoteE| (A, B, C and D 
% are reserved for sources, textual notes, emendations, and explanatory notes, 
% respectively). Then issue: \begin{verbatim}
%  \newcommand{\mynote}[2][0]{\setlemmarange{#1}\\
% \FootnotetextE{\citerange}{#2}
%  \resetlemmacounters} \end{verbatim}
% |\setlemmarange|, |\citerange|, and 
% |\resetlemmacounters|  are internal commands to enable your footnote to handle line ranges in 
% the lemma. They are defined in the implementation section below, at section 
% \ref{notetools}. If a |\mynote| refers to a range of lines, you can issue 
% the same kinds of optional argument that are used with |\textnote|.
%
% \section{Notes at the end of poems}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemendnote}
% \DescribeMacro{\makepoemendnotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\putpoemendnotes}
% You may wish, rather than using endnotes or footnotes, simply to print your
% notes at the end of each poem.  To do this for simple notes, issue |\makepoemendnotes| just
% after |\begin{poem}|.  Issue |\poemendnote| where you wish to make a note,
% using the same conventions for line ranges you use for |\textnote|.  Where you want to output
% the notes, issue |\putpoemendnotes|. These notes can have multi-line lemmas, 
% just like textual notes.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\ifpoemendnotessinglepar} 
% By default, each poem end note is given its own paragraph. To concatenate 
% them into one big paragraph, issue |\poemendnotessingleparfalse|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\poemendemendationnote}
% \DescribeMacro{\makepoemendemendationnotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\putpoemendemendationnotes}
% You can also print emendation notes  at the end of each poem.
%  To do this, issue |\makepoemendemendationnotes| just
% after |\begin{poem}|.  Issue |\poemendemendationnote| where you wish to make a note,
% using the same conventions you use for |\textnote|.  Where you want to output
% the notes, issue |\putpoemendemendationnotes|. These notes can have multi-line lemmas, 
% just like textual notes.
%
% By default, each poem end note is given its own paragraph. To concatenate 
% them into one big paragraph, issue |\poemendemendationnotessingleparfalse|.
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemendexplanatorynote}
% \DescribeMacro{\makepoemendexplanatorynotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\putpoemendexplanatorynotes}
% You can print explanatory notes at the end of each poem.
% To do this, issue |\makepoemendexplanatorynotes| just
% after |\begin{poem}|.  Issue |\poemendexplanatorynote| where you wish to make a note,
% using the same conventions you use for |\textnote|.  Where you want to output
% the notes, issue |\putpoemendexplanatorynotes|. These notes can have multi-line lemmas, 
% just like textual notes.\end{sloppypar}
%
% By default, each poem end note is given its own paragraph. To concatenate 
% them into one big paragraph, issue |\poemendexplanatorynotessingleparfalse|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\poemendtextnote}
% \DescribeMacro{\makepoemendtextnotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\putpoemendtextnotes}
% You can print textual
% notes at the end of each poem.  To do this, issue |\makepoemendtextnotes| just
% after |\begin{poem}|.  Issue |\poemendtextnote| where you wish to make a note,
% using the same conventions you use for |\textnote|.  Where you want to output
% the notes, issue |\putpoemendtextnotes|. These notes can have multi-line lemmas, 
% just like textual notes.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\ifpoemendtextnotessinglepar} 
% By default, each poem end note is given its own paragraph. To concatenate 
% them into one big paragraph, issue |\poemendtextnotessingleparfalse|.
%
% \section{Printing endnotes and index} 
% \DescribeMacro{\testforauxonfirstrun} If you don't want to listen to
% \LaTeX\ complain about missing references during your first run,
% issue |\testforauxonfirstrun|, which won't let |\finish|,
% |\putexplanatory|, |\puttextnotes|, or |\putemendations| run unless
% there is an .aux file for a previous run.  \emph{Be sure to issue
% this command before issuing} |\begin{document}|, \emph{since that
% reads in the existing .aux file, and overwrites it with a new one.}
% 
% \label{putexternalfiles}
% \DescribeMacro{\putemendations} This command closes the external file
% for emendations and reads it in.  It also puts an entry for the
% emendations section into your table of contents.  After
% |\putemendations| has read in the external file for emendations, you
% will need to run your file through \LaTeX\ again, to put the correct
% page number in the table of contents file.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\puttextnotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\putexplanatory} |\puttextnotes| and 
% |\putexplanatory| do the same thing for the textual 
% notes and for the explanatory notes.
% 
% Each of these last three commands restores normal hyphenation. Since 
% all three are printed with the |\small| font size, the hyphen 
% character is defined only for that size. This should not create 
% other issues, however, because the commands that prohibit 
% hyphenation in the |poem| environment (and in the |contentsentry| 
% environment) are local to those environments, so the restoration of 
% the hyphen character may be redundant.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\putpoemindex} |\putpoemindex| reads in the index at
% this point, and adds an entry for the index to external file for the
% table of contents.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\putmultiplepoemindex} If you are generating 
% several indices using \textsf{splitindex} |\putmultiplepoemindex| 
% reads in one of them at this point. For instructions about this 
% command, see section \ref{multipleindex}, p.~\pageref{multipleindex}.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\finish} The
% |\finish| command is deprecated but still available.  It is designed
% to be placed just before |\end{document}| (which, in fact, it
% replaces --- but you should still put an |\end{document}| at the end
% of your document for form's sake).  |\finish| closes the external
% files for the three notes sections and reads them back into the
% document (turning the automatic hyphenation back on for these
% sections).  It adds entries to the table of contents file for the
% notes sections.  It reads in the formatted index file (which you
% have made from your raw .idx file using MakeIndex between \LaTeX\
% runs) and adds an entry for the index to the table of contents.
% Then it closes the external file for the table of contents and reads
% that in (putting it at the end of the document, as I explained
% before).  Then it adds a page explaining that the symbol (by default
% *) at the bottom of certain pages marks places where a stanza break
% and a page break coincide.  If you have an editor's introduction
% preceding your notes section, or a list of abbreviations, you may
% wish to consult the |\finish| command for suggestions about how to add
% the lines to read those files in and add entries for them in the
% table of contents.
%
% \section{Forewords, Appendices, Contents Entries}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\makeappendix} To make a an Appendix, or any other inserted
% prose section, use |\makeappendix|. |\makeappendix| takes one argument, the title.
% The new section will open on a recto page, and its first page will be in the empty page style.
% The title of the section will appear on the page in the style of the textual notes section.
% The title of the section will appear in the running header of subsequent pages.
% An entry for the new section, with the page number,
%  will be added to the table of contents. The entry will
% be formatted the way the entries for textual notes and explanatory notes are formatted. 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\appendixtitle} If you wish to add an Appendix which you don't 
% want to start on a new page but do want
% to have a contents entry for, use |\appendixtitle| instead of |\makeappendix|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\makesubappendix} |\makesubappendix| behaves exactly as |makeappendix| does,
% except the contents entry will be indented by the length |\subappendixtitleindentamount|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\subappendixtitle} If you wish to add an Subappendix which you don't 
% want to start on a new page but do want
% to have a contents entry for, use |\subappendixtitle| instead of |\makesubappendix|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\appendixincontents} If you wish to suppress contents entries for 
% appendices, issue the boolean |\appendixincontentsfalse|. Contents entries for 
% appendices or subappendices will be suppressed so long as that boolean is set to false.
%
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\makeforeword} |\makeforeword| and |\forewordtitle| behave basically the way
% |\makeappendix| and |\appendixtitle|. I provided separate commands because it occurred to 
% me that one might want to treat front matter and back matter sections differently in the 
% table of contents, so I have allowed for different indentations for their contents entries.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\pmclcontentsentry} \label{pmclcontentsentry} If you want to add a 
% line to the table of contents that
% will follow the formatting of other entries in the contents, issue |\pmclcontentsentry|. 
% |\pmclcontentsentry| takes three arguments. The first is the title you wish to put in the contents.
% The second is the length of the indentation to appear in the contents (usually |\contentsindentone|, 
% |\contentsindenttwo|, or |\contentsindentthree|, but you can use any arbitrary length).
% The third argument is the page number. The argument could be a |\pageref| rather than a number.
% if you define the |\label| for that |\pageref| somewhere else in your file.
%
% 
% \section{Special cases}
% \subsection{~Epigraphs, attributions etc.} \label{centerepigraphs}
% \DescribeMacro{\epigraph} \DescribeMacro{\headnote}
% \DescribeMacro{\attribution} \DescribeMacro{\poemdedication} 
% |\epigraph|, |\headnote|, |\attribution|, and |\poemdedication| set
% their arguments as epigraphs, headnotes, attributions, or
% dedications for poems or poetic sequences.
% There are in addition the  special commands |\JHepigraph|  and  |\JHdedication|, which  place
%  a mark in the margin
% showing where in the notes comments on that epigraph or dedication may be found. 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\volumeepigraph} If you have dedications, epigraphs, or attributions on
% the divider pages of editions that combine several volumes of
% poetry, use |\volumededication|, |\volumeepigraph|, and
% |\volumeattribution|. 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\centertitles}
% If |\centertitles| or |\centeritlescheme| is in effect, epigraphs, headnotes, dedications,
% and attributions will all be centered on the page. (|\volumeepigraph|, |\volumededication|,
% and |\volumeattribution|, however, are unaffected by |\centertitles|.)
% If your epigraph or headnote is a prose passage of more than one line, or 
% of more than one paragraph, or a verse
% passage of more than line, or even more than one stanza, the |\epigraph| command will work 
% properly if |\centertitles| is in effect, which is to say it will draw the margins in towards the center,
% rather than centering the epigraph line by line.  
%
% Issuing |\centertitles| moves the margins in on both sides by the length 
% |\centerepigraphindentation| (the default is 6em). The margins for 
% uncentered epigraphs and the like are controlled by the length |\normalepigraphindentation|
% (the default is 1.5em). Both values can be adjusted by using |\setlength|.
%
% After issuing |\centertitles| you can move epigraphs and similar things back to the margin
% by issuing |\centerepigraphsonfalse|. After issuing |\centertitles| you can put titles at the margin
% while leaving epigraphs alone by issuing |\centertitlesonfalse|. 
%
% If you use the standard \LaTeX\ |verse|
% environment within an epigraph, you may wish to add a |\smallskip| between 
% stanzas. (To my eye that environment does not leave enough white space between
% stanzas.) Alternatively, you can use the special |pmclverse| environment.
% You can even use
% the |poem| environment, but if
% you do this, you should so mark line breaks with |\\| and stanza breaks
% with a blank line, as in the standard |verse| environment. If
% you mark up the epigraph with things like |\verseline| and |\end{stanza}| you may wind
% up with marginal line numbers in your epigraph.
%
% \begin{sloppypar}You 
% may also wish to align epigraphs, dedications, attributions, or 
% headnotes with the left margin of the verse block (even if you 
% center the titles). To do this, issue |\leftalignepigraphstrue| to 
% set the boolean |\ifleftalignepigraphs|. Remember that for |\leftalignepigraphstrue| to 
% work, you will need to use the |\settowidth| command. Issue 
% |\settowidth{\versewidth}{Text to be used for centering.}| just 
% before you issue the |\poemtitle| command. 
% |\leftalignepigraphstrue| will also align attributions, 
% dedications, and other pre-texts of poems. \end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\shortpoemepigraph} 
% \DescribeMacro{\shortpoemdedication} 
% \DescribeMacro{\shortpoemattribution}
% Because |\centerepigraphs| merely 
% draws in the margins on both sides rather than centering each line 
% line by line, short epigraphs may not appear 
% well centered. |\shortpoemepigraph|  |\shortpoemdedication| and 
% |\shortpoemattribution|,  are better for single line epigraphs, 
% since they will center their arguments line by line.
%
%  \begin{sloppypar} The commands 
% |\shortpoemepigraph| |\shortpoemdedication| and 
% |\shortpoemattribution|  will all place their texts in 
% accordance with the title placement scheme you select in your 
% preamble. 
% |\normaltitleindentationscheme| will place them near the left text 
% margin.
% |\titlesatleftversemarginscheme| will place them at the left verse 
% margin.
% |\titlescenteredonleftverseblockscheme| will center them over the 
% longest line of a left-flushed verse block. 
% |\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockscheme| will place them at the 
% left margin of a centered verse block. 
% |\centertitlesscheme| will center them over a centered verse block.
% You can center epigraphs and similar things on the page over an uncentered verse block 
% by issuing the boolean |\centerepigraphson|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\JHshortepigraph}
%  I have also defined
% |\JHshortepigraph| and |\JHshortdedication|, which set marginal 
% marks pointing to where notes on the epigraph or dedication in the textual notes section may be 
% found, in the manner of |\JHpoemtitle|. 
% These commands too obey the title placement scheme that may be in effect. \end{sloppypar}
%
% \subsection{~Appending publication date}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemdate} You can append the date of the poem
% with |\poemdate|. Issue |\poemdate| just after |\end{poem}|. You can 
% include both the composition and publication date if you wish simply by 
% including both dates in the argument. 
% (In fact, you can put anything in the argument, not just dates.) By default |\poemdate| places the
% date one |\bigskip| under the left margin of the verse block of the poem, 
% whether the poem is set at the left
% margin or whether the verse block is centered on the longest line.
% You can move the placement of the date left or right
% by changing the value of the length |\dateindent|. If you wish to change
% |\dateindent| you will have to issue |\setlength{\dateindent}{your value}| before
% each instance of |\poemdate|, since \textsf{poemscol} recalculates 
% |\dateindent| freshly for every poem.
%
% There is a slight bug in |\poemdate|. If there is a page turn between the last line of the 
% poem and the date, and the last line has a runover portion, the date will be set
% flush with the indented runover portion of the line rather than with the beginning
% of the line. This should not in practice
% be a problem, because you should use |\longpage| or several |\shortpage| commands
% to move the widowed date line anyway.  
% (For |\longpage| and |\shortpage| see section \ref{longpage},
% page \pageref{longpage}.)
% 
% \subsection{~Pausing line numbering}
% \DescribeMacro{\saveverselinenumber}
% \DescribeMacro{\restoreverselinenumber} There are cases in which you 
% might want to pause and resume line numbering later at the same number.
% For instance, you may have inset prose 
% passages which do not take line numbers, but you wish to resume line numbering the verse 
% after the passage. The way to set this is to issue |\end{stanza}| 
% at the end of the stanza before the prose insert. Then issue 
% |\saveverselinenumber|. Then issue |\end{poem}|. Insert the prose 
% quotation (perhaps followed by |\attribution|). Then issue 
% |\begin{poem}| followed by |\restoreverselinenumber| and |\begin{stanza}|. 
% Then begin entering the rest of the poem as usual. Longer, independent prose 
% sections (such as the author's preface or prose poems) require 
% different handling. To provide line numbers and notes for such 
% prose sections, see section \ref{prosesections}.
% 
% \subsection{~Quoted verse}
% Sometimes you wish to quote verse within verse (as when a speaker 
% in a verse play quotes a poem). \DescribeMacro{quotedverse} The 
% |quotedverse| environment is designed for this contingency.  If
% you issue |\verseline| commands or the |stanza| environment, line counting
% and annotation will proceed as usual in quoted verse.
% 
% \subsection{~Multiline poem titles}\label{multilinetitles}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlefirstline}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlemiddleline}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlelastline}
%  Very long titles present special problems.  In the first place, they
% require special provisions to make sure that page breaks don't
% happen in the middle of a title, or immediately after a title.  In
% the second place, they raise questions about how the author wished
% to break them up over several lines.  If you think it might matter,
% these commands make it possible for you to ensure that long titles are
% broken in exactly the same way in your text and in your table of
% contents.  (I didn't pursue this question for titles in notes
% sections, and in notes sections these commands simply concatenate a
% long title.) 
%
% There are similar commands for most but not all of the whole series of 
% titles for sequences, sequence sections, sequence subsections, and so on.
% If you need commands for a kind of multi-line title that is not already
% defined, see below at section \ref{customizing titles}, page \pageref{customizing titles}.
% 
% Alternatively, you can just let \textsf{poemscol} handle the long 
% titles by itself. If you are pretty sure that the author did not 
% care how long titles were broken up, this would probably be the 
% best thing to do. Remember also that if \textsf{poemscol} breaks a 
% title across two lines, you can always force it not break the line 
% by using enclosing the argument to |\poemtitle| in an |\hbox|. You 
% may get a complaint on your log file about an overfull |\hbox| if 
% you do this, however.
%
% \subsection{~Poems in sections}
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemsectiontitle} 
% |\poemsectiontitle| and  |\poemsubsectiontitle|, as their 
% names imply, set their arguments as the titles of sections or subsections of poems.
% |\poemfirstsectiontitle| is for the first section
% of a poem with many sections.  (It differs from |\poemsectiontitle|
% in that it tries to make it harder for a page break to separate the
% title of a poem from the title of its first section.)
% |\poemsectiontitlefirstline|, |\poemsectiontitlemiddleline|,
% |\poemsectiontitlelastline|, |\poemsectiontitlenocontents|, and
% |\poemsectiontitlebaretitle|), as their titles imply, are used for
% special cases such as long section titles, if you wish to specify
% explicitly how the title is to be broken up in the text and in the
% table of contents.  You can construct variants of these commands for
% dealing with special cases I didn't anticipate by using
% the commands described in section \ref{customizing titles}.
%\end{sloppypar}
% 
% \subsection{~Poetic sequences}\label{poeticsequences}
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\sequencetitle} \DescribeMacro{\sequencesectiontitle}
% \DescribeMacro{\sequencefirstsectiontitle} 
% \DescribeMacro{\sequencesubsectiontitle} Sequences of related
% poems, perhaps with an over-title, demand special handling in the
% text, in the notes sections, and in the table of contents.  (A
% moment's thought will show that they are different in some ways from
% poems in sections.  For one thing, a sequence manifests a different
% relationship between part and whole than a poem in sections does,
% and often provides stronger experiences of momentary closure between
% sections.) |\sequencetitle| sets its argument as the title of the sequence,
% |\sequencesectiontitle| sets the titles of the sections of the 
% sequence, and |\sequencesubsectiontitle| sets the titles of 
% subsections of the sequence (there is even a command for the title
% of sub-subsections, |\sequencesubsubsectiontitle|). 
% |\sequencefirstsectiontitle| gives a little more
% vertical space between the main title and the first section title
% than |\sequencesectiontitle| gives between adjacent sections later
% on in the sequence (since the over-title for the sequence is in
% larger type) and adjusts the page breaking penalties to reflect the
% fact that such titles should not occur near the bottom of a page,
% since there should be no page break between the sequence title and
% the title of the first section of the sequence (although page breaks
% are permissible, indeed even slightly favored, between later
% sections).  There should also never be a page break between a
% section title and the first or second line of the section.  The
% penalties \textsf{poemscol} sets should take care of these
% automatically, but you may still have cases which require you to
% specify a page break with |\pagebreak| or |\newpage|.  There are a
% host of other commands, all with self-explanatory titles, that deal
% with some special situations that arise in setting the elements of
% poetic sequences, such as cases where you wish to specify how long 
% titles will be broken up into lines, or where you wish no entry to 
% be made for the section in the table of contents or in the notes 
% sections.   These commands don't of course exhaust the dizzying
% possibilities, but from them you can construct whatever other commands
% you may need. 
%
% Here is a list of all of the defined title commands. 
% 
% \begin{itemize}
%     \item Commands for Poem titles
%     \begin{itemize}
% \item |\poemtitle|
% \item |\poemtitlefirstline|
% \item |\poemtitlemiddleline|
% \item |\poemtitlelastline|
% \item |\poemsubtitle|
% \item |\poemtitlenotitle|
% \item |\poemtitlenocontents|
% \item |\poemtitlebaretitle|
% \item |\poemtitleonlycontents|	
% \item |\poemtitleonlynotes|
% 	\end{itemize}
%      \item Poems in Sections
%      \begin{itemize}
% \item |\poemsectiontitle|
% \item |\poemsectiontitlefirstline|
% \item |\poemsectiontitlemiddleline|
% \item |\poemsectiontitlelastline|
% \item |\poemsectiontitlenocontents|
% \item |\poemsectiontitlebaretitle|
% \item |\poemfirstsectiontitle|
% \item |\poemfirstsectiontitlebaretitle|
% \item |\poemsubsectiontitle|
% 	 \end{itemize}
%       \item Sequence Titles
%       \begin{itemize}
% \item |\sequencetitle|
% \item |\sequencetitlefirstline|
% \item |\sequencetitlemiddleline|
% \item |\sequencetitlelastline|
% \item |\sequencetitlenonotes| 
% 	  \end{itemize} \goodbreak
% 	\item Sequence Sections
%        \begin{itemize}
% \item |\sequencesectiontitle|
% \item |\sequencesectiontitlenocontents|
% \item |\sequencesectiontitlenonotes|
% \item |\sequencesectiontitlebaretitle|
% \item |\sequencesectiontitlefirstline|
% \item |\sequencesectiontitlemiddleline|
% \item |\sequencesectiontitlelastline|
% \item |\sequencefirstsectiontitle|
% \item |\sequencefirstsectiontitlenocontents|
% \item |\sequencefirstsectiontitlenonotes|
% \item |\sequencefirstsectiontitlefirstline|
% \item |\sequencefirstsectiontitlemiddleline|
% \item |\sequencefirstsectiontitlelastline|
% \item |\sequencesectionsubtitle|
% \end{itemize}
%          \item Sequence Subsections
%          \begin{itemize}
% \item |\sequencesubsectiontitle|
% \item |\sequencesubsectiontitlenocontents|
% \item |\sequencefirstsubsectiontitle|
% \item |\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlenocontents|
% \item |\sequencesubsectiontitlefirstline|
% \item |\sequencesubsectiontitlemiddleline|
% \item |\sequencesubsectiontitlelastline|
% \item |\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlefirstline|
% \item |\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlemiddleline|
% \item |\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlelastline|
% 
% \item |\sequencesubsubsectiontitle|
% \item |\sequencesubsubsectiontitlenocontents|
% \item |\sequencefirstsubsubsectiontitlenocontents|
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
% 
% \subsection{~Titles with marginal markers}
% \DescribeMacro{\JHpoemtitle}
% In his edition of the poetry of Jos\'e Maria Heredia, Tilmann 
% Altenberg placed a marker in the margin next to poem titles with a
% reference to where in the apparatus notes on that poem could be
% found.  To do this, use the |\JHpoemtitle| command.  This command
% takes two arguments: first, the title of the poem, second, the label
% used by the |\label| command on the page of the notes section to
% which the title refers.  So, you would issue the poem title command
% this way: |\JHpoemtitle{Los desvelados}{EP_LosDesvelados_AC}|.  Up to
% version 2.49 of \textsf{poemscol} you had to be sure to define the
% label in the notes sections by issuing
% |\literaltextnote{\label{EP_LosDesvelados_AC}}|.  This is no longer
% necessary, and |\JHpoemtitle| defines both the |\label| and the
% |\pageref|.  Instructions are given in section \ref{JHpoemtitle},
% p.~\pageref{JHpoemtitle} for how to construct similar commands for
% sequences, sequence sections, and so on.
% 
% The following related commands are defined already: 
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |\JHsequencetitle| \item |\JHsequencefirstsectiontitle| 
% \item |\JHsequencesectiontitle| \item |\JHsequencesubsectiontitle|  
% \item |\JHpoemsectiontitle|   \item |\JHpoemfirstsectiontitle| 
% \item |\JHpoemsubtitle|  \item |\JHepigraph| \item  |\JHprosesectiontitle|
% \item |\JHdedication| \end{itemize}
% 
% If you are using |\JHpoemtitle| and its siblings, you need to be
% sure to add \textsf{mparhack} to your package list.  You can prevent
% the marginal reference from switching sides on alternate pages by issuing 
% |\@mparswitchfalse| (be sure to put |\makeatletter| and 
% |\makeatother| around this command). You can control the side on 
% which the marginal reference appears with |\normalmarginpar| (to 
% place them on the right) or |\reversemarginpar| (to place them on 
% the left). |\JHpoemtitle| and its siblings place the marginal 
% reference using |\marginpar|.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\setmargpoemtitle}
% |\setmargpoemtitle| is a more general version of 
% |\JHpoemtitle|, with the second argument being any commands you 
% want to be issued while the title is being processed.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\margreftextnote}\label{margreftextnote}
% Another feature of Altenberg's Heredia edition is a marginal mark 
% attached to lines to which text notes refer showing where in the 
% apparatus a comment upon that line is to be found. 
% |\margreftextnote| sets a label in the textual notes section, and 
% sets a marginal note with a page reference to that label in the main text. Issue 
% |\margreftextnote| \emph{before} issuing the |\verseline| or 
% |\end{stanza}| that closes the line to which it refers. (The textual 
% note itself can be an ordinary |\textnote|, and should be placed, as 
% usual, \emph{after} the |\verseline| or |\end{stanza}|.)
% 
% |\margreftextnote| generates its own label, so there is no need to 
% make up one yourself. 
% 
% |\margreftextnote| uses |\marginpar| rather 
% than |\pmclsidepar| to set the note, because I had to use 
% |\marginpar| for |\JHpoemtitle| and its siblings, and I wanted the 
% whole family of markers to be controlled by the same settings. You 
% use the settings that control the behavior of |\marginpar| (e.g.\ 
% |\mparswitch| and |\reversemarginpar|) to control the behavior of 
% these marks.
%
% By default these marginal references are placed in the right margin. If you 
% are centering the verse block on the longest line, the marginal references 
% will move in closer to the line. (To center the verse block on the longest line,
% see section \ref{centeringtextblock}.) If you would prefer to keep the marginal 
% references in the margin, set the boolean |\margrefstomargin| true.
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% If you define a new endnote type using |\definenewnotetype|,
% |\definenewnotetype| will also define a new |\margref| command to go
% with it.\end{sloppypar}
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\setmargrefmarker} Altenberg's edition used a ding 
% from the pifonts collection in the marginal marks made by 
% |\margreftextnote| and its siblings. I have set the default to 
% |\dag|, so as not to depend upon yet another style package. You can 
% choose another mark using |\setmargrefmarker| (e.g.\ 
% |\setmargrefmarker{\ding{228}}|).
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\margrefemendation} |\margrefemendation| is a 
% version of |\margreftextnote| for emendations.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\margrefexplanatory}|\margrefexplanatory| is a 
% version of |\margreftextnote| for explanatory notes.
%
% \subsection{~Empty poem titles and italicized poem titles} 
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlenotitle}
% |\poemtitlenotitle|, with its paradoxical name, is for poems 
% without formal titles. Usually such poems are referred to by their 
% first lines. This command does not produce a title in the text, but 
% sets its argument in the table of contents and in the notes. Usually 
% you use the first line as the moral equivalent of a title.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitleitalic} 
% Titles
% with italics or other special formatting posed special problems in
% earlier versions (before version 1.7) since the typesetting commands
% gummed up how I passed parameters around that I was unable to solve
% using |\protect|.  All of these commands are obsolete now, but are
% retained for backward compatibility.
% |\poemtitleitalic| takes
% two arguments.  The first is the title of the poem with the italics
% (or small capitals or international characters or what have you),
% for typesetting, and the second is the title without the commands,
% for cross reference purposes.  (Actually, now that \textsf{poemscol}
% no longer needs to treat italics in titles in a different way, it can
% be anything you want, since the second argument is discarded.)
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
%  \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlenotitleitalic}
%  |\poemtitlenotitleitalic|, with its doubly paradoxical name, 
% is for poems without formal titles but with italicized words in their 
% first lines.  |\poemtitlenotitleitalic| takes two arguments. The 
% first is the first line with the italics (for typesetting 
% purposes), and the second is the 
% first line without the italics (for crossreference purposes). This command
% is obsolete now that italics in titles no longer require special 
% handing, but is retained for backwards compatibility.\end{sloppypar}
% 	
% \subsection{~Problem titles}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlebaretitle}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitleonlycontents}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitleonlynotes}
% If you have a problem title, one for instance
% in which the title in the text might cause problems in the contents or in the notes,
% you can send information
% separately to the places it will be used.
% For example, a user planned to attach a footnote to a poem title, 
% but didn't want the mark or the text of the
% note to show up in the contents or in the endnotes. I would usually
% have advised him to use |\sources| to send the text of the note to the endnotes,
% but he really wanted the title to include the footnote mark and to put the footnote
% on the same page. The solution to this problem
% was to set the title in the text separately from setting it in the notes and in the contents.
% |\poemtitlebaretitle|, for instance simply sets the title in the text. Then
% you can use |\poemtitleonlycontents| to send the title to the contents
% and |\poemtitleonlynotes| to send the title to the notes. These commands
% are defined for poem titles, and for some but not all of  the whole range of titles including
% sequence titles, sequence section titles, sequence section subtitles, and so on. But
% it would be easy to roll your own versions of these commands by looking below at
% section \ref{customizing titles}, page \pageref{customizing titles}, or at the
% models in the code below at  section \ref{poemtitlecode}, page \pageref{poemtitlecode}.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlenocontents}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlenonotes}
% \DescribeMacro{\poemtitlenotitle}
% There are also commands to send information to any two of the relevant locations
% but not the third. |\poemtitlenocontents| sends the title to the text and to the notes,
% but not to the contents. |\poemtitlenonotes| sends the title to the text and to the 
% contents, but not to the notes. |\poemtitlenotitle| sends the title to the contents and the
% notes, but not to the main text.
%
% Remember that in the last resort, you can send information to the contents section
% with |\literalcontents|. To actually set a contents entry using |\literalcontents| is a tall order,
% however, since you would have to include all the information from the |\c@ntentsinfo| command
% for the relevant type of title. (For what |\c@ntentsinfo| does, 
% see section \ref{customizing titles}, below.) 
% For instance, for a poem called 
% Test Poem, that would be:
%
% \begin{verbatim}
% \literalcontents{\setlength\contentsentryoverrun{\contentsindenttwoamount }
% \begin{contentsentryenvironment}
% \contentsindentone
% {\contentspoemtitlefont
% Test
% Poem}
% \contentsleaders
% \pageref{testpoemlabel} % pick a unique label
% \end{contentsentryenvironment}
% \par}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% Another tricky thing about this method is the |\pageref| line in the above, which is a pageref to find 
% and set in the contents the number of the 
% page the poem appears on. You should put |\label{testpoemlabel}|, with any unique
% text for the label (so long as it is the same one used in the |\pageref| line), 
% on the page of the text where the poem occurs, in order to capture
% the correct page number. (Alternatively, you could just put the actual page number in 
% what you send to the contents with |\literalcontents| instead of the pageref line, but you will
% have to remember to change this number if anything changes in your edition.)
%
% Remember also that you can send information to the relevant notes sections using 
% |\literaltextnote|, |\literalexplain|, and |\literalemend|.
% 
% 	
% \subsection{~Customizing titles} \label{customizing titles} \textsf{poemscol} provides a large
% number of ways of setting titles, but conceivably you may wish to
% define your own.  Here is a template for designing a new kind of
% title.  Suppose you wish to create a kind of title called
% |\mytitle|.  It would take one argument, which would be the title
% itself.  The command defining the |\mytitle| command should call three commands,
% |\set@p@emtitle|, to set the title in the main text and make the
% label for use by the contents and notes sections, |\c@ntentsinfo| to
% set the title in the table of contents, and |\t@xtnotesinfo|, which
% sets the title in the notes sections.  (You should enclose the whole thing
% between |\makeatletter| and |\makeatother|.) 
%
%\DescribeMacro{\set@p@emtitle}
% |\set@p@emtitle|
% takes six arguments, which are, in order, (1) the title (which, if
% you are calling this command inside of the definition of |\mytitle|
% should just be |#1|), (2) commands to be issued before setting the
% title (minimally, a penalty, such as |\poemtitlepenalty|), (3) the
% font size in which the title is to be set in the text (such as
% |\poemtitlefont| or |\large|), (4) any indentation of the title
% (|\relax| for |\poemtitle|, or |\titleindent| for
% |\sequencesectiontitle|), (5) commands to be issued after the
% title is set (such as |\afterpoemtitleskip|) and (6) the amount 
% overrun lines in the title should be indented.  
%
%\DescribeMacro{\c@ntentsinfo}
%|\c@ntentsinfo| takes
% four arguments, which are, in order, (1) the title, (2) the
% indentation of the title in the table of contents (such as
% |\contentsindentone|), (3), the font size in which the title
% should be set (such as |\contentspoemtitlefont|) and (4) the amount 
% overrun lines in the table of contents should be indented (such as 
% |\contentsindenttwoamount|). 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\t@xtnotesinfo}
%  |\t@xtnotesinfo|
% takes one argument, the title. 
%
%  So, for example, to create a new kind of title called |\mytitle| which looks
% just like |\poemtitle|, issue
% \begin{verbatim}
% \makeatletter
% \newcommand{\mytitle}[1]{%
% \set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
% {\relax}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
% \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentone}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
% {\contentsindenttwoamount}%
% \t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
% }
% \makeatother
% \end{verbatim}
%
% (The |\z@| which is the sixth argument to |\set@p@emtitle| above is
% a constant set to zero. You will also notice that I became completely hysterical
% on the subject of preventing a page break after a poem title.)

% By default, \textsf{poemscol} 
% does not indent the overrun portion of titles relative to the first 
% line of the title, but if that first line is indented will set the 
% overrun portions to be indented the same amount. Overrun portions 
% of titles in the table of contents will be indented by one 
% |\contentsindentamount| more than the first line is indented. Both 
% of these behaviors can be changed by changing the arguments to 
% |\set@p@emtitle| or |\c@ntentsinfo|. 
% 
%\DescribeMacro{\firstlinesettings}
%\DescribeMacro{\middlelinesettings}
%\DescribeMacro{\lastlinesettings}
%\DescribeMacro{\restoresinglelinesettings}
% If you wish to design a title which might have multiple lines, 
% and you wish to specify how those lines are broken up, you
% will need to write three commands: one for the first line, one for
% middle lines, and one for the last lines. 
% (This only matters if you care how the title is broken up. You 
% can choose to let \LaTeX\ do the breaking if you wish.) Before issuing
% |\set@p@emtitle| issue |\firstlinesettings|, |\middlelinesettings|,
% or |\lastlinesettings| (as the case may require).  And issue
% |\restoresinglelinesettings| last of all in each of your three
% commands.  The lines will be broken in the table of contents and in
% the body of the text in the same way, but will be run in in the
% notes sections.
%
% \subsection{~Customizing indentations in titles in the text body}\label{customtitleindentations}
% Titles of poems, subtitles, titles of sequences, sections of sequences (and subsections and so on), 
% appear in the text with a hierarchy of indentations. If you want to change anything
% about these indentations, you don't need to modify the various title-setting commands, but only to 
% change the length of the relevant indentation command. I
% have given the indentations for each class of title a defined length, which you can change
% by changing the definition of the indentation command. (e.g. 
% |\renewcommand{\poemtitleindent}{\hspace{3em}}.)| For many of these 
% indentations you can also simply change the applicable length (e.g. 
% |\setlength{\sequencesubtitleindentmount}{\titleindenttwoamount}|. )
%
%  The ``amount'' part in the command
% is important. |\poemtitleindentamount| is a length. On the other 
% hand, |\sequencesectiontitleindentindent| is a command, defined
% defined as\\
%  |\hspace{\sequencesectiontitleindenttitleindentamount}|. \\
% The table lists all the commands for these 
% indentations. In the table ``Extra Lines'' refers to the indentation for the second and third lines
% (and so on) of multi-line titles. If you wish to change the 
% indentation of any of the titles whose default length is listed as 
% 0 in the table, you must use the |\renewcommand| method. (I 
% found that setting the length of one of the indentations to 0pt 
% added a few points of white space I could not figure out how to get 
% rid of, so by default those commands are defined not by using a 
% length but by, for example, |\newcommand{\poemtitleindent}{\relax}|.)
%
%\begin{table}[t]
%\caption{Indentations in Titles}
%\bigskip
%{\scriptsize
%\begin{tabular}{l l l}
%\hline
%Entity Title & Indentation  & Default Length\\
%\hline
%Volume & |\volumetitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Extra Lines & |\volumetitlesecondlineindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Volume Subtitle & |\volumesubtitleindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| (1pc)\\ 
%Extra  Lines & |\volumesubtitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| \\ 
%Volume Section & |\volumesectiontitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\ 
%Extra  Lines & |\volumesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount| & |0pt|  \\ 
%Poem & |\poemtitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Extra Lines & |\poemtitlesecondlineindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Poem Subtitle & |\poemsubtitleindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| \\ 
%Poem Section & |\poemsectiontitleindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| \\
%Extra Lines  & |\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| \\
%Poem Subsection & |\poemsubsectiontitleindentamount| & | \titleindenttwoamount| \\
%Sequence & |\sequencetitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Extra Lines  & |\sequencetitlesecondlineindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Sequence Subtitle & |\sequencesubtitleindent | & |\titleindentamount| \\ 
%Extra Lines & |\sequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| \\ 
%Sequence Section & |\sequencesectiontitleindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| \\
%Extra Lines & |\sequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| \\
%Sequence Section Subtitle & |\sequencesectionsubtitleindentamount| & |\titleindenttwoamount| \\
%Extra Lines & |\sequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindentamount| &  |\titleindenttwoamount| \\
%Sequence Subsection & |\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount| &   |\titleindenttwoamount| \\
%Sequence Subsubsection & |\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount| &  |\titleindentathreeamount| \\
%Appendix & |\appendixtitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%SubAppendix & |\subappendixtitleindentamount| & |\titleindentamount| \\
%Foreword & |\forewordtitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Notes Sections & |\notestitleindentamount| & |0pt| 
%\end{tabular}}
%\end{table}
%
% \subsection{~Customizing indentations in titles in the Contents}\label{contentsindentations}
% There is also a hierarchy of indentations for titles in the Table of Contents. Again,
% to change the indentations in the Contents, you don't need to redefine the title-setting
% commands, only to change the value of the relevant length. The table shows the hierarchy
% of indentations in the Table of Contents:
%	
%\begin{table}[t]
%\caption{Indentations in Contents}
%\bigskip
%{\scriptsize
%\begin{tabular}{l l l}
%\hline
%Entity Title & Indentation  & Default Length\\
%\hline
%Volume & |\contentsvolumetitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Extra Lines & |\contentsvolumetitlesecondlineindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Volume Subtitle & |\contentsvolumesubtitleindentamount| & |\contentsindentoneamount| (24pt)\\ 
%Extra Lines & |\contentsvolumesubtitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\contentsindentoneamount| \\ 
%Volume Section & |\contentsvolumesectiontitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\ 
%Extra Lines & |\contentsvolumesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount| & |0pt|  \\ 
%Poem & |\contentspoemtitleindentamount| & |\contentsindentoneamount| \\
%Extra Lines & |\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\contentsindentoneamount| \\
%Poem Section & |\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount| & |\contentsindenttwoamount| \\
%Extra Lines & |\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\contentsindenttwoamount| \\
%Sequence & |\contentssequencetitleindentamount| & |\contentsindentoneamount|\ \\
%Extra Lines & |\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\contentsindentoneamount| \\
%Sequence Section & |\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount| & |\contentsindenttwoamount| \\
%Extra Lines & |\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount| & |\contentsindenttwoamount| \\
%Sequence Subsection & |\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindentamount| &  |\contentsindentthreeamount| \\
% Sequnce Subsubsection & Does not appear in Contents & \\
%Appendix or Foreword & |\contentsappendixtitleindentamount| & |0pt| \\
%Notes Sections & |\contentsnotestitleindentamount| & |0pt|  
%
%\end{tabular}}
%\end{table}
%
% \subsection{~Visual formatting}
% \DescribeMacro{\longpage}
% \DescribeMacro{\shortpage}
% \label{longpage}
% The ideal in \LaTeX\ is to separate 
% content markup and formatting as completely as possible. In the text 
% itself you simply mark the logical units (a poem, a title, a stanza, 
% a textual note), and a header program (like \textsf{poemscol}) interprets the 
% meaning of those terms typographically. However, one still winds up 
% having to do some visual formatting. Especially in prose sections, 
% such as in the textual notes, you will sometimes have to enlarge or 
% shrink a page by one line in order to avoid an intractable widow or 
% club line, and when one does so one must be careful to do the same to 
% the other member of the two-page spread of which that page is a part
% so that the spread will be properly balanced. 
% These commands enable one to wiggle pagelength enough to handle these 
% problems. Since verse sections should be set with |\raggedbottom| 
% in effect, the commands are not necessary in verse sections.
%
% |\longpage| and |\shortpage| are cumulative: issuing |\longpage| twice lengthens the
% page by two lines, and issuing  |\shortpage| twice shortens the page by two lines.
% 
% \section{Customizing page geometry and page styles}
% 
% 
% \subsection{~Font sizes, skips, sinks, indents, and penalties}
% 
% \label{changingfontsandleading}
% \textsf{poemscol} sets the font sizes, but not the typeface, of
% fonts for many common tasks, in order to create a hierarchy of
% sizes.  They can be changed with a |\renewcommand| of the following
% form, where the first number is the font size in points and the
% second is the leading:\\
% |\renewcommand{\volumetitlefont}{\fontsize{18}{23}\selectfont}|
% 
% 
% The following table gives the default values for the fonts. The titles of 
% the fonts give their uses. Backmatterheaderfont is for setting the 
% titles of back matter sections. Sequence section titles use 
% poemtitlefont. Backmattertext font is |\small|, backmatterintrofont 
% is |\normalsize|.
% \bigskip
% 
% \begin{tabular}{l l l}
% \textbf{Font} & \textbf{Size} & \textbf{Leading} \\
% volumetitlefont & 18 & 23 \\
% volumesubtitlefont & 14 & 18 \\
% poemtitlefont & 14 & 18 \\
% sequencetitlefont & 16 & 20 \\
% subsectiontitlefont & 12 & 14.5 \\
% backmatterheaderfont & 16 & 20 \\
% backmattervolumefont & 12 & 14.5 \\
% backmattervolumesubtitlefont & 11 & 13 \\
% contentsvolumefont & 13 & 20 \\
% contentsvolumesubtitlefont & 12 & 14.5 \\
% contentssequencetitlefont & 10 & 14 \\
% contentspoemtitlefont & 10 & 14 \\
% \end{tabular}
% 
% \bigskip
% 
% The following table gives various skips, sinks, penalties, and indentations. The 
% titles of these should be self-explanatory. These should be changed 
% with |\renewcommand| as follows:\\ 
% |\renewcommand{\volumetitlesink}{\leavevmode\vspace{23.5pt}}|
% \bigskip
% 
% \begin{tabular}{l l l}
%     \textbf{Name} & \textbf{Argument} & \textbf{Comment} \\
%     backmattersink & 21.5pt & \relax \\
%     backmatterafterheadersink & 11pt& \relax \\
%     afterpoemtitleskip & |\smallskip| & \relax \\
%     afterpoemskip & |\bigskip| & \relax \\
%     aftersequencetitleskip & |\medskip| & \relax \\
%     stanzaskip & |\medskip| & Extra skip between stanzas \\
%     titleindent & |\titleindentamount| (1pc) & use |\setlength| to 
%     change \\
%     parindent & |\titleindentamount| & \relax \\
%     volumetitleshift & |\volumetitleshiftamount| (1pc) & use |\setlength| to 
%     change \\
%     contentsindentone & 24pt & \relax \\
%     contentsindenttwo & 42pt & \relax \\
%     contentsindentthree & 60pt & \relax \\
%     contentsindentfour & 72pt & \relax \\
%     runoverindentvalue & 6em & for runover lines in verse\\
%     verseindent & 2em & for formally indented lines\\
%     notesclubpoempenalty & -300 & \relax \\
%     notessequenceclubpenalty & -1500 & \relax \\
%     notesvolumetitlepenalty & -1500 & \relax \\
%     epigraphquoteleftmargin & 1.5em & for epigraphs, attributions, etc.\\
%     epigraphquoterightmargin & 1.5em & \relax \\
%     \end{tabular}
% 
% \subsection{~Customizing page styles}
% \textsf{poemscol} sets several default page styles, defined 
% below. The main page style is ``fancy,''  which is used for 
%the main body of the  poetry,
% prose frontmatter (such as introductions),  and the endnotes sections. 
% ``Volumefirststyle'' is for the 
% first page of a volume of poems. ``Volumetitlestyle'' is for the 
% title page of a volume of poems. The external file for the table of 
% contents redefines ``fancy,'' so you should issue |\resetpagestyle| 
% after issuing |\putpoemcontents|. |\resetpagestyle| resets the page
% style to ``main'' (which is the same as  the original ``fancy'').
%
% Because |\putpoemcontents| resets the page style to ``main,'' any page style you defined
% in the preamble becomes forgotten if you include a table of contents. There are two
% possible solutions to this. The first is to define your page style after you have issued 
% |\putpoemcontents|. The second is to redefine the fancypage style ``main,'' so that it does
% what you want. In either case, do not forget to issue  |\pagenumbering{arabic}|
% after |\putpoemcontents|, else all of your page numbers will be in roman numerals.
%  You can find the default
% definitions of those ``fancy'' and ``main''  below at \ref{pagestyledefs}, page \pageref{pagestyledefs}.
% 
%\begin{sloppypar}
% You can change the text in the left (verso) running head
% by issuing |\leftheader{your header}| or |\volumeheader{your header}|. (The commands
% are synonyms.) You can change the text in the right (recto) running head by issuing 
% |\rightheader{your header}|. \end{sloppypar}
%
% \subsection{~Special page style for long poems} The fancy page style ``longpoem'' 
% will add information of the form ``firstline--lastline'' to the running header.  This
% page style otherwise resembles ``main,'' and ``fancy.''
% Issue |\pagestyle{longpoem}| to use this page style. If you use ``longpoem,'' be sure to
% call \textsf{etex} and \textsf{emarks} in your preamble. Also, when a poem ends, be sure
% to issue |\newpage|, otherwise the running header will list the first line  on the page from the 
% first poem and the last  line on the page from the second poem.
%
% If you use ``longpoem''  and you have a table of contents, you must issue 
% |\pagestyle{longpoem}| at some point \emph{after} issuing |\putpoemcontents|.  
% Do not forget to issue  |\pagenumbering{arabic}|
% after |\putpoemcontents|, else all of your page numbers will be in roman numerals. Also, if you 
% have back matter, you must issue |\pagestyle{main}| at the end of your poetry section, 
% before the back matter starts, since otherwise your header will include the last line
% number \textsf{poemscol} saw. Issuing |\pagestyle{main}| will restore the normal page 
% headers for the backmatter
% sections.
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% The header will include the abbreviation l.\ (for a single line) or ll.\ (for a range of lines).
% You can change either abbreviation with |\changesinglelineabbrev| or
% |\changemultiplelineabbrev|. So, for instance, to get rid of the abbreviations
% entirely, issue |\changemultiplelineabbrev{\relax}| and |\changesinglelineabbrev{\relax}|. 
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% You may need to play with |\leftheader| and |\rightheader| to get the information you
% want into the header. You might, for instance, what to use something like
% |\leftheader{``Your main title''  \hfil ``Your poem title''}| and 
% |\rightheader{``Your volume title'' \hfil ``Your poem title''}|. Whatever else you put into
% the header, the last thing should be your poem title, since it will be followed by the line
% numbers.\end{sloppypar}
% 
% \subsection{~Page geometry and type leading}
% 
% You have to give geometry the values that suit you.  I include the
% values I used in my own book, just to give you a starting place.
%  The default values for marginparsep and
% marginparwidth are different now (18pt and 18pt respectively).  With
% that warning, here is a list of the values I used:
% 
% \bigskip
% 
% \begin{tabular}{l l}
%     textheight&6.75in\\
%     marginparsep&18pt\\
%     marginparwidth&18pt\\
%     headheight& 14pt\\
% paperwidth&6in\\
% paperheight& 9in\\
% inner&4.5pc\\
% outer&4.5pc\\
%     footskip&15pt\\
%     \end{tabular}
%     
%\bigskip
% 
%% 
% In my own book I also, strictly to save money, and at the price of
% some ugliness, changed the definition of |\normalsize| and |\small|,
% so that the former was 10 pt type on 11 pt leading (rather than 12
% pt), and that the latter was 9 pt type on 10 pt leading.  You can
% reproduce this setting by issuing |\tightleading|, although I would
% advise not doing so unless you are under financial constraints.
% 
% \section{Prose Sections with line numbers} \label{prosesections} 
% \subsection{Setup}
%\textsf{poemscol}
% uses the \textsf{lineno} package to make marginal line numbers for
% prose sections such as the Author's Introduction, Afterword,
% Author's Notes, or such prose interludes or prose poems the volume
% may include.  To control the appearance, placement, and frequency of
% marginal line numbers in prose sections, you may wish to consult the
% manual to \textsf{lineno}.  I have added a minimal user interface to
% make \textsf{lineno} cohere with poemscol.  You may have to fiddle
% with the parameters of both \textsf{poemscol} and \textsf{lineno} to
% persuade them to set marginal line numbers that look the same way in
% prose and verse contexts.  The default values should work as is.
%
% Line numbers in prose sections are placed using a different
% |\length| from that used in verse sections.  Essentially, verse
% sections, and prose sections which use paragraph and sentence
% numbering --- see below, in section \ref{paragraphsentence} ---
% place the marginal line numbers using |\marginparsep|.  Prose
% sections which are numbered by line use |\linenumbersep| instead,
% which is a length defined in the \textsf{lineno} package. I have
% given values for both lengths which seem to place line numbers on
% the left and on the right side in prose sections roughly where they
% are placed in verse sections.  You can change these values with
% |\setcounter{countername}{length}|.
%
% |\verselinenumberstoleft| and |\verselinenumberstoright| also place
% the line numbers to the left or to the right, respectively, in prose
% sections.  If you wish the numbering to appear on a different side
% in prose contexts you can set the side by issuing |\leftlinenumbers|
% or |\rightlinenumbers|.  These last are commands from the
% \textsf{lineno} package.  The two forms in which line numbers switch
% sides in prose contexts can't at the moment be used, because of a
% clash between how \textsf{lineno} handles line numbers that switch
% sides and the way I pass the line numbers to notes sections.  If you
% have set the verse line numbers to switch sides, prose line numbers
% will appear on the right side.  I hope soon to find a workaround for
% this problem.
%
% By default, the line modulo for prose sections is the same as that for 
% verse sections; if you have a line number every 5 lines in verse, 
% you will have the same in prose. You can set the prose line modulo 
% independently with |\setprosemodulo|.
% 
% \textsf{poemscol} may deal with rather long stretches of prose, but
% it is not designed to be used for critical editions of extended
% prose texts, as \texttt{EDMAC}, \textsf{reledmac}, or \textsf{ednotes}
% are.  The method of entering line ranges into notes in prose
% contexts is something of a hack, and rather a worse one than the one
% employed in verse contexts, since it involves using two labels for
% each note, one to capture the line number of the beginning, the
% other to capture the line number of the end.  Other limitations of
% this method may show up with longer prose extracts.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\prosesectiontitle} Prose sections may be titled with
% |\prosesectiontitle| which is essentially just |\poemtitle|, or
% |\prosesectiontitlenotitle|, which is essentially just
% |\poemtitlenotitle|.  (Remember that if you use the latter command,
% you must specify a ``dummy'' title to use in the note and contents
% sections.)  They will be formatted in the notes and contents
% sections as poems are.  Alternatively, you can use
% the commands for defining new kinds of titles, in section 
% \ref{customizing titles}, page \pageref{customizing titles},
% to make new kinds of titles for prose sections.
% 
%\DescribeMacro{prosesection}
% Prose sections should be enclosed in a |prosesection| environment
% (between |\begin{prosesection}| and |\end{prosesection}|).  Entering
% this environment sets the modulo repeat for line numbering to the
% same value that prevails in verse contexts, and resets the prose
% line number to zero.  If for some reason you do not wish to reset
% the line number but continue on from where it left off at the end of
% the last prose section, use the |prosesectionnoreset| environment
% instead.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\setprosemodulo}
% If you wish to set the modulo repeat for line numbering in prose to 
% some value different for that from verse contexts, issue the new 
% modulo as the argument to |\setprosemodulo|.
% 
% It is possible, if a prose section is interpolated in the midst of
% verse, to number the prose and verse continuously.  To move from a
% verse passage to a prose passage, just before the |\end{poem}| at
% the end of the first verse passage issue |\saveverselinenumber| to
% save the number of the verse passage.  After you issue
% |\begin{prosesection}| issue
% |\resetlinenumber[\theverselineumberscratch]| to apply that number
% to the prose section.  To number continuously while moving from
% prose to verse is more tricky.  One way might be to mark a label at
% the end of the prose passage with |\proselinelabel{prose end label}|
% (or some other suitably unique label).  This label will record the
% line number of the last prose line.  Pass that value to
% |\restoreverselinenumber| by issuing
% |\setcounterfromref{verselinenumberscratch}{prose end label}|.  Then
% issue |\restoreverselinenumber| just after issuing the
% |\begin{poem}| that restarts the verse again.  I would recommend
% against numbering verse and prose continuously, however, since a
% verse line and a prose line are different categories of thing, the
% one being an element of prosody, the other being only an element of
% typography.
% 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\proselinelabel}
% |\proselinelabel| is simply |\linelabel| from \textsf{lineno}. I 
% have provided the new name to make it easy to distinguish from 
% |\poemlinelabel|. 
%
% 
% \subsection{Endnotes for prose sections}
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\prosetextnote}
% \DescribeMacro{\prosemendation}
% \DescribeMacro{\proseexplanatory}
% Special versions of |\textnote|, |\emendation| and |\explanatory|
% are available for use in prose sections.  |\prosetextnote|,
% |\proseemendation|, and |\proseexplanatory| differ from the verse
% versions in that they each require an extra argument, a unique label
% to be used in locating the line number for use by the notes
% commands.  If |\maketextnotes|, |\makeemendations|, or
% |\makeexplanatorynotes| have been issued, the endnotes will be sent
% to the usual sections, where all the notes from that prose section
% will be grouped into a paragraph, with the entry headed by the title
% given by |\prosesectiontitle|, just as if that were the title of a
% poem.  |\textnotesatfoot|, |\emendationsatfoot|, and
% |\explanationsatfoot| will send the notes from prose contexts to the
% usual footnote levels.  Notes commands in prose contexts take three
% arguments.  As in verse sections, in prose sections textnotes,
% explanatory notes, and emendations have an optional first argument
% for recording line ranges.  As in verse sections, you can record
% these line ranges either by simply putting in the argument how many
% lines the lemma will refer to (a deprecated method retained for
% backward compatibility reasons), or the argument of a
% |\proselinelabel| command on the last line of the lemma.  (The only
% difference from the verse version here is that you should make the
% label using the |\proselinelabel| command, rather than with the
% |\poemlinelabel| command.)  The second argument is a label to
% identify each note uniquely, which is used to find the line number 
% at which the note begins.  You will need a different label for
% every note.  The third argument is the text of the note, which
% should include both the lemma and the rest of the note, as in the 
% notes for verse sections.
% |\proseemendation| and
% |\proseexplanatory| are coded the same way. So, if you wished 
% to make a textual note on a passage that begins with ``Call me 
% Ishmael.'' and ends ``a way of driving away the spleen,'' you would 
% issue at the point where the note is to 
% occur (at the beginning of the passage):
% \begin{verbatim}
% \prosetextnote[a way of driving away the spleen] {Call me Ishmael}
% {Call me Ishmael \ldots\ a way of driving away the spleen] text of
% textual note} \end{verbatim} On the
% last line of the passage to which the note refers you would 
% issue: \\ |\proselinelabel{a way of driving away the spleen}|.\end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\prosetsvariant}
% \DescribeMacro{\proseaccidental}
% \DescribeMacro{\prosetsaccidental}
% You can issue |\sources| and |\tsentry| in prose contexts as usual. 
% For typescript variants and accidental variants you need to issue 
% |\prosetsvariant|, |\proseaccidental|, and 
% |\prosetsaccidental|. |\prosetsvariant| is entered just as 
% |\prosetextnote| is, with an optional argument (for use with 
% line ranges, as usual), and two mandatory arguments (the first a 
% label to capture the line number, the second the lemma and comment).
%
% |\proseaccidental| and |\prosetsaccidental| take only the two
% mandatory arguments, since by definition an accidental variant is
% confined to one line.
% 
% One caveat: because the line numbers for notes in prose contexts
% are generated by a label/ref mechanism, each note will result in a
% complaint about an undefined reference the first time the file is run through
% \LaTeX.  Either run the first pass in quiet mode, or be prepared to
% ignore a lot of griping until
% \LaTeX\ has generated the .aux file at the end of the first run.
%
% \section{Paragraph and sentence annotation}\label{paragraphsentence}
% \subsection{~Setup}
% Annotating a prose section by sentence number, or by paragraph number and 
% sentence number, has some advantages over annotating it by line 
% number. The principal advantage is that the annotation and reference 
% system can remain stable over multiple editions, even if they are set 
% in different formats. The most familiar of such systems is the 
% chapter and verse system in the Bible, introduced by Archbishop 
% Stephen Langton in the thirteenth century (who divided the Vulgate 
% edition into numbered chapters) and by Robert Estienne in the 
% sixteenth century (who added the verse numbers). Such a form of 
% annotation might be especially useful for medieval prosimetra, a form 
% combining verse and prose. (Hence the commands that follow often 
% begin with |pm|.)
% 
% \DescribeMacro{pmsection}
% You should put prose marked up for sentence and paragraph 
% annotation in a |pmsection| environment.
% You do not need to put prose marked up for sentence and paragraph 
% annotation in a |prosesection| environment. That environment is 
% only needed if you are line-numbering prose. You also do not need 
% to load the \textsf{lineno} package if you are using the sentence 
% and paragraph system for annotating prose. You might, however, 
% still wish to set the title with |\prosesectiontitle|.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\setprosebysentence} 
% |\setprosebysentence| sets \textsf{poemscol} to number prose by
% sentence rather than by line number.  This command is mostly a
% placeholder now, used only for setting the value of |\marginparsep|
% to something better for prose.  (|\marginparsep| sets how far the
% line numbers are from the text block.)  |\verselinenumberstoleft|,
% |\verselinenumberstoright|, and |\verselinenumbersswitch| each pick
% convenient values for |\marginparsep|.  By default these values all
% line up on the page, but if you change any of them, you may have to
% use reset |\marginparsep| to some value you will have to find by
% trial and error, since they each use |\marginparsep| in slightly
% different ways.  You can change |\marginparsep| either by using
% |\setlength{\marginparsep}{length}| or, better, by using
% |\renewcommand| to change the setting of |\marginparsep| in
% |\verselinenumberstoleft| or whatever else you intend to use. Adjust 
% |\headoffsetlength| to make the page numbers line up with the line numbers.
%
%
% \DescribeMacro{\pmsentence} Each sentence must begin with
% |\pmsentence|.  |\pmsentence| increments the sentence counter,
% optionally puts the sentence number in the running text, and
% optionally puts the sentence number in the margin.  
%
% |\runningsentencenumberstrue|
% sets sentence
% numbers in the running text.
% To set sentence numbers in the margin, issue
% |\marginsentencenumberstrue|. You can issue both, either, or neither of 
% these commands. 
%
% \DescribeMacro{\setpmmodulo} If you are putting sentence numbers in
% the margin, you need not number every sentence.  Indeed, if there is
% more than one sentence on a line, the numbers will overwrite each
% other (unless you use the marn.sty package, and substitute |\marn|
% for |\pmclrightsidepar|, |\pmclleftsidepar| or |\pmclsidepar| in the
% code for |\pmsentence|).  You can also avoid overlapping sentence
% numbers by using |\pmsentencetwo| and its siblings, defined below.
% You can set the modulo for sentence marginal numbers by issuing
% |\setpmmodulo|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\pmsentencetwo}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmsentencethree}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmsentencefour} If you know, from a prior run, 
% that there will be a second or third sentence on some particular 
% line, marking them with these commmands will ensure that the 
% marginal sentence numbers do not overwrite each other. These commands 
% are something of a kludge, but they will do until I figure out how 
% to do this better.\newpage
%
% \DescribeMacro{\pmnumberstoright}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmnumberstoleft}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmnumbersgutter}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmnumbersouter}
% If you wish to control the
% margin in which sentence and paragraph numbers appear, issue
% |\pmnumbersright|, |\pmnumbersleft|, |\pmnumbersgutter|, or
% |\pmnumbersouter|.  By default, these numbers will line up with the
% line numbers in verse sections.  If you change the value of
% |\marginparsep| for prose sections from those used by their verse
% equivalents, it is a good idea to issue the verse equivalent command
% (|\versenumberstoright| or whatever) again when you move from a
% prose to a verse environment.
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% |\runningsentencenumberformat| sets the format of running sentence
% numbers.  Currently it is |\textsuperscript| (the numbers are set as superscripts) and |\tiny|.  
% The format of marginal sentence
% numbers is set by |\marginsentencenumberformat|.  Currently it is
% |\tiny|.  Definitions of both commands are found at section \ref{runningsentencenumberformat},
% page \pageref{runningsentencenumberformat}. You can change either with |\renewcommmand|.
%\end{sloppypar}
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\pmpara}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmsentencebypara}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmsparainmartrue}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmpararunningtrue}
% You can also number paragraphs.  Each paragraph must begin with
% |\pmpara|.  |\pmpara| increments the paragraph counter, optionally
% puts the paragraph number in the running text, and optionally puts
% the paragraph number in the margin.  To reset the sentence counter
% at the beginning of each paragraph, issue |\pmsentencebyparatrue| in
% your preamble.  To set paragraph numbers in the margin, issue
% |\pmparainmartrue|.  To set paragraph numbers in the running text,
% issue |\pmpararunningtrue|. You can issue both, either, or neither of 
% these last two commands. Which margin these numbers are set in
% is controlled by the same commands that control placement of
% marginal sentence numbers.
% 
% If you begin a paragraph with |\pmpara| \textsf{poemscol} will 
% assume that you intend to include the paragraph number in your 
% notes (in the form \textless \emph{paragraph
% number}\textgreater:\textless \emph{sentence number}\textgreater\ for simple 
% references, or  \textless  \emph{first paragraph
% number}\textgreater:\textless \emph{first sentence number}\textgreater\ -- 
%  \textless  \emph{lastparagraph
% number}\textgreater:\textless \emph{last sentence number}\textgreater\ 
% for ranges of sentences) even if you do not reset 
% the sentence number at the beginning of each paragraph. Normally 
% you would not issue |\pmpara| if you are not resetting the sentence 
% number at the beginning of each paragraph, since under those 
% circumstances you don't really need to keep track of the paragraph 
% numbers, in which case each note would simply include the sentence 
% number (just as in verse it would include the line number). In the 
% unusual event in which you wish to put the paragraph number in the 
% margin but refer only to sentence numbers in the notes, simply 
% follow every use of |\pmpara| with |\pmparasfalse|.
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\pmpararunningformat}\DescribeMacro{\pmparmarformat}
% The format of running paragraph numbers is set 
% by |\pmpararunningformat|. Currently it is 
% |\textbf| and |\small|.
% The format of marginal paragraph numbers is set by 
% |\pmparmarformat|. Currently it is 
% |\textbf| and |\small|.  The definitions of these commands are found at 
% section \ref{pmparrunningformat}, page \pageref{pmparrunningformat}, Either can 
% be changed with |\renewcommand|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\ifsupressfirstpara}
% \DescribeMacro{\ifsuppressfirstsentence}
% Some readers find it annoying to have the first sentence or the first paragraph marked.
% To suppress the appearance of the first sentence number, whether in the margin or in the
% running text, issue |\suppressfirstsentencetrue|. To suppress the appearance of the 
% first paragraph number, whether in the margin or in the running text, issue |\suppressfirstparatrue|.
% These commands will not affect the appearance of entries in the endnote 
% sections or in the footnotes.
% 
% \subsection{~Cross references by sentence and paragraph}
% \DescribeMacro{\sentencelabel}
% To make labels that refer to sentences or paragraphs, issue
% |\sentencelabel|.  The label will be either both the paragraph
% number and the sentence number (if you are resetting sentence numbers
% by paragraph), or only the sentence number (if you are not resetting
% sentence numbers by paragraph).
% 
% \subsection{~End notes by sentence and paragraph}
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmtextnote}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmexplanatory}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmemendation}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmaccidental}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmtsvariant}
% \DescribeMacro{\pmtsaccidental}
% |\pmtextnote|, |\pmexplanatory|, |\pmemendation|, |\pmaccidental|,
% |\pmtsvariant| and |\pmtsaccidental| are special versions of the
% usual endnote commands for use with annotations by sentence and
% paragraph.  If you have not issued |\pmsentencebypara| these
% commands will write the sentence number at the head of each note,
% where the line number would usually go.  If you have issued
% |\pmsentencebypara|, these commands will issue both the paragraph
% and sentence number, in the format \textless \emph{paragraph
% number}\textgreater:\textless \emph{sentence number}\textgreater.  You can
% refer to ranges of sentences (or paragraphs and sentences) in a way
% very similar to how you do so in verse sections.  At the end of the
% range, issue a |\sentencelabel| command, with a unique label.  At
% the beginning of the range, issue your |\pmtextnote| command with the
% optional argument in square brackets before the main argument,
% giving your unique label as the value of that argument, e.g.
% |\pmtextnote[some label]{text of lemma] comment}|.  At the end of 
% your range, issue |\sentencelabel{some label}|, using the same 
% label you put in the square brackets for the |\pmtextnote|. If you have not
% issued |\pmsentencebypara|, the range will simply be the range of
% sentence numbers.  If you have issued |\pmsentencebypara|, the range
% will include paragraph and sentence numbers, like this:
%\textless  \emph{first paragraph
% number}\textgreater:\textless \emph{first sentence number}\textgreater\ -- 
%  \textless  \emph{lastparagraph
% number}\textgreater:\textless \emph{last sentence number}\textgreater, for example: 
% 4:12--6:13.\end{sloppypar}
% 
% |\sources| needs no special handling if you are annotating by 
% sentence and paragraph.
% 
% \subsection{~Footnotes by sentence and paragraph}
% |\textnoteatfoot| shifts |\pmtextnotes| to the foot, as with 
% |\prosetextnote|. |\emendationsatfoot| and |\explanationsatfoot| 
% work the same way.
% \subsection{~Bible chapter and verse}
% Since |\pmsentence| and |\pmpara| are the moral equivalents of bible 
% verse and chapter, |\biblechapter| and |\bibleverse| are provided 
% for convenience.

% \section{Parallel text editions} \label{parallelhack}
% \subsection{~Setup for parallel texts in verse}
% \textsf{poemscol} can make parallel
% text editions in which the contrasting versions are set on facing
% verso and recto pages.  \textsf{poemscol} does not automatically provide the page
% breaks for parallel editions, and even if it did, one would still
% probably have to specify page breaks every two or three pages to keep
% the texts in register anyway, so you will have to use |\newpage|
% to mark every page break.  If you are willing to set the page breaks
% yourself, however, \textsf{poemscol} does provide commands for keeping the line count
% correct on successive recto or verso pages, and for keeping track of
% whether or not one was in the middle of a stanza when one closed the
% previous verso or recto page (as the case may be).  And it provides, in
% the |\synchrolabel| and |\synchroref| commands, a way of marking which
% lines on the recto side correspond to particular lines on the verso
% side.  |\synchroref| will even tag the marginal line number it makes
% with a marker to specify the text to which it refers.
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\startparalleltexts}
% \DescribeMacro{\finishparalleltexts}
% \DescribeEnv{parallelverse}
% You must begin a region of parallel text on a \emph{verso} page. 
%  A parallel text region must begin with 
% |\startparalleltexts| and end with |\finishparalleltexts|. 
% Setting parallel texts requires one to redefine the poem and stanza 
% environments, and |\startparalleltexts| redefines those environments.
% You can make those changes local to the parallel text region by using 
% |\begin{parallelverse}|  and |\end{parallelverse}| rather than |\startparalleltexts|
% and |\finishparalleltexts|.
% |\startparalleltexts| and |\finishparalleltexts| can be issued on their own
% but I have combined them to make the |parallelverse| environment. \end{sloppypar}
%
% Although usually with \textsf{poemscol} it is up to you where to put 
% the marginal line numbers, when you issue |\startparalleltexts| the 
% positions are fixed as follows: marginal line numbers are in the left 
% margin, line cross references (marking which lines in the recto  text 
% correspond to which lines in the verso text, which 
% are made with |\synchroref|) are in the right margin.
% 
%\begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\startrectopage}
% \DescribeMacro{\finishrectopage}
% \DescribeMacro{\startversopage}
% \DescribeMacro{\finishversopage}
% Verso pages 
% should begin with |\startversopage| and end with |\finishversopage|.
% Recto pages should begin with |\startrectopage| and end with 
% |\finishrectopage|.  You have to declare the page breaks manually, 
% so be sure you are putting the |\finishversopage|  or |\finishrectopage| commands 
% in places which 
% will work. |\finishparalleltexts| just makes certain that stanzas, and poems,
% that you opened in a region of parallel texts are closed when you leave it.\end{sloppypar}
% 
% \DescribeMacro{\versopoemtitle}
% \DescribeMacro{\rectopoemtitle}
% \DescribeMacro{\versopoemtitlenocontents}
% \DescribeMacro{\rectopoemtitlenocontents}
% Use |\versopoemtitle| and |\rectopoemtitle| 
% rather than |\poemtitle| for the title of the poem (or prose passage)
% on the verso or recto pages.
% if you are making a parallel text of Wordsworth's 1805 and 1850
% versions of \emph{The Prelude}, you might want to use something
% like |\versopoemtitle{The Prelude (1805 Version)}| and 
% |\rectopoemtitle{The Prelude (1850 Version)}|.
% I have also made versions of these commands that do not make
% entries in the table of contents, should the need arise for them. 
% If you wish to make titles for other things,
% such as poetic sequences or sequence sections, you can use the techniques
% described in section \ref{customizing titles} above, page \pageref{customizing titles}, 
% except substitute the command |\versoset@p@emtitle| 
% or |\rectoset@p@emtitle| for |\set@p@emtitle|, using
% all the same arguments you would have used with |\set@p@emtitle|.
%
%\subsection{~Parallel texts and on the fly note types}
% If you are making a parallel text edition, you may need to 
% use |\definenewnotetype| to make the different kinds of endnote 
% for the parallel texts. For instance, 
% if you are making a parallel text of Wordsworth's 1805 and 1850
% versions of \emph{The Prelude}, you may use something like |\fiveexplanatory|
% and |\fiftyexplanatory| for explanatory notes for the poems on the verso 
% and recto pages. 
%
%
%  \DescribeMacro{\keeptitlestraight}
% Without special care, \textsf{poemscol} may become
% confused about whether it has seen, for example, a |\fiveexplanatory| for 
% a particular book of \emph{The Prelude} or not, and, if |\settitleinnotes| is set, 
% may neglect to put the 
% title of that book of \emph{The Prelude} in the notes 
% for the first note for that book. To remedy this, |\versopoemtitle|
% and |\rectopoemtitle| set up a way of keeping track whether each  species 
% of note has appeared already or not. 
%  While setting parallel texts \textsf{poemscol} checks at the beginning of every
%  verso or recto page whether the the different species of endnote for the poem on
%  that page has appeared before. On rare occasions this turns out not to be frequently
% enough in cases
% where you are defining your own kinds of endnote. 
% In this case, the following hack, |\keeptitlesstraight|, will check whether the verso or recto
% poem has set that species of note each time it is issued. Suppose, for instance,
% going back to our Wordsworth example, 
% that you have defined, using |\definenewnotetype|, the following six
% kinds of endnotes: |\fivetextnote| |\fiveemendation|, |\fiveexplanatory|,
% |\fiftytextnote|, |\fiftyemendation|, and |\fiftyexplanatory|. You should
% define a new command called |\keeptitlesstraight| to keep track of these six
% kinds of note. Here is  how it might look:
%
% \medskip
%
% \noindent|\newcommand{\keeptitlesstraight}{|\\
% |\pretocmd{\fivetextnote}{\versotitleinnotescheck}{\relax}{\relax}|\\
% |\pretocmd{\fiveemendation}{\versotitleinnotescheck}{\relax}{\relax}|\\
% |\pretocmd{\fiveexplanatory}{\versotitleinnotescheck}{\relax}{\relax}|\\
% |\pretocmd{\fiftytextnote}{\rectotitleinnotescheck}{\relax}{\relax}|\\
% |\pretocmd{\fiftyemendation}{\rectotitleinnotescheck}{\relax}{\relax}|\\
% |\pretocmd{\fiftyexplanatory}{\rectotitleinnotescheck}{\relax}{\relax}|\\
% |}|
%
% \medskip
%\begin{sloppypar}
% All those fields filled with |\relax| are for reporting the success or failure
% |\pretocmd| has had in appending |\versotitleinnotescheck| (or |\rectotitleinnotescheck|)
% to the different endnotes commands.  You may wish to replace
% the |\relax| with something like |\typeout{fiftytextnote modified}| or 
% |\typeout{fiftytextnote not modified}|. \end{sloppypar}
%
%If you are using the |\keeptitlestraight|
% hack described here, you should add \textsf{etoolbox}
% to your package list.
%
%  \DescribeMacro{\resettitleinnotes}
% If you are defining new kinds of note, and a section of 
% non-parallel texts follow a section of parallel texts, you
% will need to issue the following hack after the parallel texts close
% (again I am using the Wordsworth example):\\
% |\newcommand{\resettitleinnotes}{|\\
% |\nofiveemendationyettrue%|\\
% |\nofiveexplanatoryyettrue%|\\
% |\nofivetextnoteyettrue%|\\
% |\nofiftyemendationyettrue%|\\
% |\nofiftyexplanatoryyettrue%|\\
% |\nofiftytextnoteyettrue%|\\
% |}|
%
% \subsection{~Parallel texts and generic note types}
% \begin{sloppypar}
%  \DescribeMacro{\rectotexnote}
%  \DescribeMacro{\rectoemendation}
%  \DescribeMacro{\rectoexplanatory}
%  \DescribeMacro{\versotexnote}
%  \DescribeMacro{\versoemendation}
%  \DescribeMacro{\versoexplanatory}
% In case you find using these hacks a bit burdensome, 
%  I have defined for your convenience six generic kinds of endnote for use in parallel text
%  editions: |\rectotextnote|, |\rectoeemendation|, |\rectoexplanatory|,
%  |\versotextnote|, |\versoemendation|, and |\versoexplanatory,|  as well as |\rectoprosetexnote|,
% |\versoprosetextnote,| |\rectoproseemendation,| |\versoproseemendation|, 
% |\rectoproseexplanatory|, and |\versoproseexplanatory.| 
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% I have also defined
% |\literalrectotextnote|, |\literalversotextnote|, |\literalrectoemendation|, |\literalversoemendation|,
% |\literalrectoexplain|, and |\literalversoexplain| for sending material other than formal
% endnotes to these endnote sections.
% \end{sloppypar}
%
%  You can use all of these without creating versions of |\keeptitlesstraight| and 
% |\resettitleinnotes|.
%
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
%  \DescribeMacro{\makerectotexnotes}
%  \DescribeMacro{\makerectoemendations}
%  \DescribeMacro{\makerectoexplanatorynotes}
%To use these
% kinds of note, issue |\makeversotextnotes|, |\makeversoemendations|, 
% |\makeversoexplanatorynotes| or their recto equivalents in your preamble. You can mark
% up your texts with these notes 
% just as you would do with  |\textnote|,  |\emendation| or |\explanatory| (or |\literalversotextnote|
% |\literalversoemendation| and |\literalversoexplain|), without any of the special hacks
% I have just described.
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\changerectotextnotesname}
% \DescribeMacro{\changerectotextnotesheader}
% \DescribeMacro{\rectotextnotessinglepar}
% \DescribeMacro{\rectotextnotestwocol}
% I have given the endnotes sections generated by these notes rather
% generic names (|\rectotextnote| and |\versotextnote| for instance, both open endnote sections
% with the title TEXTUAL NOTES, with a running header of the form ``Textual Notes to pp.~xx--yy''
% an a contents entry of Textual Notes).  You will probably need to change
% those to something more descriptive. You can change any of these with 
% |\changeversotextnotesname{Your Title}|, |\changeversotextnotesheader{Your running header}|,
% and |\changeversotextnotescontentsname{Your contents entry}|. 
% You can change the appearance of these notes
% by changing the values of the booleans |\versotextnotessinglepar| and |\versotextnotestwocol|.
% Similar sets of commands are available for |\versoemendation| and |\versoexplanatory|
% and their recto equivalents.
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\putrectotextnotes}
% To include these note sections in your document, issue |\putversotextnotes|, |\putrectotextnotes|,
% |\putversoemendations|,  |\putrectoemendations|, |\putversoexplanatorynotes|, or 
% |\putrectoexplanatorynotes| at the point where you wish them to appear. These commands
% behave exactly like |\puttextnotes|.
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \subsection{~Parallel text labels}
% \DescribeMacro{\synchrolabel} \DescribeMacro{\synchroref}
% \DescribeMacro{\setsynchroflag} You may want to mark cross references
% to make it clear to the reader which line of the poem on the recto side
% of the spread corresponds to a particular line on the verso side.
% To mark these cross references, you
% need to make a label on the verso side (using |\syncrolabel|), and a corresponding
% reference on the recto side (using |\synchroref|).  You may also wish to add a mark to
% that reference (using |\setsynchroflag|) to specify to the reader what edition it refers to.  So, for
% instance, if your verso text is the 1805 version of Wordsworth's
% \emph{The Prelude}, and your recto text is the 1850 version, you may
% wish to specify |\setsynchroflag{1805: }|, which will preface the
% references put out by the |\synchroref| command with~`1805:~'.
% Suppose you wished to tie these corresponding passages from the ``Boy of Winander''
% episode in Book 3.   To make the label, issue the
% |\synchrolabel| command on the verso side (the 1805 side) just after the
% |\verseline| or |\end{stanza}| which closes the line you wish to
% label:
% 
% \begin{verbatim}
%This boy was taken from his mates, and died \verseline
%In childhood ere he was full ten years old \verseline
% \synchrolabel{full ten years old}
% \end{verbatim}
% You don't have to quote the whole line in the label, but it should be 
% long enough to uniquely pick out that line in the poem. (If the line 
% is repeated in the poem, you will have to exercise your ingenuity in 
% making up a unique label.)
% 
% Over on the recto side (the 1850 side), you will want to use |\synchroref| in order 
% to print the marginal cross reference. The |\synchroref| command 
% should come \emph{before} the |\verseline| that closes the line it is 
% tied to, as follows:
% 
% \begin{verbatim}
%This Boy was taken from his mates, and died\verseline
%In childhood, ere he was full twelve years old.
% \synchroref{full ten years old}}\verseline
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \subsection{~Parallel prose passages}
% \DescribeMacro{parallelprose}
% \DescribeMacro{\startparalleltextprose}
% \DescribeMacro{\finishparalleltextprose}
% \textsf{poemscol} is not designed to manage long parallel texts in prose,
% but for shorter texts up to a couple of dozen pages, such as 
% two versions of an Author's Preface, say, \textsf{poemscol} has the |parallelprose|
% environment. (You can also use |\startparalleltextprose| and |\finishparalleltextprose|.)
% Like passages of parallel text in verse, parallel prose passages must start
% on a verso page.
%
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\startversoprosepage}
% \DescribeMacro{\finishversoprosepage}
% \DescribeMacro{\startrectoprosepage}
% \DescribeMacro{\finishrectoprosepage}
% Each verso page must start with |\startversoprosepage| and finish with 
% |\finishversoprosepage|, and each recto page must start with |\startrectoprosepage|
% and finish with |\finishrectoprosepage|. If a page continues a paragraph from the previous
% page, say, from a previous recto page, put the beginning of the 
% text on the second page right after the |\startrectopage| command with 
% no blank line. (Alternatively, you could just
% begin that page with |\noindent|.) 
% \end{sloppypar}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\parastart}
% \DescribeMacro{\paraend}
% You must mark the beginning and end of every paragraph in parallel prose passages
% with |\parastart| and |\paraend|.
%
% You will have to pick the page breaks manually, using |\newpage|, once you find where
% \LaTeX\ would naturally break the page. Because how \LaTeX\ justifies text is a little
% unpredictable, however, you may find that the line before the page break, which filled 
% the line before you added the page break, is actually a little shorter, and thus is 
% no longer justified, once you add the page break. You may well not be able to exactly
% fill out the line by trial and error, adding a word or even just a syllable, to the line at a time.
% You can kludge around the problem, however, by adding 
% an  |\hfil| between each word of the last line.
%
% \section{Using \textsf{poemscol} in a multilingual world}
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\changecontentsname}
% By default, \textsf{poemscol} uses English language titles for such
% things as the Table of Contents, the Explanatory Notes, and so on,
% and uses English language running headers.  As of version 2.5 these
% are easily changed.  To change the name of the Table of Contents
% (the default is CONTENTS) to Inhaltsverzeichnis, issue
% |\changecontentsname{Inhaltsverzeichnis}|.  To change the running
% header on contents pages, issue 
% |\changecontentsheader{your header}|.\end{sloppypar}
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\changenotesname} To change the name for the endnote 
% section for textual notes (the default is TEXTUAL NOTES), issue 
% |\changenotesname{your version}|. To change the running header (by 
% default ``Textual Notes to'') issue 
% |\changenotesheader{your version}|.
% To change the name for 
% the textual notes in the table of contents issue 
% |\changetextnotescontentsname{your version}|.
%
% \DescribeMacro{\changesinglepageabbrev}
% \DescribeMacro{\changemultiplepageabbrev}
% Running headers refer to single pages with the English 
% abbreviation ``p.'' and to multiple pages with the English 
% abbreviation ``pp.'' To change these issue 
% |\changesinglepageabbrev{new abbrev}| or 
% |\changemultiplepageabbrev{new abbrev}| respectively. The ultimate 
% outcome is to translate a header of the form ``Textual Notes to 
% pp.~xx-yy'' to the form appropriate for your language.\end{sloppypar}
% 
% \begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\changeemendationsname} To change the name for the endnote 
% section for emendations (the default is EMENDATIONS), issue 
% |\changeemendationsname{your version}|. To change the running header (by 
% default ``Emendations to'') issue 
% |\changeemendationsheader{your version}|. To change the name for 
% the emendations in the table of contents issue 
% |\changeemendationscontentsname{your version}.|\end{sloppypar}
%
%\begin{sloppypar}
% \DescribeMacro{\changeexplanationsname} To change the name for the endnote 
% section for explanatory notes (the default is EXPLANATORY NOTES), issue 
% |\changeexplanationsname{your version}|. To change the running header (by 
% default ``Explanatory Notes to'') issue 
% |\changeexplanationsheader{your version}|.
% To change the name for 
% the explanatory notes in the table of contents issue 
% |\changeexplanationscontentsname{your version}|.\end{sloppypar}
%
% \begin{sloppypar} \DescribeMacro{\changepoemindexname} To change the name
% for the index (the default is ``Index of Titles and First Lines'', issue
% |\changepoemindexname{your version}|.  To change the running
% header (the default is ``Index of Titles and First Lines'') issue
% |\changepoemindexheader{your version}|. To change the contents 
% entry for the index (the default is ``Index of Titles and First Lines'') 
% issue 
%  |\changepoemindexcontentsname{your version}|.\end{sloppypar}
%
%\section{A sample driver file}
% 
% If you are compiling a collected poems, you are probably preparing
% your volume from many files.  You may (or may not) wish to subdivide
% your edition by the original volumes.  Or you may subdivide by year,
% or by the significant phases of the poet's career.  One way to keep
% in control of the process is to create a driver file, which calls
% all the appropriate\ .sty files and sets the variables globally, and
% then read in the sections of the edition using |\input|.  Here is a
% version of the driver file I used for
% \emph{The Collected Poems of Robert Penn Warren}:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \documentclass[10pt,twoside]{article}
% \usepackage{fancyhdr,kdgreek,makeidx,times,multicol,geometry,}
% \usepackage{keyval,ifthen,mparhack,manyfoot,poemscol}
% \begin{document}
% \leftheader{The Collected Poems of Robert Penn Warren}
% \makeexplanatorynotes
% \makeemendations 
% \maketextnotes
% \makepoemcontents
% \makeverselinenumbers
% \global\indexingontrue
% \global\includeaccidentalstrue
% \global\includetypescriptstrue
% \input maintitle.tex
% \input poems1922_1943.tex
% \input thirtysix.tex
% \input eleven.tex
% \input sp43.tex
% \input promises1.tex
% \input promises2.tex
% \input promises3.tex
% \input yeo1.tex
% \input yeo2.tex
% \input yeo3.tex
% \input tale1.tex
% \input tale2.tex
% \input incarnations.tex
% \input audubon.tex
% \input orelse1.tex
% \input orelse2.tex
% \input arcturus.tex
% \input nowthen.tex
% \input beinghere.tex
% \input rumor1.tex
% \input rumor2.tex
% \input cj1.tex
% \input cj2.tex
% \input altitudes.tex
% \input poems1943_1989.tex
% \input introduction.tex
% \finish
% \end{verbatim}
% 
% \section{A sample poem markup}
% Here is a poem Robert Penn Warren wrote in his first volume, 
% \emph{Thirty-Six Poems} (1935). The poem is the first poem of his 
% sequence ``Kentucky Mountain Farm.'' I include the over-title, to 
% demonstrate how to mark up such cases. 
% \begin{verbatim}
% 	\sequencetitle{Kentucky Mountain Farm}
% \index{Kentucky Mountain Farm@{\em Kentucky Mountain Farm\/}}
% \sources{Text: TSP. Variants: SP43, SP66 (Deletes ``The Cardinal,'' ``The
% Jay,'' and ``Watershed''), SP75 (Same sections as SP66), SP85 (Restores
% ``Watershed''), {\em Helsinki\/} (includes only ``Rebuke of 
% the Rocks'' and 
% ``At the Hour of the Breaking of the Rocks''). 
% ``The Owl'' (above) was marked as a section of ``Kentucky
% Mountain Farm'' when it first appeared in {\em Poetry,\/} but it was never
% included in any book version of the entire sequence. The sequence in {\em
% Poetry\/} included, in this order, ``The Owl,'' ``The Cardinal,'' and
% ``Watershed.'' TSP uses lower case Roman numerals in the section 
% titles. The typescript drafts in the Beinecke Library do not seem to 
% be setting copies.}
% \sequencefirstsectiontitle{I. Rebuke of the Rocks}
% \index{Rebuke of the Rocks@{\em Rebuke of the Rocks\/}}
% \sources{Text: TSP. Variants: {\em Nation\/}, 11 Jan.\ 1928, 
% p.~47, {\em Literary
% Digest,\/} 28 Jan.\ 1928, p.~32, {\em Vanderbilt Masquerader,\/} 10
% (Dec.\ 1933), p.~16, SP43, SP66, SP75, SP85, {\em Helsinki\/}, 
% Broadside: The Press at Colorado College, printed on paper handmade by 
% Thomas Leech for the American Poetry Society, April~26, 1985. This 
% poem was not included in SP85 until the second set of galleys, in 
% which a photocopy of the SP75 text is a stapled insert.} 
% \begin{poem}
% \begin{stanza}
% Now on you is the hungry equinox,\verseline
% \index{Now on you is the hungry equinox}
% O little stubborn people of the hill,\verseline
% \accidental{hill,] \sameword--- {\em Nation,\/} {\em Literary Digest\/}
% \sameword, {\em Vanderbilt\/} (I include the reading 
% from {\em Vanderbilt\/}
% even though it is the same as in TSP, because 
% {\em Vanderbilt\/} was published
% after the other magazine versions but before TSP.)}
% The season of the obscene moon whose pull\verseline
% Disturbs the sod, the rabbit, the lank fox,\verseline
% Moving the waters, the boar's dull blood,\verseline
% And the acrid sap of the ironwood.\end{stanza}
% 
% \begin{stanza}
% But breed no tender thing among the rocks.\verseline
% Rocks are too old under the mad moon,\verseline
% \accidental{old\missingpunct] \sameword, {\em Vanderbilt\/}}
% Renouncing passion by the strength that locks\verseline
% The eternal agony of fire in stone.\end{stanza}
% 
% \begin{stanza}
% Then quit yourselves as stone and cease\verseline
% \accidental{stone\missingpunct] \sameword, {\em Vanderbilt\/}}
% To break the weary stubble-field for seed;\verseline
% Let not the naked cattle bear increase,\verseline
% Let barley wither and the bright milkweed.\verseline
% \accidental{milkweed.] milk-weed. {\em Vanderbilt\/}}
% Instruct the heart, lean men, of a rocky place\verseline
% That even the little flesh and fevered bone\verseline
% May keep the sweet sterility of stone.\end{stanza}
% \end{poem}
% \end{verbatim}

% \goodbreak
% \section{A sample divider page}
% \begin{verbatim}
% \begin{volumetitlepage}
% 
% \volumetitle{Being Here}
% \volumeheader{Being Here}
% \volumesubtitle{Poetry 1977--1980}
% \volumededication{To Gabriel Thomas Penn\\
% (1836--1920)}
% \bigskip
% 
% \volumeepigraph{OLD MAN: You get old and you can't do anybody
% any good any more.\\
% BOY: You do me some good, Grandpa. You
% tell me things.}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% 
% \volumeepigraph{There is in short no absolute time standard.}
% \volumeattribution{{\em Van Nostrand's Scientific Encyclopedia,\/}\\
% Fifth Edition, p. 2203}
% 
% \bigskip
% 
% 
% \volumeepigraph{I thirst to know the power and nature of Time\ldots.}
% \volumeattribution{St.\ Augustine: {\em Confessions,\/}\\
% Book {\em XI,\/} Chapter {\em XXIII\/}\\
% Translated by Albert C. Outler}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% 
% \volumeepigraph{Time is the dimension in which God 
% strives to define His own Being.}
% 
% \sources{The typescript material in the Beinecke Library 
% indicates that this 
% book went through many drafts, and some rethinking about what to 
% include and how to order the poems. Until a late stage of 
% production---very late, since the typescript includes a designed 
% mock-up of the proposed title page---the title of this volume was {\em 
% Life is a Fable.\/} Indeed, as late as the time the book was set in 
% galleys it was called {\em Life is a Fable\/}, although the title was 
% corrected on the galleys. Like {\em Now and Then\/}, the typescript 
% was assembled from photocopies of re-typed copies of poems made after 
% their magazine appearance, with annotations giving the name of the 
% magazine in which they occurred. Unlike {\em Now and Then\/}, the 
% typescript seems to have been typed in one piece, and the annotations 
% added for the convenience of the permissions department at 
% Random House. The page numbers have been added---presumably 
% later---in blue pen. The copy is marked up in Warren's hand in black 
% pencil, and in another hand in red pencil. (Unless marked otherwise, 
% all of the mark-up described here is in black pencil.) \tsentry{Like most 
% Warren typescripts BHTS is single-spaced. The dedication to Gabriel 
% Thomas Penn and the dialogue between the old man and the boy appeared 
% on a separate page, and the three epigraphs appeared on another 
% separate page. BHTS gives 1838 as the year of Gabriel 
% Thomas Penn's 
% birth (the error is corrected on the galleys). In the quotation from 
% Augustine, the second word is corrected to ``thirst'' from ``yearn,'' 
% and the translator's name is added in pencil, not in Warren's 
% handwriting.} In one of Warren's own 
% copies at Western Kentucky University, he has corrected the date of 
% Gabriel Thomas Penn's birth to 1837 (copy 310). Some revisions in this book 
% may have come very late 
% indeed. A letter to Erskine of January 28, 1980, refers to changes 
% made in a bound manuscript that Warren kept after returning the 
% copy-edited typescripts. There are revisions not only on the galleys, 
% but also on the page proofs. There are even some corrections on the 
% ``blues'' for this volume, including some new copy on a card referred 
% to in a note on the cover of the ``blues'' but now lost. The Secker 
% and Warburg London edition is, except for the title page, printed from 
% the American plates. There is a copy of this book, marked up by 
% Warren with 
% proposed revisions for Stuart Wright's use on May 25, 1987, in the 
% Special Collections 
% Department of the Emory University Library. I quote Warren's 
% notes by permission. 
% Warren has also marked up, slightly, a copy of this book now in the 
% Robert Penn Warren Room of the Library of the Kentucky Museum at 
% Western Kentucky University. I quote that volume too by permission. 
% The setting typescript for the section of SP85 drawn from this volume 
% consisted of taped-in photocopies of passages from BH. Because the 
% revisions for SP85 are sometimes a vexed question, I have indicated 
% where the SP85 revisions are made on SP85TS.}
% 
% 
% \sources{Title Page] SP85 omits the dialogue between the old man and 
% the young boy. SP85 capitalizes ``time standard'' in the quotation 
% from Van Nostrand's Scientific Encyclopedia, and does not capitalize 
% ``Time'' in the quotation from Augustine.}
%  
% 
% 
% \end{volumetitlepage}
% \end{verbatim}
% 
% 
% 
% 
% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
% \section{Implementation}\label{implementation}
% \subsection{~Page geometry and crop marks}


%    \begin{macro}{\tightgeometry} There's no reason why you should use the
% page geometry I used in \emph{The Collected Poems of Robert Penn Warren}, 
% and there are many reasons not to. But I include it just to show what is possible.
% If you issue |\tightgeometry| in your 
% preamble, you will have the geometry I have used. If you issue 
% |\tightleading|  you will 
% redefine |\normalsize| and |\small| to use tighter leading. 
%  Normal
% 10 point \LaTeX\ uses 12 point leading.  Strictly to save money, I
% redefined |\normalsize| to use 11 point leading.  
% I use the \textsf{geometry} package,
% since it's simpler to figure out.  I give my page geometry here
% chiefly to remind the reader of some important variables that should
% be kept track of, such as marginparsep, which controls the
% separation of the marginal line numbers from the verse line,
% marginparwidth, which controls how wide the block for the marginal
% line numbers will be, headsep, which controls how far the text will
% be from the running headers, and footskip, which controls how far
% the last verse line will be from the marker which tells the reader
% that there is a stanza break at the end of the page (if there is
% one).  I've also set the odd side margin and the even side margin
% for two-sided printing.  Finally, I have set the default handling
% of page endings to |\raggedbottom|.  Verse should always be set with
% a ragged bottom margin, otherwise \LaTeX\ will stretch the spaces
% between stanzas to make the bottom perfectly flush.  When you enter
% prose sections, such as the editor's introduction, you should enter
% the command |\flushbottom| to make sure that the prose sections have
% flush page bottoms. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand{\tightgeometry}{\geometry{verbose, tmargin= 33pt,
 textwidth=318.21pt,textheight=550pt,
 marginparsep=7pt,marginparwidth=10pt,
 headheight= 15pt,
 headsep=19pt,
 footskip=15pt,
 lmargin=132pt}
\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{60pt}
\setlength{\evensidemargin}{65.41pt}}
\newcommand{\tightleading}{%
\makeatletter
\renewcommand\normalsize{%
   \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xipt
   \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
   \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
   \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@
   \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
   \let\@listi\@listI}
\makeatother
\normalsize
\makeatletter
\renewcommand\small{%
   \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{10}%
   \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@
   \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@
   \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
   \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
               \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
               \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
               \itemsep \parsep}%
   \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
}
\makeatother}


%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% 

% \subsubsection{Internal font size commands} You will probably never need 
% to use these font commands explicitly. I defined these for internal 
% use within \textsf{poemscol}, so that a command will always call the 
% same fonts. \label{internal font size commands}
% 
% As a way of making global changes to repeated features I have
% defined various special fonts for special purposes.  For instance,
% in a Collected Poems in which the poems are arranged by volume, with
% divider pages for the beginning of each volume, the first command
% sets the font for the volume title on the divider page, using the
% default font family, setting it in 18 point type on 23 point
% leading.  The second command, as the name of the command indicates,
% sets the font for the subtitle of the volume to be 14 point type on
% 18 point leading.  You can change these either by changing the
% values in your (renamed) style file, or by using |\renewcommand|. 
% For instance, you can change the font parameters for the font for
% setting poem titles from 14 on 18 to 12 on 14 by issuing
% |\renewcommand{\poemtitlefont}{\fontsize{12}{14}\selectfont}| in
% your preamble.  Notice that there are special fonts for titles in
% the back matter and in the table of contents as well.

%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\volumetitlefont}{\fontsize{18}{23}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\volumesubtitlefont}{\fontsize{14}{18}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\poemtitlefont}{\fontsize{14}{18}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\sequencetitlefont}{\fontsize{16}{20}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\subsectiontitlefont}{\fontsize{12}{14.5}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\backmatterheaderfont}{\fontsize{16}{20}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\volumetitlesink}{\leavevmode\vspace{23.5pt}}
\newcommand{\backmattersink}{\leavevmode\vspace{21.5pt}}
\newcommand{\backmatterafterheadersink}{\leavevmode\vspace{11pt}}
\newcommand{\backmattertextfont}{\small}
\newcommand{\backmatterintrofont}{\normalsize}
\newcommand{\backmattervolumefont}{\fontsize{12}{14.5}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\backmattervolumesubtitlefont}{\fontsize{11}{13}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\contentsvolumefont}{\fontsize{14}{20}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\contentsvolumesubtitlefont}{\fontsize{12}{14.5}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\contentssequencetitlefont}{\fontsize{10}{14}\selectfont}
\newcommand{\contentspoemtitlefont}{\fontsize{10}{14}\selectfont}
%    \end{macrocode}

% \subsection{~Miscellaneous dimensions and constants}
% \textsf{poemscol} sets relatively large penalties for widows and
% clubs, both in the main text, and in the notes sections.  There are
% also special penalties after volume titles in the notes sections,
% since one does not want to leave a volume title in the notes
% sections stranded at the bottom of a page.  (Setting penalties may
% not automatically solve all the problems, however.  You can fix an
% intractable widow problem in the contents or in the notes sections
% by issuing |\literalcontents{\pagebreak}| or
% |\literalemend{\pagebreak}| just before you issue the
% |\poemtitle| or |\volumetitle| that resulted in the problematic
% title line.)  \textsf{poemscol} also manipulates penalties for places like
% the space between a poem's title and its first line.  It defines
% special values for the white space before and after poems and for
% the amount of a stanza break.  |\contentsindentone|,
% |\contentsindenttwo|, and so on are amounts to indent different
% hierarchical levels, say of poetic sequences and subsequences, in
% the table of contents. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\widowpenalty=300
\clubpenalty=300
\newcommand{\notespoemclubpenalty}{\penalty-300}
\newcommand{\notessequenceclubpenalty}{\penalty-1500}
\newcommand{\notesvolumetitlepenalty}{\penalty-1500}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Since the right margin of verse is ragged anyway, I allowed some 
% flexibility for slightly longer lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\hfuzz=2pt
%    \end{macrocode}
%    For explicitly declared indented lines or ranges of lines:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\verseindentamount}
\setlength{\verseindentamount}{2em}
\newcount\l@@pcounter
\newcommand{\repeatedindent}[1]{\l@@pcounter=#1%
\loop%
\ifnum\l@@pcounter>0%
\hspace{\verseindentamount}%
\advance \l@@pcounter -1
\repeat}
\newcommand{\verseindent}[1][]{%
\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{\hspace{\verseindentamount}}{\repeatedindent{#1}}}
%\newcommand{\verseindent}{\hspace{\verseindentamount}} %old version
\newlength{\indentedstanzaamount}
\setlength{\indentedstanzaamount}{\verseindentamount}
\newlength{\variablestanzaamount}
\setlength{\variablestanzaamount}{\indentedstanzaamount}
\newcommand{\adjustst@nzaindent}[1]{\l@@pcounter=#1%
\loop%
 \addtolength{\variablestanzaamount}{\indentedstanzaamount}%
  \advance \l@@pcounter -1%
\ifnum \l@@pcounter>0
\repeat}
\newif\ifinindentedverse
\newenvironment{indentedverse}[1][]{%
\inindentedversetrue%
\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{\relax}{\adjustst@nzaindent{#1}}%
\let\\=\@centercr%
\list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -\runoverindentvalue\listparindent \itemindent
\rightmargin 0sp\leftmargin 0sp\advance\leftmargin
\variablestanzaamount}\item[]}
{\endlist\inindentedversefalse\setlength{\variablestanzaamount}{\indentedstanzaamount}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    For multicolumn notes:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setlength{\columnsep}{15pt}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    A hierarchy of indentations for sequence section titles and 
% subsection titles.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\titleindentamount}
\setlength{\titleindentamount}{1pc}
%\newdimen\titleindentamount \titleindentamount=1pc
%\newdimen\titleindenttwoamount \titleindenttwoamount=2pc
\newlength{\titleindenttwoamount}
\setlength{\titleindenttwoamount}{2pc}
\newlength{\titleindentthreeamount}
\setlength{\titleindentthreeamount}{3pc}
%\newdimen\titleindentthreeamount \titleindentthreeamount=3pc
\newcommand{\titleindent}{\hspace{\titleindentamount}}
\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}
\newlength{\volumetitleindentamount}
\setlength{\volumetitleindentamount}{0pt}
%\newcommand{\volumetitleindent}{\hspace{\volumetitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\volumetitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\volumetitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\volumetitlesecondlineindentamount}{0pt}
%\newcommand{\volumetitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\volumetitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newcommand{\volumetitlesecondlineindent}{\relax}
% \titleindentamount=1pc
\newlength{\volumesubtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\volumesubtitleindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\volumesubtitleindent}{\hspace{\volumesubtitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\volumesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\volumesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\volumesubtitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\volumesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\volumesectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\volumesectiontitleindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\volumesectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\volumesectiontitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\volumesectiontitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\volumesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\volumesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\volumesectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\volumesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newcommand{\volumesectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\poemtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\poemtitleindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\poemtitleindent}{\hspace{\poemtitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\poemtitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\poemtitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\poemtitlesecondlineindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\poemtitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\poemtitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newcommand{\poemtitlesecondlineindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\poemsubtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\poemsubtitleindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\poemsubtitleindent}{\hspace{\poemsubtitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\poemsectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\poemsectiontitleindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\poemsectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\poemsectiontitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\poemsubsectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\poemsubsectiontitleindentamount}{\titleindenttwoamount}
\newcommand{\poemsubsectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\poemsectiontitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\sequencetitleindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencetitleindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\sequencetitleindent}{\hspace{\sequencetitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\sequencetitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\sequencetitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencetitlesecondlineindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\sequencetitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\sequencetitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newcommand{\sequencetitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\relax}}
\newlength{\sequencesubtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencesubtitleindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\sequencesubtitleindent}{\hspace{\sequencesubtitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\sequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\sequencesubtitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\sequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\sequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\sequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\sequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}{\titleindenttwoamount}
\newcommand{\sequencesectionsubtitleindent}{\hspace{\sequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\sequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindentamount}{\titleindenttwoamount}
\newcommand{\sequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\sequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}{\titleindenttwoamount}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}{\titleindentthreeamount}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\appendixtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\appendixtitleindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\appendixtitleindent}{\hspace{\appendixtitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\appendixtitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\subappendixtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\subappendixtitleindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\subappendixtitleindent}{\hspace{\subappendixtitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\subappendixtitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\forewordtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\forewordtitleindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\forewordtitleindent}{\hspace{\forewordtitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\forewordtitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\notestitleindentamount} 
\setlength{\notestitleindentamount}{0pt}
% \newcommand{\notestitleindent}{\hspace{\notestitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\notestitleindent}{\relax}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    A hierarchy of indentations for the table of contents: \label{contents indentation hierarchy}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\volumetitleshiftamount \volumetitleshiftamount=1pc
\newcommand{\volumetitleshift}{\hbox{\hspace{\volumetitleshiftamount}}}
\newdimen\voladditionalamount \voladditionalamount=2pc
\newdimen\contentsindentoneamount \contentsindentoneamount=24pt
\newcommand{\contentsindentone}{\hspace{\contentsindentoneamount}}
\newdimen\contentsindenttwoamount \contentsindenttwoamount=42pt
\newcommand{\contentsindenttwo}{\hspace{\contentsindenttwoamount}}
\newdimen\contentsindentthreeamount \contentsindentthreeamount=60pt
\newcommand{\contentsindentthree}{\hspace{\contentsindentthreeamount}}
\newdimen\contentsindentfouramount \contentsindentfouramount=72pt
\newcommand{\contentsindentfour}{\hspace{\contentsindentfouramount}}
\newdimen\contentsindentfiveamount \contentsindentfiveamount=80pt
\newcommand{\contentsindentfive}{\hspace{\contentsindentfiveamount}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    A hierarchy of indentations for sequence section titles and 
% subsection titles in the table of contents.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\contentsvolumetitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentsvolumetitleindentamount}{0pt}
%\newcommand{\contentsvolumetitleindent}{\hspace{\contentsvolumetitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\contentsvolumetitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\contentsvolumetitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentsvolumetitlesecondlineindentamount}{0pt}
%\newcommand{\contentsvolumetitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentsvolumetitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newcommand{\contentsvolumetitlesecondlineindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\contentsvolumesubtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentsvolumesubtitleindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\contentsvolumesubtitleindent}{\hspace{\contentsvolumesubtitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentsvolumesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentsvolumesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}{\titleindentamount}
\newcommand{\contentsvolumesubtitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentsvolumesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentsvolumesectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentsvolumesectiontitleindentamount}{0pt}
\newcommand{\contentsvolumesectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\contentsvolumesectiontitleindentamount}}
%\newcommand{\contentsvolumesectiontitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\contentsvolumesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentsvolumesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}{0pt}
\newcommand{\contentsvolumesectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentsvolumesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}{\contentsindentoneamount}
%\setlength{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}{0pt}
\newcommand{\contentspoemtitleindent}{\hspace{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}}
%\newcommand{\contentspoemtitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindentamount}{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}
\newcommand{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindentamount}}
%\newcommand{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\contentspoemsubtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentspoemsubtitleindentamount}{\contentspoemsubtitleindentamount}
\newcommand{\contentspoemsubtitleindent}{\hspace{\contentspoemsubtitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount}{\contentsindenttwoamount}
\newcommand{\contentspoemsectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentspoemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentspoemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}{\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount}
\newcommand{\contentspoemsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentspoemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentspoemsubsectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentspoemsubsectiontitleindentamount}{\contentsindentthreeamount}
\newcommand{\contentspoemsubsectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\contentsindentthreeamount}}
\newlength{\contentssequencetitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencetitleindentamount}{\contentsindentoneamount} %313
 \newcommand{\contentssequencetitleindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencetitleindentamount}}
%\newcommand{\contentssequencetitleindent}{\relax}
\newlength{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindentamount}{\contentsindentoneamount} %313
 \newcommand{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindentamount}}
%\newcommand{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\relax}}
\newlength{\contentssequencesubtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencesubtitleindentamount}{\contentsindenttwoamount} %313
\newcommand{\contentssequencesubtitleindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencesubtitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentssequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}{\contentsindenttwoamount} %313
\newcommand{\contentssequencesubtitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}{\contentsindenttwoamount} %313
\newcommand{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}{\contentsindenttwoamount} %313
\newcommand{\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentssequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}{\contentsindentthreeamount} %313
\newcommand{\contentssequencesectionsubtitleindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentssequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindentamount}{\contentsindentthreeamount}%313
\newcommand{\contentssequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencesectionsubtitlesecondlineindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}{\contentsindentthreeamount}
\newcommand{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}}
\newlength{\contentssequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}
\setlength{\contentssequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}{\contentsindentfouramount}
\newcommand{\contentssequencesubsubsectiontitleindent}{\hspace{\contentssequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}}


%    \end{macrocode}
%    White space after poem titles, after poems, and after sequence 
% titles. \label{skiplist}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\afterpoemtitleskip}{\smallskip}
\newcommand{\afterpoemskip}{\bigskip}
\newcommand{\aftersequencetitleskip}{\medskip}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    A little extra white space between stanzas.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\stanzaskip}{\medskip}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Penalties to encourage page breaks before poem titles, before 
% multi-line poem titles, and before sequence titles.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\poemtitlepenalty}{\penalty-1000}
\newcommand{\multilinetitlepenalty}{\penalty-3000}
\newcommand{\sequencetitlepenalty}{\penalty-3000}
\newcommand{\multilinesequencepenalty}{\penalty-3500}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \subsection{~Title Schemes} Ways of controlling the placement of titles.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\poemtitlewidth}
\newif\iftitlescenteredonleftverseblock
\newif\iftitlesatleftmarginofcenteredblock
\newif\iftitlesatleftversemargin
\newif\ifnormaltitleindentation
%
\newcommand{\normaltitleindentationscheme}{%
\normaltitleindentationtrue%
\titlesatleftversemarginfalse%
\titlescenteredonleftverseblockfalse%
\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockfalse%
\centertitlesonfalse%
}
\newcommand{\titlesatleftversemarginscheme}{%
\normaltitleindentationfalse%
\titlesatleftversemargintrue%
\titlescenteredonleftverseblockfalse%
\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockfalse%
\centertitlesonfalse%
}
\newcommand{\titlescenteredonleftverseblockscheme}{%
\normaltitleindentationfalse%
\titlesatleftversemarginfalse%
\titlescenteredonleftverseblocktrue%
\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockfalse%
\centertitlesonfalse%
}
\newcommand{\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockscheme}{%
\normaltitleindentationfalse%
\titlesatleftversemarginfalse%
\titlescenteredonleftverseblockfalse%
\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblocktrue%
\centertitlesonfalse%
}
\newcommand{\centertitlesscheme}{%
\normaltitleindentationfalse%
\titlesatleftversemarginfalse%
\titlescenteredonleftverseblockfalse%
\titlesatleftmarginofcenteredblockfalse%
\centertitlesontrue%
\centerepigraphsontrue%
}
\newlength{\lefttitleaddition}
\setlength{\lefttitleaddition}{0pt}
\newcommand{\l@ftc@ntertitleblock}{\rightmargin        \z@%%
\setlength{\lefttitleaddition}{\versewidth}%
\addtolength{\lefttitleaddition}{-\poemtitlewidth}%
\addtolength{\lefttitleaddition}{-0.5\lefttitleaddition}%
\setlength{\lefttitlemargin}{\lefttitleaddition}%
}

%    \end{macrocode}   
% \subsection{~Verse} The verse environment here is taken from \LaTeX, 
% slightly modified to indent run over lines more. The idea is to 
% distinguish the automatic indentation of run over lines from the 
% explicitly declared indentation of indented lines. You can change 
% the amount of indentation of runover lines with |\runoverindent|.
% \label{versedefine}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\makeatletter{\catcode`\@=11}
\def\makeatother{\catcode`\@=12 }
\newcommand{\runoverindent}[1]{\global\edef\runoverindentvalue{#1}
}
\runoverindent{6em}
% pmclverse (runover indented  more than it is in the normal verse 
% environment)
% \newenvironment{pmclverse}{%
% \let\\=\@centercr%  
% \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -\runoverindentvalue\listparindent \itemindent 
%           \rightmargin 1sp\leftmargin 1sp\advance\leftmargin 
%           \runoverindentvalue}\item[]}
% {\endlist}
\newif\iflinenumberscenteredwithverse
\linenumberscenteredwithversetrue
%
\newlength{\marginparsepmin}
\setlength{\marginparsepmin}{2em}
%
\newlength{\versemarginadjust}
\setlength{\versemarginadjust}{0pt}
%
\newif\iftextcenteringturnedon
\textcenteringturnedontrue
%
\newcommand{\v@riablemarginpar}{\setlength{\marginparsep}{-\leftmargin}%
\addtolength{\marginparsep}{\marginparsepmin}}
%
\newcommand{\c@nterverseblock}[1]{\rightmargin        \z@%
            \setlength{\leftmargin}{\linewidth}%
            \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-#1}%
            \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-0.5\leftmargin}%
	    \iflinenumberscenteredwithverse\v@riablemarginpar\fi}
\newif\iflastpoemcentered
\newenvironment{pmclverse}[1][\linewidth]{%
\global\lastpoemcenteredfalse
\let\\=\@centercr%
\list{}{\itemsep\z@ 
\itemindent -\runoverindentvalue
\listparindent \itemindent
         \ifdim #1 < \linewidth
	 \iftextcenteringturnedon
	 \c@nterverseblock{#1}%
	 \global\lastpoemcenteredtrue
	 \else
	 \rightmargin        \leftmargin
 	    \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\versemarginadjust}\fi
          \else
             \rightmargin        \leftmargin
 	    \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\versemarginadjust}
          \fi
\advance\leftmargin\runoverindentvalue}
\item[]}
{\endlist}
% next is from 2.88
%\newenvironment{pmclverse}[1][\linewidth]{%
%\let\\=\@centercr%
%\list{}{\itemsep\z@ 
%\itemindent -\runoverindentvalue
%\listparindent \itemindent
%         \ifdim #1 < \linewidth
%	 \iftextcenteringturnedon
%	 \c@nterverseblock{#1}%
%	 \else
%	 \rightmargin        \leftmargin
% 	    \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\versemarginadjust}\fi
%          \else
%             \rightmargin        \leftmargin
% 	    \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\versemarginadjust}
%          \fi
%\advance\leftmargin\runoverindentvalue}
%\item[]}
%{\endlist}% from 2.72 with additions
% \newenvironment{pmclverse}[1][\linewidth]{%
% \let\\=\@centercr%
% \list{}{\itemsep\z@ 
% \itemindent -\runoverindentvalue
% \listparindent \itemindent
%          \ifdim #1 < \linewidth
%             \rightmargin        \z@
%             \setlength{\leftmargin}{\linewidth}%
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-#1}%
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-0.5\leftmargin}%
%             \iflinenumberscenteredwithverse
%            \setlength{\marginparsep}{-\leftmargin+\marginparsepmin}
%            \fi
%           \else
%             \rightmargin        \leftmargin
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\versemarginadjust}
%           \fi
% \advance\leftmargin\runoverindentvalue}
% \item[]}
% {\endlist\setlength{\marginparsep}{0pt}} % from email

% \newenvironment{pmclverse}[1][\linewidth]{%
% \let\\=\@centercr%
% \list{}{\itemsep\z@ 
% \itemindent -\runoverindentvalue
% \listparindent \itemindent
%         \iftextcenteringturnedon
%          \ifdim #1 < \linewidth
%             \rightmargin        \z@
%             \setlength{\leftmargin}{\linewidth}%
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-#1}%
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-0.5\leftmargin}%
% \iflinenumberscenteredwithverse\setlength{\marginparsep}{-\leftmargin+\marginparsepmin}\fi
%           \else
%             \rightmargin        \leftmargin
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\versemarginadjust}
%           \fi % linewidth
%         \else
%         \rightmargin        \leftmargin
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\versemarginadjust}
% 
%         \fi% textcentering
% \advance\leftmargin\runoverindentvalue}
% \item[]}
% {\endlist\setlength{\marginparsep}{0pt}}% % draft

% \let\\=\@centercr%
% \list{}{\itemsep\z@ 
% \itemindent -\runoverindentvalue
% \listparindent \itemindent
%          \ifdim #1 < \linewidth
%             \rightmargin        \z@
%             \setlength{\leftmargin}{\linewidth}%
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-#1}%
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-0.5\leftmargin}%
%           \else
%             \rightmargin        \leftmargin
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\versemarginadjust}
%           \fi
% \advance\leftmargin\runoverindentvalue}
% \item[]}
% {\endlist} % first version from 2.81
% \newenvironment{pmclverse}[1][\linewidth]{%
% \let\\=\@centercr%
% \list{}{\itemsep\z@ 
% \itemindent -\runoverindentvalue
% \listparindent \itemindent
%          \ifdim #1 < \linewidth
%             \rightmargin        \z@
%             \setlength{\leftmargin}{\linewidth}%
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-#1}%
%             \addtolength{\leftmargin}{-0.5\leftmargin}%
%           \else
%             \rightmargin        \leftmargin
%           \fi
% \advance\leftmargin\runoverindentvalue}
% \item[]}
% {\endlist}% from 2.72
\newif\ifinquotedverse
 \newenvironment{quotedverse}{%
 \inquotedversetrue
 \let\\=\@centercr%  
 \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -\runoverindentvalue\listparindent \itemindent 
           \rightmargin 0sp\leftmargin 0sp\advance\leftmargin 
           \runoverindentvalue}\item[]}
 {\endlist\inquotedversefalse}
% rfoverse (flushes runover to right) (Just a placeholder now.)
% \newif\ifrfv
% \rfvfalse
% \newcommand{\rightflushrunoververse}{\global\rfvtrue}
% \newcommand{\indentrunoververse}{\global\rfvfalse}
% \newenvironment{rfoverse}{\begin{pmclverse}}{\end{pmclverse}}
% % verse environment with a switch
% \renewenvironment{verse}{\ifrfv\begin{rfoverse}\else\begin{pmclverse}\fi}
% {\ifrfv\end{rfoverse}\else\end{pmclverse}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}

% \subsection{~Miscellaneous internal counters}
% |\verselinenumber| is the line number, obviously. |\printlineindex| 
% records how many lines have passed since the last marginal line 
% number was output. |\lineindexrepeat| governs how often the marginal 
% line numbers appear. |\lemmalines| and |\lemmaend| are for setting 
% number ranges for multiline lemmas.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{verselinenumber}
\newcounter{printlineindex}
\newcounter{verselinenumberscratch}
\newcounter{printlineindexscratch}
\newcounter{lineindexrepeat} \setcounter{lineindexrepeat}{9}
\newcounter{lemmalines}
\setcounter{lemmalines}{0}
\newcounter{lemmaend}
\setcounter{lemmaend}{0}
%    \end{macrocode}
% This next counter is used to make labels for each poem for the contents and notes sections.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{poemnumber}
\setcounter{poemnumber}{1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    These next two are used to set the page numbers in the running 
% headers of the various notes sections, which are of the form 
% ``Textual notes to pp.~xx--yy.''
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{notepageholdertitle} \setcounter{notepageholdertitle}{1}
\newcounter{notepageholdernote}  \setcounter{notepageholdernote}{1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \subsection{~Miscellaneous token lists}
% Since the explanatory notes section and the emendations section should
% only open an entry for poems for which there actually are explanatory notes or
% emendations, the current are held in token lists in case they are needed.|\titlesofar| 
% and |\titleincrement| are used to concatenate multi-line titles.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks{\fulltitleholder}
\newtoks{\titlesofar}
\newtoks{\titleincrement}
%    \end{macrocode}    
%    \subsection{~Miscellaneous booleans}
%    Most of these have self-explanatory names.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifinstanza
\newif\ifinpoem
\newif\ifpoemcontentson
\newif\iftextnoteson
\newif\ifverselinenumbers
\newif\ifexplanon
\newif\ifemendationson
 \global\verselinenumberstrue
\newif\ifindexingon
\global\indexingontrue
\ifindexingon
  \makeindex
\fi
\newif\ifincludeaccidentals
\global\includeaccidentalstrue
\newif\ifincludetypescripts
\global\includetypescriptstrue
\newif\ifredundantemendations
\global\redundantemendationsfalse
\newif\ifnoemendyet
\newif\ifnoexplainyet
\global\noemendyettrue
\global\noexplainyettrue
\newif{\ifmiddlecontentsline}
\middlecontentslinefalse
\newif{\iflastcontentsline}
\lastcontentslinefalse
\newif{\ifputpagenumberincontents}
\putpagenumberincontentstrue
\newif{\ifputpagenumberinnotes}
\putpagenumberinnotestrue
\newif{\ifsinglelinetitle}
\singlelinetitletrue
\newif{\iftitlefirstline}
\titlefirstlinefalse
\newif{\iftitlemiddleline}
\titlemiddlelinefalse
\newif{\iftitlelastline}
\titlelastlinefalse
\newif{\ifverserightflush}
\verserightflushfalse
\newif\ifrangelemma
\rangelemmafalse
\newcommand{\makeverselinenumbers}{\global\verselinenumberstrue}
\let\makelinenumbers=\makeverselinenumbers% for compatibility
\newif\iftextnotesatend
\textnotesatendtrue
\newif\ifemendationsatend
\emendationsatendtrue
\newif\ifexplanatend
\explanatendtrue
\newif\iftextfootnotespara
\textfootnotesparatrue
\newif\ifsourcesfootnotespara
\sourcesfootnotesparafalse
\newif\ifemendationfootnotespara
\emendationfootnotesparatrue
\newif\ifexplanfootnotespara
\explanfootnotesparafalse
%    \end{macrocode}

% \subsection{~Defining page styles} \label{pagestyledefs} These define several special page styles. 
% To use them you must have the \textsf{fancyhdr} package installed. 
% First, the default running headers: the right side (|\volumeheader|)
% is the title of the volume in a multivolume edition, and the left
% (|\leftheader|) is the title of the general collection. 
%    \begin{macro}{\volumeheader} 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\volumeheader}[1]{\global\edef\volumeheadervalue{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\leftheader}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\leftheader}[1]{\global\edef\leftheadervalue{#1}
}
\leftheader{\relax}
\volumeheader{\relax}
\newcommand{\rightheader}[1]{\volumeheader{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% The default page style. Note the use of the mark mechanism to keep 
% track of cases where the stanza breaks and page breaks overlap.
%    \begin{macro}{\pagestyle{fancy}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\headoffsetlength}
\setlength{\headoffsetlength}{-1sp}
%\addtolength{\headoffsetlength}{\parindent}
\raggedbottom
\pagestyle{fancy}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyfoot{}
\fancyhfoffset[RO,LE]{\headoffsetlength}
\fancyhead[RO]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{\hfil{\small{\em \volumeheadervalue}}\hfil}
\fancyhead[CE]{\hfil{\small{\em \leftheadervalue}}\hfil}
\fancyfoot[CE]{{\small \botmark}\hfil}
\fancyfoot[CO]{\hfil{\small \botmark}}
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pagestyle{main}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\fancypagestyle{main}{%
\fancyhead{}
\fancyfoot{}
\fancyhfoffset[RO,LE]{\headoffsetlength}
\fancyhead[RO]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{\hfil{\small{\em \volumeheadervalue}}\hfil}
\fancyhead[CE]{\hfil{\small{\em \leftheadervalue}}\hfil}
\fancyfoot[CE]{{\small \botmark}\hfil}
\fancyfoot[CO]{\hfil{\small \botmark}}
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
}    
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Style for the first page of every volume in a Collected Poems. You 
% don't have to call this style explicitly. It is called by the |\volumetitlepage| 
% environment. But of course if you want to change the style of those 
% pages, you should do it here.
%    \begin{macro}{volumefirststyle}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\fancypagestyle{volumefirststyle}{%
\fancyhf{}
\fancyfoot[C]{\hfil{\small \botmark}\hfil}
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Style for plain pages.
%    \begin{macro}{plain}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\fancypagestyle{plain}{%
\fancyhf{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Style for long poems.
%    \begin{macro}{\myversemarks}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks{\singlelineabbrev}
\singlelineabbrev={l.\ }
\newcommand{\changesinglelineabbrev}[1]{\singlelineabbrev={#1}}
\newtoks{\multiplelineabbrev}
\newcommand{\changemultiplelineabbrev}[1]{\multiplelineabbrev={#1}}
\multiplelineabbrev{ll.\ }
\newcommand{\myversemarks}{%
  \ifthenelse{\equal{\thefirstmarks{verselinemark}}{\thebotmarks{verselinemark}}}%
        {\unskip ~\the\singlelineabbrev~\thefirstmarks{verselinemark}}% if equal
{\unskip ~\the\multiplelineabbrev\thefirstmarks{verselinemark}--\thebotmarks{verselinemark}}} % if not equal
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{longpoem}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\fancypagestyle{longpoem}{%
\fancyhead{}
\fancyfoot{}
\fancyhfoffset[RO,LE]{\headoffsetlength}
\fancyhead[RO]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{\hfil{\small{\em \volumeheadervalue ~\myversemarks}}\hfil}
\fancyhead[CE]{\hfil{\small{\em \leftheadervalue~\myversemarks}}\hfil}
\fancyfoot[CE]{{\small \botmark}\hfil}
\fancyfoot[CO]{\hfil{\small \botmark}}
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
} 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Style for divider pages between volumes
%    \begin{macro}{volumetitlestyle}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\fancypagestyle{volumetitlestyle}{%
\fancyhf{}
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\resetpagestyle}
% |\resetpagestyle| restores the fancy page style of the main sections of the
% book. |\putpoemcontents| changes the fancy page style, and |\resetpagestyle|,
% which is called by |\putpoemcontents| as it finishes, restores the original
% style
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand{\resetpagestyle}{\pagestyle{main}
% \fancyhead{}
% \fancyfoot{}
% \fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
% \fancyhead[CO]{\hfil{\small{\em \volumeheadervalue}}}
% \fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \leftheadervalue}\hfil}}
% \fancyfoot[CE]{{\small \botmark}\hfil}
% \fancyfoot[CO]{\hfil{\small \botmark}}
% \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
% \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\clearemptydoublepage}
%    This macro is useful for making sure that the verso of a title
%    page is blank.
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{\newpage{\pagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage}}
% 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\mymarks}
% Here the marks mechanism keeps track of pages from which notes 
% come. Marks are used different in the notes sections and in the body 
% of the volume. In the body, they are used to keep track of cases 
% where a stanza break falls on a page break. In the notes sections, 
% they set the running headers.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks{\singlepageabbrev}
\singlepageabbrev={p.}
\newcommand{\changesinglepageabbrev}[1]{\singlepageabbrev={#1}}
\newtoks{\multiplepageabbrev}
\newcommand{\changemultiplepageabbrev}[1]{\multiplepageabbrev={#1}}
\multiplepageabbrev{pp.}
\newcommand{\mymarks}{%
   \ifthenelse{\equal{\firstmark}{\botmark}}%
        {\unskip ~\the\singlepageabbrev~\firstmark}% if equal
        {\unskip ~\the\multiplepageabbrev~\firstmark--\botmark}}%if not equal
\newcommand{\poemdotfill}{\dotfill}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \subsection{~Environments: poem, and stanza} Here are definitions 
% of the poem and stanza environments, and of the |\verseline|  and 
% |\stanzalinestraddle| macros.
%    \begin{macro}{stanza} \label{stanzadefine}
% Page breaks are slightly encouraged in stanza breaks.  Notice that
% entering a stanza sets the mark to |\relax| and leaving it sets the
% mark to * (the default value of |\stanzaatbottom|).  If you want to
% use some other symbol for this purpose, use |\stanzaatbottom| or
% |\nostanzaatbottom| (if you also want to mark cases where there
% is \emph{no} stanza break at the bottom of the page) to change it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{stanza}{\penalty-100\instanzatrue\mark{\nostanzaatbottomvalue\ }}
 {\nobreak\mark{\stanzaatbottomvalue\ }\nobreak\ifspeciallinelock%
\relax\else%
\nolinebreak\incrementverselinenumber%
\fi%
\speciallinelockfalse%
\nobreak
  \instanzafalse

  \stanzaskip
}

\newenvironment{marginenvironment}{}{}
\newcommand{\stanzalinestraddle}
    {\begin{stanza}\addtocounter{verselinenumber}{-1}%
    \addtocounter{printlineindex}{-1}%
    }
%    \end{macrocode}
% The next two environments are for contents entries and titles. The 
% idea is to handle overrun titles the way overrun lines are handled 
% in verse. Contents entries indent the overrun slightly. Titles do 
% not indent the overrun relative to the first line, but preserve the 
% indentation of that line. 
%    \begin{macrocode}   
\newlength{\contentsentryoverrun}
\setlength{\contentsentryoverrun}{\contentsindentoneamount}
\newenvironment{contentsentryenvironment}{%
\language=255%no hyphenation in contents
\let\\=\@centercr%  
\list{}{\topsep\z@%
\partopsep\z@%
\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -\contentsentryoverrun\listparindent \itemindent 
          \rightmargin 1sp\leftmargin 1sp\advance\leftmargin 
          \contentsentryoverrun}\item[]}{\endlist}
\newlength{\titleentryoverrun}
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}
\newenvironment{titleentryenvironment}{%
\language=255%no hyphenation in poem titles
\let\\=\@centercr%  
\list{}{\topsep\z@%
\partopsep\z@%
\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -\titleentryoverrun%
\listparindent \itemindent %
\iftitlesatleftmarginofcenteredblock%
\left@ligntitleblock%
\rightmargin \z@\leftmargin \lefttitlemargin%
\else%
\iftitlescenteredonleftverseblock
\l@ftc@ntertitleblock
\rightmargin \z@\leftmargin \lefttitlemargin
\else
\rightmargin \z@\leftmargin \z@%
\fi\fi%
\advance\leftmargin \titleentryoverrun}\item[]}{\endlist}
% older version:
%\newenvironment{titleentryenvironment}{%
%\language=255%no hyphenation in poem titles
%\let\\=\@centercr%  
%\list{}{\topsep\z@%
%\partopsep\z@%
%\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -\titleentryoverrun%
%\listparindent \itemindent %
%\ifleftaligntitles
%\left@ligntitleblock
%\rightmargin 1sp\leftmargin \lefttitlemargin%
%\else
%\rightmargin 1sp\leftmargin 1sp%
%\fi
%\advance\leftmargin \titleentryoverrun}\item[]}{\endlist}		  
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% The poem environment.  The little trick about setting the language
% number is designed to suppress automatic hyphenation in the poem
% environment.  The booleans tell the |\emendation| and
% |\explanatory| macros that there have not yet been emendations or
% explanatory notes for this poem.  The little trick with |\mark| sets
% the value of |\mark| to the current value of |\stanzaatbottom| (by
% default *) if the current location is in a poem but not in a stanza
% (which is to say, in a stanza break).  The |\pagestyle| for poetry
% sets the value of |\mark| in the footer, which is * if the page break
% happens at a stanza break, and |\relax| if the page break happens
% anywhere else. \label{poemdef}
%    \begin{macro}{poem}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\versewidth}
\setlength{\versewidth}{\linewidth}% default length for \versewidth
\newenvironment{poem}[1][\linewidth]
{\raggedright%
     \language=255%no hyphenation in verse
     \noemendyettrue%
     \noexplainyettrue%
     \setcounter{verselinenumber}{0}\setcounter{printlineindex}{0}%
     \nobreak\begin{pmclverse}[#1]%
     \inpoemtrue\nobreak\mark{\relax}%
     }{\end{pmclverse}%
     \inpoemfalse\mark{\relax}%
     \goodbreak\afterpoemskip%\bigskip
     } 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{rightflushverse}
% Sets verse with the runover portions of long lines flushed to the right. Each line
% must begin with |\rightversebegin|.This code was suggested to me by Mark Wooding
% on comp.text.tex, who describes the code as ``very unpleasant.''
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{rightflushverse}{\let\oldleftskip=\leftskip%
\leftskip=1 \leftskip\advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill}%
{\let\leftskip=\oldleftskip}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \subsection{~Environments: main title page, divider pages}
% 	 Environments for the main title page, and for the divider pages for 
% 	 individual volumes in a Collected Poems.
%    \begin{macro}{volumetitlepage}
%    \begin{macro}{maintitlepage}
%    \begin{macro}{booksectionpage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{volumetitlepage}
{\par\clearpage{\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
    {\newpage\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}
	\cleardoublepage\thispagestyle{volumefirststyle}}
\newenvironment{maintitlepage}
{\par\cleardoublepage\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}
}{\newpage\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\newenvironment{booksectionpage}
{\par\newpage\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}{\newpage}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{~Marginal line numbers, verse lines, line cross
% references, etc.}\label{marginalgeometry} The default is that the
% line numbers are on the left side, and that the |\marginparsep| is
% 18pt.  If you use |\pmclleftsidepar| the placement of the number is
% controlled by |\marginparsep| and |\marginparwidth|.  You should
% experiment with different values until you find a set that suits
% you.  A rule of thumb for me is that the |\marginparsep| if the
% numbers is on the right should be the negative of the value if it is
% on the left.  First, some lengths and ifs:
%    \begin{macrocode}
 \setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}
 \setlength{\marginparwidth}{18pt}
\newif\ifnumbersswitch \numbersswitchfalse
\newif\ifnumbersright \numbersrightfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
%   Next, code for |\pmclsidepar|, taken from the memoir class, by 
% Peter Wilson. Modified by Dan Luecking.
%    \begin{macro}{\pmclsidepar}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmclsidepar}{\@dblarg{\@pmclsidepar}}
%\long\def\@pmclsidepar[#1]#2{\@bsphack\leavevmode\vadjust{%
\long\def\@pmclsidepar[#1]#2{\@bsphack\strut\vadjust{% added
\checkoddpage
  \ifpmclsideparswitch
    \ifpmclreversesidepar
      \ifoddpage
        \oddpagefalse
      \else
        \oddpagetrue
      \fi
    \fi
  \else
    \oddpagetrue
    \ifpmclreversesidepar
      \oddpagefalse
    \fi
  \fi
  \rlap{\kern-\parindent
    \if@twocolumn
      \if@firstcolumn     % put at left
        \kern -\marginparsep \kern -\marginparwidth % at left
      \else               % put at right
        \kern \columnwidth \kern \marginparsep % at right
      \fi
    \else
      \ifoddpage            % put at right
        \kern \textwidth \kern \marginparsep        % at right
      \else                 % put at left
        \kern -\marginparsep \kern -\marginparwidth % at left
      \fi
    \fi
%     \vbox to 0pt{%
%      \kern \pmclsideparvshift%           % vertical shift to align top text lines
%      \begin{minipage}{\marginparwidth}%
    \setbox0=\vtop to 0pt{% added
     \begin{minipage}[t]{\marginparwidth}% added
     \ifoddpage #2\else #1\fi%
      \end{minipage}%
%   \vss}}}\@esphack}
\vss}% added
 \vtop to 0pt{\kern\pmclsideparvshift % default should be 0pt 
  \kern-\dp\strutbox \kern-\ht0 \box0 \vss}}}\@esphack}% added 


%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\thepmemc@@page}
% The value of the page counter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\thepmemc@@page{\the\c@page}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmemlabel}
% A version of |\label| that uses |\pmemprotected@write|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand{\pmemlabel}[1]{\@bsphack
  \pmemprotected@write\@auxout{}%
    {\string\newpmemlabel{#1}{\thepmemc@@page}}%
  \@esphack}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmemprotected@write}
% |\pmemprotected@write| is a modified version of the kernel's
% |\protected@write|.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\pmemprotected@write#1#2#3{%
  \begingroup
  \let\thepmemc@@page\relax
  #2%
  \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect
  \edef\reserved@a{\write#1{#3}}%
  \reserved@a
  \endgroup
  \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\newpmemlabel}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmemlabelref}
% We have to be able to cope with a particular label
% not (yet) being in the the aux file when we come to check 
% the page number.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand{\newpmemlabel}[2]{{\global\@namedef{m@#1}{#2}}}
\providecommand{\pmemlabelref}[1]{%
  \expandafter\ifx\csname m@#1\endcsname\relax
    0%
  \else
    \csname m@#1\endcsname
  \fi}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\@memcnta}
% We need a scratch count register.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\@memcnta
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\checkoddpage}
% This is the user level command to check for odd/even page. It does
% a robust check for |\strictpagecheck| otherwise the simple minded
% check. It sets |\ifoddpage| to TRUE if the page is odd, otherwise
% it sets it to FALSE.
%
%    This is now fixed so that it should work for non-arabic page numbering.
% It uses a new label/pageref variant based on the page counter value, not
% its printed representation. This also gets rid of worrying about hyperref!!
% The problem was discovered by Bastiaan Niels Veelo
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand{\checkoddpage}{%
  \oddpagefalse%
  \ifstrictpagecheck%
    \stepcounter{cp@cntr}\pmemlabel{\cplabel\thecp@cntr}%
    \@memcnta=\pmemlabelref{\cplabel\thecp@cntr}\relax
    \ifodd\@memcnta\oddpagetrue\fi
  \else
    \ifodd\c@page\oddpagetrue\fi
  \fi}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro} 
%    \begin{macro}{\ifpmclreversesidepar}
%    \begin{macro}{\ifpmclsideparswitch}
% Analogues of |\marginpar| controls.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifpmclreversesidepar
%  \pmclreversesideparfalse
  \pmclreversesidepartrue
\newif\ifpmclsideparswitch
  \pmclsideparswitchfalse
\if@twoside \pmclsideparswitchtrue \fi

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\ifoddpage}
%    \begin{macro}{\ifstrictpagecheck}
%    \begin{macro}{\c@cp@cntr}
%    \begin{macro}{\cplabel}
% The boolean |\ifoddpage| is TRUE if the checked page is odd. The
% boolean |\ifstrictpagecheck| is for turning on (TRUE) and off (FALSE)
% the strictest method of page checking. The counter |cp@cntr| is used
% to make unique labels, which start with |\cplabel|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifoddpage
\newif\ifstrictpagecheck
  \strictpagecheckfalse
\newcounter{cp@cntr}
\newcommand{\cplabel}{^_}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    Two-column and one-column printing is again realized via a switch
%    which is defined in the kernel. The default is single column printing.
%
%
%    \begin{macro}{\pmclsideparvshift}
% Vertical shift for sidepar to align with text line
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\pmclsideparvshift}
%  \setlength{\pmclsideparvshift}{-2.08ex}% seems to work for all font sizes
%\setlength{\pmclsideparvshift}{-2.58ex}
\setlength{\pmclsideparvshift}{0ex}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%   My code resumes here
%    \begin{macro}{\verselinenumberstoleft}
%    \begin{macro}{\verselinenumberstoright}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\verselinenumberstoleft}{%
%   \setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}%
%   \setlength{\marginparwidth}{10pt}%
   \numbersswitchfalse\numbersrightfalse}
\newcommand{\verselinenumberstoright}{%
%  \setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}%
%   \setlength{\marginparwidth}{10pt}%
   \numbersswitchfalse\numbersrighttrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\verselinenumbersswitch}
%    \begin{macro}{\verselinenumbersgutter}
%    \begin{macro}{\verselinenumbersouter}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\verselinenumbersswitch}{%
   \strictpagechecktrue%
%   \setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}%
%   \setlength{\marginparwidth}{10pt}%
   \numbersswitchtrue\numbersrightfalse\pmclsideparswitchtrue}
\newif\ifnumbersgutter \numbersgutterfalse%
\newcommand{\verselinenumbersgutter}{\verselinenumbersswitch%
\pmclreversesideparfalse%
\numbersguttertrue%
}
\newcommand{\verselinenumbersouter}{\verselinenumbersswitch%
\pmclreversesidepartrue% 
\numbersgutterfalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putverselinenumber}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putverselinenumber}{\nolinebreak\begin{marginenvironment}%
  \nolinebreak%
% \ifnumbersswitch\marginpar{\hfil\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}}%
%     \else% 
%     \ifnumbersright\marginpar{\hfil\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}}%
%       \else%
%       \marginpar{\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}\hfil}%
%       \fi%
%     \fi              
  \ifnumbersswitch\pmclsidepar{\hfil\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}}%
    \else% 
    \ifnumbersright\pmclrightsidepar{\hfil\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}}%
      \else%
      \pmclleftsidepar
{\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}\hfil}%
      \fi%
    \fi%
%  \marn{\hfil\textrm{\theverselinenumber}}
%  \marginpar{\hfil\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}}
%   \linenumberside{\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}\hfil}
% \pmclrightsidepar{\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}}  
  \nolinebreak%
  \end{marginenvironment}%
  \nolinebreak%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\verseline}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifspeciallinelock
\speciallinelockfalse
\newcommand{\verseline}{\ifspeciallinelock%
\relax\else%
\nolinebreak\incrementverselinenumber%
\fi%
\speciallinelockfalse%
\nolinebreak\\
}
% \newif\iflongpoemon
% \longpoemonfalse
\newcommand{\incrementverselinenumber}{%
\nolinebreak\addtocounter{verselinenumber}{1}%
%\iflongpoemon\marksthe{verselinemark}{\theverselinenumber}\fi%
\makeatletter
 \@ifundefined{marksthe}{\relax}{\marksthe{verselinemark}{\theverselinenumber}}
\makeatother
  \addtocounter{printlineindex}{1}%
  \ifnum\theprintlineindex>\thelineindexrepeat%
    \ifverselinenumbers\nobreak%
      \putverselinenumber\nobreak%
    \fi\nobreak%
    \setcounter{printlineindex}{0}%
   \fi%
}
\newcommand{\setverselinemodulo}[1]{%
\setcounter{lineindexrepeat}{#1}%
\addtocounter{lineindexrepeat}{-1}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro} 
%    \begin{macro}{\linebend}
% A linebend is a a normal linebreak from \LaTeX, with no incrementing 
% of the line number counter, but the indentation makes the line look 
% like a run over line. If you change the value of the run over in the 
% definition of the |\verse| environment, be sure to change it here 
% too. |\linebend| should be used for tweaking how \textsf{poemscol} 
% runs over long lines.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\linebend}{\\
\hspace{\runoverindentvalue}%
 }
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%  |\saveverselinenumber| and |\restoreverselinenumber| are useful for setting 
% prose interjections in the midst of poems.
%    \begin{macro}{\saveverselinenumber}
%    \begin{macro}{\restoreverselinenumber}
%    \begin{macrocode} 
\newcommand{\saveverselinenumber}{\setcounter{verselinenumberscratch}%
    {\value{verselinenumber}}%
   \setcounter{printlineindexscratch}{\value{printlineindex}}}
\newcommand{\restoreverselinenumber}{\setcounter{verselinenumber}%
     {\value{verselinenumberscratch}}%
    \setcounter{printlineindex}{\value{printlineindexscratch}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% 	\end{macro}
% 	\end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\rightversebegin}
% By default, \textsf{poemscol} indents the runover portion of long lines by the
% amount |\runoverindent| (by default 6 em).  It is possible to set verse so that
% the runover portion is flushed to the right margin.  To do this, you should
% enclose the |\poem| environment in the |\rightflushverse| environment.  And you
% must mark the beginning of each verse line with |\rightversebegin|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\rightversebegin}
{\leavevmode\nobreak\hskip0pt plus -1fill\ignorespaces}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\hour}
% |\hour| is useful for typesetting the AM and the PM in the time.
%    \begin{macrocode}	
\newcommand{\hour}[1]{{{\textsc{#1}}\ $\!\!\!$}
 }
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%  \begin{macro}{\brokenline}
%  \begin{macro}{\versephantom}
%  |\brokenline| and |\versephantom{}| are a pair, useful for setting 
%  cases where there is a line break in the midst of a single metrical 
%  line. |\tweakbrokenline| ensures that the line number will mark 
%  the first partial line if the line numbers are on the left, the 
%  last partial line if the line numbers are on the right. If you 
%  have issued |\tweakbrokenline| in your preamble, the setting of 
%  runover lines may not be consistent with the setting of broken 
%  lines, because the line number will be set on the level of the end 
%  of the line. This is not a problem if the line numbers are set on 
%  the right, but it may look odd if the numbers are set on the left.
%  |\startverseline| will ensure that the line number marks the 
%  beginning of any line it begins. If you put |\startverseline| at 
%  the beginning of the runover lines, it will ensure that the line 
%  number marks the beginning, not the end, of the line. If you wish 
%  |\startverseline| to align the number with the beginning of 
%  runover lines when the line number is on the left, and with the 
%  end of runover lines when the line number is on the right, issue 
%  |\tweakstartverseline| in your preamble.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\brokenline}{\\}
\newcommand{\versephantom}[1]{\leavevmode\phantom{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\tweakbrokenline}
% Causes |\brokenline| to set the line number level with the 
% beginning of the line if the number is on the left, level with the 
% end of the line if the number is on the right. Issue it in the 
% preamble.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\tweakbrokenline}{%
  \renewcommand{\brokenline}{\ifnumbersswitch\relax%
  \ifnumbersgutter% shift on odd pages for gutter numbers
  \ifodd\c@page \relax \else \speciallinelocktrue\incrementverselinenumber\fi
  \else % shift on even pages for outer numbers
  \ifodd\c@page \speciallinelocktrue\incrementverselinenumber \fi
  \fi
     \else \ifnumbersright \relax%
       \else \speciallinelocktrue\incrementverselinenumber%
       \fi%
     \fi%
\\}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\brokenlineatbeginning}
% Issue |\brokenlineatbeginning| if you want broken line to set the 
% line number level with the beginning of the line, regardless of 
% whether the line number is at the right or at the left
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\brokenlineatbeginning}{%
  \renewcommand{\brokenline}{%
  \speciallinelocktrue\incrementverselinenumber%
  \\ 
  }
}  
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\startverseline}
% Put |\startverseline| at the beginning of every line where you wish 
% to ensure that the line number is level with the beginning of the 
% line. This is particularly useful for overrun lines when 
% |\tweakbrokenline| or |\brokenlineatbeginning| is in effect.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\startverseline}{%
\speciallinelocktrue%
\leavevmode%
%\kern-3pt
\incrementverselinenumber%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\tweakstartverseline}
% You may want |\startverseline| to align the line number with the 
% beginning of the line if the line number is on the left, and with 
% the end of the line if the line number is on the right. To do this, 
% issue |\tweakstartline| in your preamble.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\tweakstartverseline}{%
\renewcommand{\startverseline}{%
\leavevmode%
\ifnumbersswitch%
% gutter case: shift on odd pages to top of runover line
  \ifnumbersgutter%
      \ifodd\c@page \relax \else \speciallinelocktrue\incrementverselinenumber\fi
% outer case: shift on even pages to top of runover line
  \else
      \ifodd\c@page \speciallinelocktrue\incrementverselinenumber \fi
  \fi% end of ifnumbersgutter
\else \ifnumbersright \relax% numbers don't switch. Are they to the right?
       \else \speciallinelocktrue\incrementverselinenumber% or to the left?
       \fi% end of ifnumbersright
\fi% end of ifnumbersswitch
}% end of renewcommand
}% end of tweakverseline
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%  \begin{macro}{\poemlinelabel}
%  |\poemlinelabel| is a hacked version of |\label| for crossreferences by 
%  line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\poemlinelabel#1{\@bsphack
 \protected@write\@auxout{}%
	 {\string\newlabel{#1}{{\theverselinenumber}{\thepage}}}%
\@esphack
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{~Setup for contents, textual notes, emendations, and explanatory notes}
%  First, the table of contents:
%  \begin{macro}{\makepoemcontents}
%  An external file is created with the extension .ctn, and the 
% filename of your driver file. The 
% channel to that file is called |\poemcontents|. The rest of the 
% command is the page style for the contents section. You will notice 
% the running head Contents, and the title of the Contents section. I am 
% assuming that the table of contents starts on page 5, but it may be 
% different in different books. 
% If you want to change that page 
% number (say, to page 3) without messing with this file, issue 
% |\literalcontents{\setcounter{page}{3}}| just after you issue 
% |\makepoemcontents| Alternatively, you can issue |\makepoemcontents{}| with its
% optional argument, putting the page number in the argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks{\pmclcontentsname}
\pmclcontentsname={CONTENTS}
\newtoks{\pmclcontentsheader}
\pmclcontentsheader={Contents}
\newcommand{\changecontentsname}[1]{%
\pmclcontentsname={#1}}
\newcommand{\changecontentsheader}[1]{%
\pmclcontentsheader={#1}}  
\newcommand{\makepoemcontents}[1][5]{\global\poemcontentsontrue
  \newwrite\poemcontents
  \immediate\openout\poemcontents=\jobname.ctn
  \literalcontents{\flushbottom\normalfont
{\par\clearpage{\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\pagestyle{fancy}\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\pagenumbering{roman}
\setcounter{page}{#1}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\pmclcontentsheader}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\pmclcontentsheader}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\backmattersink
\begin{center}{\normalfont \backmatterheaderfont
\the\pmclcontentsname}\end{center}
\lefthyphenmin=2\backmatterafterheadersink\tolerance=500\language=0}
\literalcontents{  \relax}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}

% Next, the textual collations:
%    \begin{macro}{\maketextnotes} Like the |\makecontents| macro, 
% |\maketextnotes| opens an external file using |\jobname|, this time with the extension .ent. It 
% makes sure that line numbering is on (since it makes no sense to make 
% notes without numbering the lines, particularly since the 
% |\textnote{}| macro uses the line number). And it makes sure that the 
% notes section is set with a flush bottom line, rather than with the 
% ragged bottom line used for the verse sections. Also, it sets a 
% label for sending the page number of the textual notes to the table of 
% contents. 
%
% First, a few commands for use by all of the endnotes 
% sections. |\setendnotessectiontitledefaults| sets the title of the endnotes section
% at the top of the first page of that species of note, and takes six arguments,
% which are, in order, (1) the title  of the endnote section, (2) 
% commands to be issued before setting the
% title (minimally, a penalty, such as |\poemtitlepenalty|), (3) the
% font size in which the title is to be set in the text (such as
% |\poemtitlefont| or |\large|), (4) any indentation of the title
% (|\relax| to put the title where |\poemtitle| puts it, or |\titleindent| to put it where
% |\sequencesectiontitle| puts it), (5) commands to be issued after the
% title is set (such as |\afterpoemtitleskip|) and (6) the label to 
% be used for this section, to be used to set the page number in the 
% table of contents.
%
% |\setendnotessectiontitle| is a simpler version of |\setendnotessectiontitledefaults|
% with all the defaults filled in, leaving only two arguments, the 
% title of the section, and the label for use by the table of 
% contents.
%
% |\contentsendnotesdefaults| sets the defaults for the table of 
% contents entries for endnotes sections. It takes four arguments
% which are, in order, (1) the title of the endnote section, (2) the
% indentation of the title in the table of contents (such as
% |\contentsindentone|), (3), the font size in which the title
% should be set (such as |\contentspoemtitlefont|) and (4) the amount 
% overrun lines in the table of contents should be indented (such as 
% |\contentsindenttwoamount|).
%
% |\contentsendnotesindent| sets the default indent for table of 
% contents entries for endnotes sections, and |\contentsendnotesfont| 
% sets the default font for the.
%
% |\contentsendnotestitle| is a simpler command for sending 
% information about endnote sections to the table of contents, taking 
% only two arguments, the title and the label used for page reference 
% purposes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% Generic command for titles of endnote sections
\newcommand{\setendnotessectiontitledefaults}[6]{%
#2%
#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
{\ifcentertitleson\begin{center}#1\end{center}\else #4 #1\fi}%
\end{titleentryenvironment}%
#5%
\label{#6}
}
% Simpler version with only two parameters, the title and the label 
% for page references
\newcommand{\setendnotessectiontitle}[2]{%
\setendnotessectiontitledefaults{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty\backmattersink}{\backmatterheaderfont}
{\notestitleindent}{\lefthyphenmin=2\backmatterafterheadersink}{#2}}
% Generic command for sending info about endnotes sections to table 
% of contents
\newcommand{\contentsendnotesdefaults}[4]{\ifpoemcontentson
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\begin\string{contentsentryenvironment\string}}%
\literalcontents{#2{#3#1}}%
  \ifputpagenumberincontents
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\contentsleaders}%
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\pageref
\string{#4\string}}%
  \else
  \literalcontents{\relax}%
  \fi
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\end\string{contentsentryenvironment\string}}%
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par}%
\fi
}
% default styles for contents entries for endnotes sections
\newcommand{\contentsendnotesindent}{\contentsindentone}
\newcommand{\contentsendnotesfont}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
% simpler command to set up contents entry with only two parameters, 
% the title and the label for page references
\newcommand{\contentsendnotestitle}[2]{%
\contentsendnotesdefaults{#1}{\contentsendnotesindent}{\contentsendnotesfont}{#2}%
}
% command for paragraph breaks within notes
\newlength{\noteindentation}
\setlength{\noteindentation}{1em}
\newcommand{\noteparbreak}{\\ 
\hspace*{\noteindentation}}
% tokens to use to change the names of the sections
\newtoks{\pmclnotesname}
\pmclnotesname={TEXTUAL NOTES}
\newcommand{\changenotesname}[1]{\pmclnotesname={#1}}
\newtoks{\notesheadername}
\notesheadername={Textual Notes to}
\newcommand{\changenotesheader}[1]{\notesheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\textnotescontentsname}
\textnotescontentsname={Textual Notes}
\newcommand{\changetextnotescontentsname}[1]{\textnotescontentsname={#1}}
% A boolean to change to two column notes.
\newif\iftextnotestwocol
\textnotestwocolfalse
% Setup for textual notes
\newcommand{\maketextnotes}{\global\textnotesontrue
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
  \newwrite\textnotes
  \immediate\openout\textnotes=\jobname.ent
  \literaltextnote{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
  {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyfoot{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\notesheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\notesheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot[C]{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\pmclnotesname}{textualnotes}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\iftextnotestwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}

%    \begin{macro}{\makeemendations}
% Next, the emendations section:
%    \begin{macrocode}
% tokens for changing the names of these notes
\newtoks{\emendationsname}
\emendationsname={EMENDATIONS}
\newcommand{\changeemendationsname}[1]{\emendationsname={#1}}
\newtoks{\emendationsheadername}
\emendationsheadername={Emendations to}
\newcommand{\changeemendationsheader}[1]{\emendationsheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\emendationscontentsname}
\emendationscontentsname={Emendations}
\newcommand{\changeemendationscontentsname}[1]{%
\emendationscontentsname={#1}}
% two column notes
\newif\ifemendationstwocol
\emendationstwocolfalse
% Emendations section setup
\newcommand{\makeemendations}{\global\emendationsontrue 
  \newwrite\emendations
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
   \immediate\openout\emendations=\jobname.emd
   \literalemend{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
   {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\emendationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\emendationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\emendationsname}{emendationnotes}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\ifemendationstwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}

%    \begin{macro}{\makeexplanatorynotes}
% And the explanatory notes:
%    \begin{macrocode}
% Tokens to change names of these notes
\newtoks{\explanationsname}
\explanationsname={EXPLANATORY NOTES}
\newcommand{\changeexplanationsname}[1]{\explanationsname={#1}}
\newtoks{\explanationsheadername}
\explanationsheadername={Explanatory Notes to}
\newcommand{\changeexplanationsheader}[1]{\explanationsheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\explanationscontentsname}
\explanationscontentsname={Explanatory Notes}
\newcommand{\changeexplanationscontentsname}[1]{%
\explanationscontentsname={#1}}
% Two column notes
\newif\ifexplanationstwocol
\explanationstwocolfalse
% Explanatory notes setup
\newcommand{\makeexplanatorynotes}{\global\explanontrue
     \global\verselinenumberstrue
     \newwrite\explanations
     \immediate\openout\explanations=\jobname.enx
     \literalexplain{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
	 {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\explanationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\explanationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\explanationsname}{explanatorynotes}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont 
\ifexplanationstwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% Auxiliary commands for note and title sections
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    
\newcommand{\@pagemarktotextnotes}[1]{%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\setcounterfrompageref\string{notepageholdertitle\string}%
\string{#1\string}\string\unskip}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\mark%
\string{\string\thenotepageholdertitle\string}}%
}
\newcommand{\@poempagetotextnotes}[1]{%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par\string\argpageref\string{#1\string}\string\unskip}%
\@pagemarktotextnotes{#1}}     
\newcommand{\@poemtitletotextnotes}[1]{%
\ifputpagenumberinnotes%
\literaltextnote{\textbf{#1}}%
\else%
\literaltextnote{\par}\literaltextnote{\textbf{#1}}%
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
% \subsection{~Appendices, Forewords, Contents Entries}
%    \begin{macro}{\makeappendix}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifappendixincontents
\appendixincontentstrue
\newif\ifforewordincontents
\forewordincontentstrue
%
\newcommand{\appendixdividerpage}[1]{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
  {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyfoot{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\small\textrm{\thepage}}
\fancyhead[CO]{\small{\em #1}}
\fancyhead[CE]{#1}
\fancyfoot[C]{}}
%
\newcommand{\appendixtitle}[1]{
\setendnotessectiontitledefaults{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty\backmattersink}{\backmatterheaderfont}
{\appendixtitleindent}{\lefthyphenmin=2\backmatterafterheadersink}{appdx#1}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\setlength{\parindent}{\noteindentation}
\ifappendixincontents\contentsendnotestitle{#1}{appdx#1}\fi
}
%
\newcommand{\makeappendix}[1]{%
\appendixdividerpage{#1}
\appendixtitle{#1}
}
%
\newcommand{\contentsendnotessubtitle}[2]{
\contentsendnotesdefaults{#1}{\contentsindenttwo}{\contentsendnotesfont}{#2}
}
%
\newcommand{\subappendixtitle}[1]{%
\setendnotessectiontitledefaults{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty\backmattersink}{\backmatterheaderfont}
{\subappendixtitleindent}{\lefthyphenmin=2\backmatterafterheadersink}{appdx#1}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\setlength{\parindent}{\noteindentation}
\ifappendixincontents\contentsendnotessubtitle{#1}{appdx#1}\fi
}
%
\newcommand{\makesubappendix}[1]{%
\appendixdividerpage{#1}
\subappendixtitle{#1}
}
\newcommand{\foreworddividerpage}[1]{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
  {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyfoot{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\small\textrm{\thepage}}
\fancyhead[CO]{\small{\em #1}}
\fancyhead[CE]{#1}
\fancyfoot[C]{}}
%
\newcommand{\forewordtitle}[1]{
\setendnotessectiontitledefaults{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty\backmattersink}{\backmatterheaderfont}
{\forewordtitleindent}{\lefthyphenmin=2\backmatterafterheadersink}{foreword#1}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\setlength{\parindent}{\noteindentation}
\ifforewordincontents\contentsendnotestitle{#1}{foreword#1}\fi
}
%
\newcommand{\makeforeword}[1]{%
\foreworddividerpage{#1}
\forewordtitle{#1}
}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmclcontentsentry}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmclcontentsentrydefaults}[4]{
\ifpoemcontentson
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\begin\string{contentsentryenvironment\string}}%
\literalcontents{#2{#3#1}}%
  \ifputpagenumberincontents
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\contentsleaders}%
\literalcontents{#4}
  \else
  \literalcontents{\relax}%
  \fi
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\end\string{contentsentryenvironment\string}}%
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par}%
\fi
}
%
\newcommand{\pmclcontentsentry}[3]{%
\pmclcontentsentrydefaults{#1}{#2}{\contentsendnotesfont}{#3}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{~Book, volume, and volume section titles}
%    \begin{macro}{\wholebooktitle}
%    \begin{macro}{\booksection}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\wholebooktitle}[1]{{\Huge\begin{center} 
\hbox{#1}\end{center}}
}
\newcommand{\booksection}[1]{\volumesection{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\volumetitle{}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\volumetitle}[1]{%
  \set@p@emtitle{#1}{\volumetitlesink\par}{\volumetitlefont}
  {\volumetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\z@}
  \putpagenumberincontentsfalse
  \putpagenumberinnotesfalse
  \literalcontents{\par\goodbreak\bigskip}
  \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsvolumetitleindent}{\contentsvolumefont}
  {\contentsvolumetitleindentamount}
 \literalcontents{\par\goodbreak\medskip}
  \literaltextnote{\notesvolumetitlepenalty\bigskip\goodbreak\par}
  \t@xtnotesinfo{\backmattervolumefont #1 \backmattertextfont\nobreak}
  \putpagenumberincontentstrue
  \putpagenumberinnotestrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro} 
%    \begin{macro}{\volumetitlefirstline}
%    \begin{macro}{\volumetitlelastline}
%    \begin{macro}{\volumesubtitle} 
%    \begin{macro}{\volumesectiontitle}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\volumetitlefirstline}[1]{\firstlinesettings%
  \set@p@emtitle{#1}{\volumetitlesink\par}
  {\volumetitlefont}
  {\volumetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\z@}
  \putpagenumberincontentsfalse
  \putpagenumberinnotesfalse
\literalcontents{\par\goodbreak\bigskip}
  \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsvolumetitleindent}{\contentsvolumefont}
  {\contentsvolumetitleindentamount}
  \literalcontents{\medskip\par\nobreak}
%  \literaltextnote{\notesvolumetitlepenalty\bigskip\par}
  \t@xtnotesinfo{\backmattervolumefont #1 \backmattertextfont\nobreak}
  \putpagenumberincontentstrue
  \putpagenumberinnotestrue}
\newcommand{\volumetitlemiddleline}[1]{\middlelinesettings%
  \set@p@emtitle{#1}{\relax}
  {\volumetitlefont}
  {\volumetitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\z@}
  \putpagenumberincontentsfalse
  \putpagenumberinnotesfalse
  \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsvolumetitleindent}{\contentsvolumefont}
  {\contentsvolumetitleindentamount}
    \literalcontents{\medskip\par\nobreak}
  \t@xtnotesinfo{\backmattervolumefont #1 \backmattertextfont\nobreak}
  \putpagenumberincontentstrue
  \putpagenumberinnotestrue}
\newcommand{\volumetitlelastline}[1]{\lastlinesettings%
  \set@p@emtitle{#1}{\relax}
  {\volumetitlefont}
  {\volumetitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\z@}
  \putpagenumberincontentsfalse
  \putpagenumberinnotesfalse
  \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsvolumetitleindent}{\contentsvolumefont}
  {\contentsvolumetitleindentamount}
   \literalcontents{\medskip\par\nobreak}
  \t@xtnotesinfo{\backmattervolumefont #1 \backmattertextfont\nobreak}
  \putpagenumberincontentstrue
  \putpagenumberinnotestrue}
\newcommand{\volumesubtitle}[1]{{\volumesubtitlefont 
\volumetitleshift \volumesubtitleindent #1 \par}
  \ifpoemcontentson
    \literalcontents{{\contentsvolumesubtitlefont\contentsvolumesubtitleindent
#1\par\medskip\nobreak}}
  \fi
  \iftextnoteson\iftextnotesatend
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\backmattervolumesubtitlefont\ #1}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par \string\backmattertextfont} 
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}
  \fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\volumesubtitlefirstline}[1]{{\firstlinesettings\volumesubtitlefont 
\volumetitleshift \volumesubtitlesecondlineindent #1 \par}
  \ifpoemcontentson
    \literalcontents{{\contentsvolumesubtitlefont\contentsvolumesubtitleindent
#1\par\nobreak}}
  \fi
  \iftextnoteson\iftextnotesatend
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\backmattervolumesubtitlefont\ #1}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par \string\backmattertextfont} 
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}
  \fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\volumesubtitlemiddleline}[1]{{\middlelinesettings\volumesubtitlefont 
%\volumetitleshift 
\volumesubtitlesecondlineindent #1 \par}
  \ifpoemcontentson
    \literalcontents{{\contentsvolumesubtitlefont\contentsvolumesubtitleindent 
#1\par\nobreak}}
  \fi
  \iftextnoteson\iftextnotesatend
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\backmattervolumesubtitlefont\ #1}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par \string\backmattertextfont} 
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}
  \fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\volumesubtitlelastline}[1]{{\lastlinesettings\volumesubtitlefont 
%\volumetitleshift 
\volumesubtitlesecondlineindent #1 \par}
  \ifpoemcontentson
    \literalcontents{{\contentsvolumesubtitlefont\contentsvolumesubtitleindent
#1\par\medskip\nobreak}}
  \fi
  \iftextnoteson\iftextnotesatend
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\backmattervolumesubtitlefont\ #1}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par \string\backmattertextfont} 
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}
  \fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\volumesectiontitle}[1]{\clearpage\thispagestyle{volumefirststyle}
\ifcentertitleson\begin{center} {\volumesubtitlefont\textbf{#1}}
\end{center} 
\else \volumesectiontitleindent {\volumesubtitlefont\textbf{#1}} 
\fi\bigskip\bigskip
  \ifpoemcontentson
  \literalcontents{\goodbreak{\ifcentertitleson\contentsvolumesubtitlefont #1\par\nobreak\else
  \contentsvolumesectiontitleindent #1 \par\nobreak\fi}}
  \fi
  \iftextnoteson\iftextnotesatend
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\notesvolumetitlepenalty}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par \string\begin{bf}}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{#1 \string\end{bf}}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}
  \fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\volumesectiontitlefirstline}[1]{\firstlinesettings\clearpage\thispagestyle{volumefirststyle}
\ifcentertitleson\begin{center} {\volumesubtitlefont\textbf{#1}}
\end{center} 
\else \volumesectiontitleindent {\volumesubtitlefont\textbf{#1}\par} 
\fi% \bigskip\bigskip
  \ifpoemcontentson
  \literalcontents{\goodbreak{\ifcentertitleson\contentsvolumesubtitlefont #1\par\nobreak\else
  \contentsvolumesectiontitleindent #1 \par\nobreak\fi}}
  \fi
  \iftextnoteson\iftextnotesatend
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\notesvolumetitlepenalty}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par \string\begin{bf}}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{#1 \string\end{bf}}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}
  \fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\volumesectiontitlemiddleline}[1]{\middlelinesettings
%\clearpage\thispagestyle{volumefirststyle}
\ifcentertitleson\begin{center} {\volumesubtitlefont\textbf{#1}}
\end{center} 
\else \volumesectiontitleindent {\volumesubtitlefont\textbf{#1}\par} 
\fi% \bigskip\bigskip
  \ifpoemcontentson
  \literalcontents{\goodbreak{\ifcentertitleson\contentsvolumesubtitlefont #1\par\nobreak\else
  \contentsvolumesectiontitleindent #1 \par\nobreak\fi}}
  \fi
  \iftextnoteson\iftextnotesatend
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\notesvolumetitlepenalty}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par \string\begin{bf}}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{#1 \string\end{bf}}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}
  \fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\volumesectiontitlelastline}[1]{\lastlinesettings
%\clearpage\thispagestyle{volumefirststyle}
\ifcentertitleson\begin{center} {\volumesubtitlefont\textbf{#1}}
\end{center} 
\else \volumesectiontitleindent {\volumesubtitlefont\textbf{#1}} 
\fi\bigskip\bigskip
  \ifpoemcontentson
  \literalcontents{\goodbreak{\ifcentertitleson\contentsvolumesubtitlefont #1\par\nobreak\else
  \contentsvolumesectiontitleindent #1 \par\nobreak\fi}}
  \fi
  \iftextnoteson\iftextnotesatend
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\notesvolumetitlepenalty}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par \string\begin{bf}}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{#1 \string\end{bf}}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\par}
     \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}
  \fi\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}

% \subsection{~Commands for setting titles of poems and sequences}
% First, commands for sending labels to the table of contents and to 
% the notes sections. Since these are internal commands, not intended 
% to be issued in the body of the text, they might have been marked out 
% with ``at'' signs to prevent accidental redefinition. But since they 
% are repeatedly written out to the external files, it seemed more 
% economical to run the risk of redefinition than to write out 
% |\makeatletter| and |\makeatother| with every note.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\makepoemlabel}[1]{\label{#1}}
\newcommand{\argpageref}[1]{\pageref{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \subsubsection{Poem Titles} 
%  \begin{macro}{\poemtitle}\label{poemtitlecode}
% All of the other commands in this section are variations on this
% one, changing the penalties, the skips, the indentations, and the
% fonts.  The command breaks into three sections.  First, the title
% is set in the text.  |\poemtitlepenalty| tests whether there is
% room for the title and the first couple of lines.  |\poemtitlefont|
% globally sets the fonts for all poem titles.  You can put the
% argument in an |\hbox{}| to make sure that the poem title is not
% broken across two lines, and the |\label| records the page for the
% contents and notes sections.  |\afterpoemtitleskip| is the amount
% of white space after a poem title.  |\fulltitleholder| and
% |\@compoundlabelscratch| record the title for concatenation later.
% All of these commands can manage titles with control sequences in
% them, such as for italics or international characters.  In an
% earlier version there were special commands for such titles, using
% two arguments (one with the control sequence, one without it).
% Those commands are no longer necessary, but have been retained for
% backward compatibility with earlier versions.
% 
% Second, the poem is entered in the external file for the table of 
% contents. |\contentsindentone| sets it in one level in the hierarchy 
% of indentations, and |\contentspoemtitlefont| is the type size used 
% for poems in the table of contents. The |\pageref{}| holds the page 
% number of the poem. 
% 
% Third, a new paragraph is opened in the textual notes for textual 
% collations. |\@poempagetotextnotes{}| sends the page number to the 
% textual notes. |\@poemtitletotextnotes{}| sends the title.
%    \begin{macrocode}

\newcommand{\m@kep@emlabel}{\ifsinglelinetitle%
  \addtocounter{poemnumber}{1}%
  \makepoemlabel{poem\thepoemnumber}%
 \else\iftitlefirstline%
     \addtocounter{poemnumber}{1}%
     \makepoemlabel{poem\thepoemnumber}%
     \else \relax
\fi
\fi
}

\newcommand{\m@ken@teholder}[1]{%
\ifsinglelinetitle
\fulltitleholder={#1}%
\global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
\else\iftitlefirstline
       \fulltitleholder={#1}%
       \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
     \else\iftitlemiddleline
	     \titlesofar=\fulltitleholder
	     \titleincrement={~#1}%
	     \global\edef\titleconcat{\the\titlesofar \the\titleincrement}%
	     \fulltitleholder=\expandafter{\titleconcat}%
	     \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
	  \else
	      \titlesofar=\fulltitleholder
	      \titleincrement={~#1}%
	      \global\edef\titleconcat{\the\titlesofar \the\titleincrement}%
	      \fulltitleholder=\expandafter{\titleconcat}%
	      \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
	   \fi
       \fi
  \fi
}
\newif\ifcentertitleson
\newcommand{\centertitles}{\centertitlesontrue\centerepigraphsontrue}
\makeatletter
\newcommand{\set@p@emtitle}[6]{\iftitlesatleftversemargin% 
{\begin{pmclverse}\addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\leftmargini}{#2 #3 #4 #1 #5} \end{pmclverse}}%
\else%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{#6}%
{#2}%
{#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
{{\ifnormaltitleindentation #4 #1%
\else \ifcentertitleson \begin{center} #1 \end{center} \else #1\fi\fi}}%
\end{titleentryenvironment}}%
{#5}%
\m@kep@emlabel
\m@ken@teholder{#1}%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}\fi}
%\newcommand{\set@p@emtitle}[6]{\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{#6}%
%{#2}%
%{#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
%{\ifcentertitleson\begin{center}#1\end{center}\else #4 #1\fi}%
%\end{titleentryenvironment}}%
%{#5}%
%\m@kep@emlabel
%\m@ken@teholder{#1}%
%\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}}
%
%%% special version for subtitles
\newcommand{\set@p@emsubtitle}[6]{\iftitlesatleftversemargin% 
{\begin{pmclverse}\addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\leftmargini}{#2 #3 #4 #1 #5} \end{pmclverse}}%
\else%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{#6}%
{#2}%
{#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
{{\ifnormaltitleindentation #4 #1%
\else \ifcentertitleson \begin{center} #1 \end{center} \else #1\fi\fi}}%
\end{titleentryenvironment}}%
{#5}%
%\m@kep@emlabel
%\m@ken@teholder{#1}%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}\fi}
\newcommand{\setcontentsleaders}[1]{%
   \def\contentsleaders{#1\nobreak%
}}
\setcontentsleaders{~/~}
\newcommand{\c@ntentsinfo}[4]{\ifpoemcontentson
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\setlength\string\contentsentryoverrun\string{#4\string}}%
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\begin\string{contentsentryenvironment\string}}%
\literalcontents{#2{#3#1}}%
  \ifputpagenumberincontents
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\contentsleaders}%
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\pageref
\string{poem\thepoemnumber\string}}%
  \else
  \literalcontents{\relax}%
  \fi
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\end\string{contentsentryenvironment\string}}%
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par}%
\immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\setlength\string\contentsentryoverrun
\string{\string\contentsindentoneamount\string}}%
\fi
}
\newif\ifputtitleinnotes
\puttitleinnotestrue
\newcommand{\t@xtnotesinfo}[1]{\iftextnoteson
\iftextnotesatend
 \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\notespoemclubpenalty}%
  \ifputpagenumberinnotes 
   \@poempagetotextnotes{poem\thepoemnumber}%
  \fi 
\ifputtitleinnotes
   \@poemtitletotextnotes{#1}%
\fi
%    \else
%   \relax
   \fi\fi
}
\newlength{\lefttitlemargin}
\newcommand{\leftaligntitlespace}{\hspace{\lefttitlemargin}}
\newif\ifleftaligntitles % title flush with left margin of centered poem
\leftaligntitlesfalse  % default value
\newcommand{\left@ligntitleblock}{\rightmargin        \z@%%
        \setlength{\lefttitlemargin}{\linewidth}%
           \addtolength{\lefttitlemargin}{-\versewidth}%
            \addtolength{\lefttitlemargin}{-0.5\lefttitlemargin}
}
%
\newcommand{\poemtitle}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemtitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\poemtitlenocontents}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\poemtitlebaretitle}[1]{%
\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
}
\newcommand{\poemtitleonlycontents}[1]{%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemtitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}%
}
\newcommand{\poemtitleonlynotes}[1]{%
\m@kep@emlabel
\m@ken@teholder{#1}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\poemtitlenonotes}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemtitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemtitleitalic} Poems with italic titles or other 
% formatting (such as |\hour{}|) take two arguments. The second 
% argument is discarded. This command is to maintain backward compatibility
% with earlier versions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\poemtitleitalic}[2]{%
\poemtitle{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    For poem subtitles, see the entry on |\sequencesectionsubtitle{}|.
%    
%    \begin{macro}{\poemtitlefirstline}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemtitlemiddleline}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemtitlelastline}
% Next, macros for setting multiline poem titles. Notice the special larger 
% penalty for page breaks in the middle of  multiple line title. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\firstlinesettings}{\singlelinetitlefalse
\titlefirstlinetrue
\putpagenumberincontentsfalse
\putpagenumberinnotestrue}

\newcommand{\middlelinesettings}{\singlelinetitlefalse
\titlemiddlelinetrue
\putpagenumberincontentsfalse
\putpagenumberinnotesfalse}

\newcommand{\lastlinesettings}{\singlelinetitlefalse
\titlelastlinetrue
\putpagenumberincontentstrue
\putpagenumberinnotesfalse}

\newcommand{\restoresinglelinesettings}{\putpagenumberinnotestrue
\putpagenumberincontentstrue
\titlefirstlinefalse
\titlemiddlelinefalse
\titlelastlinefalse
\singlelinetitletrue}


\newcommand{\poemtitlefirstline}[1]{
\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\multilinetitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\z@}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemtitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemtitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
%    \end{macrocode}

% Notice the use of token registers and |\edef| here to concatenate the first and second 
% lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\poemtitlemiddleline}[1]{%
\middlelinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\z@}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\poemtitlelastline}[1]{%
\lastlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemtitlesecondlineindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
% Titles for sections of poems, and multi-line titles of sections 
% of poems
%    \begin{macro}{\poemsectiontitle}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemsectiontitlefirstline}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemsectiontitlemiddleline}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemsectiontitlelastline}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\poemsectiontitle}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\titleindentamount}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\poemsectiontitlefirstline}[1]{%
\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\multilinetitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\poemsectiontitleindentamount}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\poemsectiontitlemiddleline}[1]{%
\middlelinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\relax}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\poemsectiontitlelastline}[1]{%
\lastlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\poemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemsectiontitlenocontents}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemsectionbaretitle}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemsubsectiontitle}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemtitlenotitle}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemtitlenotitleitalic}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\poemsectiontitlenocontents}[1]{%
  \sequencesubsectiontitlenocontents{#1}}%
\newcommand{\poemfirstsectiontitle}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\poemsectiontitleindentamount}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%                                                        
}
\newcommand{\poemfirstsectiontitlebaretitle}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\poemsectiontitleindentamount}}
\newcommand{\poemsectiontitlebaretitle}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\titleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\titleindentamount}%
}
\newcommand{\poemsubsectiontitle}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\poemsubsectiontitleindentamount}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemsubsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemsubsectiontitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\poemtitlenotitle}[1]{%
\m@kep@emlabel
\m@ken@teholder{#1}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemtitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentsindenttwoamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\poemtitlenotitleitalic}[2]{%
\poemtitlenotitle{1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}  
%    
%    \subsubsection{Poetic Sequences: Setting the Main Title}
%    \begin{macro}{\sequencetitle}
%    Variants here for multiple line titles and titles with font 
% commands. Also some all-purpose kludges to work around other problems.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencetitle}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\sequencetitlepenalty}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}
\putpagenumberincontentsfalse
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencetitleindent}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentssequencetitleindentamount}
\putpagenumberincontentstrue
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}

%    \begin{macro}{\sequencetitlefirstline}
%    \begin{macro}{\sequencetitlemiddleline}
%    \begin{macro}{\sequencetitlelastline}
%  To set the title of a poetic sequence if it requires several lines 
% to do so.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencetitlefirstline}[1]{
\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\multilinesequencepenalty}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\z@}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencetitleindent}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentssequencetitleindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencetitlemiddleline}[1]{
\middlelinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\z@}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindent}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencetitlelastline}[1]{
\lastlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindent}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentssequencetitlesecondlineindent}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubtitle}[1]{
\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencesubtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubtitleindent}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubtitleindentamount}
%\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubtitlefirstline}[1]{\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencesubtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindenttwo}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentsindentthreeamount}
%\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubtitlemiddleline}[1]{\middlelinesettings
\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencesubtitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubtitlesecondlineindent}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}
%\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubtitlelastline}[1]{\lastlinesettings
\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencesubtitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubtitlesecondlineindent}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubtitlesecondlineindentamount}
%\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \subsubsection{Sections of poetic sequences}
%    \begin{macro}{\sequencesectiontitle}
% First, the easy case: a simple section of a poetic sequence.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitle}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}

%    \begin{macro}{\sequencefirstsectiontitle}
% The first poem in a sequence is a special case. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsectiontitle}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\sequencesectiontitlenonotes}
% If you don't have any notes on a sequence section, it seems a shame 
% to open an entry in the textual notes for that section:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencetitlenonotes}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\sequencetitlefont}
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\sequencetitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencetitleindent}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
{\contentssequencetitleindentamount}
%\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitlenonotes}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}
%\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% For multiple line titles of sequence sections
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitlefirstline}[1]{
\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\multilinetitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitlemiddleline}[1]{
\middlelinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitlelastline}[1]{
\lastlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following macros are
% to kludge around situations where the section title is just a number.  This
% macro has two arguments.  Originally, the first was the title of the section.
% The second is the title of the sequence as a whole. I've retained
% the second argument for backward compatibility with earlier versions, but 
% you can set it to anything, since it's discarded now.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsectiontitlenocontents}[2]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
%\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindenttwo}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitlenocontents}[2]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
%\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindenttwo}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the first section of a sequence is a multiple line title, the 
% following macros can handle the special problems that situation poses.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsectiontitlefirstline}[1]{
\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsectiontitlemiddleline}[1]{
\sequencesectiontitlemiddleline{#1}}

\newcommand{\sequencefirstsectiontitlelastline}[1]
{\sequencesectiontitlelastline{#1}}

\newcommand{\sequencefirstsectiontitlenonotes}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}{\poemtitlefont}
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}
%\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}

%    \begin{macro}{\sequencesectionsubtitle}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemsubtitle}
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \newcommand{\sequencesectionsubtitle}[1]{{\subsectiontitlefont \hbox{\titleindent #1}}
%   \nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak
% }
\newcommand{\sequencesectionsubtitle}[1]{\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}
{\subsectiontitlefont}{\sequencesectionsubtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\sequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}
}
\newcommand{\sequencesectionsubtitlefirstline}[1]{\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}
{\subsectiontitlefont}{\sequencesectionsubtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\sequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesectionsubtitlemiddleline}[1]{\middlelinesettings
\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}
{\subsectiontitlefont}{\sequencesectionsubtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\sequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesectionsubtitlelastline}[1]{\lastlinesettings
\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}
{\subsectiontitlefont}{\sequencesectionsubtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\sequencesectionsubtitleindentamount}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\poemsubtitle}[1]{\set@p@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}
{\subsectiontitlefont}{\poemsubtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\titleindentamount}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
% Another (former) kludge for special situations:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitleitalicnonotes}[2]
{\sequencesectiontitlenonotes{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Italic titles used to require two arguments. These commands
% are retained only for backward compatibility.
% 
%    \begin{macro}{\sequencesectiontitleitalic}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitleitalic}[2]{
\sequencesectiontitle{#1}}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitlefirstlineitalic}[2]
{\sequencesectiontitlefirstline{#1}}
\newcommand{\sequencesectiontitlebaretitle}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}
{\titleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\titleindentamount}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}



% \subsubsection{Subsections of sequences} 
%    \begin{macro}{\sequencesubsectiontitle}

% 	Continuing several levels down: macros for setting subsections and 
% subsubsections  of sequences. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsectiontitle}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsectiontitlenocontents}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
%\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentthree}{\contentspoemtitlefont}{\contentsindentfouramount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsubsectiontitle}[1]
{\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlenocontents}[1]
{\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
%\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentthree}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
%{\contentsindentfouramount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsectiontitlefirstline}[1]{
\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\multilinetitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsectiontitlemiddleline}[1]{
\middlelinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\sequencesubsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsectiontitlelastline}[1]{
\lastlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubsectiontitlesecondlineindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubsectiontitlesecondlineindentamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsubsectiontitle}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindent} 
{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}
%\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubsubsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
%{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindentmount} % 313
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencesubsubsectiontitlenocontents}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}
%\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentfour}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
%{\contentsindentfiveamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsubsubsectiontitlenocontents}[1]{
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}
{\sequencesubsubsectiontitleindentamount}
%\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentfour}{\contentspoemtitlefont}{\contentsindentfiveamount}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}


\newcommand{\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlefirstline}[1]{
\firstlinesettings
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}
{\sequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak}{\sequencesubsectiontitleindentamount}
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}
{\contentssequencesubsectiontitleindent}
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
\restoresinglelinesettings
}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlemiddleline}[1]{
\sequencesubsectiontitlemiddleline{#1}}
\newcommand{\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlelastline}[1]{
\sequencesubsectiontitlelastline{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}

% Interjections in sequences, as in Robert Penn Warren's \emph{Or Else}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\interjectiontitlefirstline}[1]{
\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlefirstline{#1}}
\newcommand{\interjectiontitlelastline}[1]{
\sequencefirstsubsectiontitlelastline{#1}
}
\newcommand{\interjectiontitlemiddleline}[1]{
\sequencefirstsubsectionmiddleline{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\setmargpoemtitle}
% Titles with a marginal reference to the notes giving the page in 
% the notes where a comment on the poem appears, as in Altenberg's 
% Heredia edition.\label{JHpoemtitle} |\setmargpoemtitle| takes as 
% its second argument anything you want to add to the line while the 
% title is being processed. |\JHpoemtitle| is just 
% |\setmargpoemtitle| with the second argument passed to |\JHlabel|, 
% which actually makes the marginal mark.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\set@margp@emtitle}[7]{\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{#6}%
{#2}%
{#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
{\ifcentertitleson\begin{center}#4 #1 #7\end{center}\else #4 #1
#7\fi}\end{titleentryenvironment}}%
{#5}%
\m@kep@emlabel%
\m@ken@teholder{#1}%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}}
%% subtitle version
\newcommand{\set@margp@emsubtitle}[7]{\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{#6}%
{#2}%
{#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
{\ifcentertitleson\begin{center}#4 #1 #7\end{center}\else #4 #1
#7\fi}\end{titleentryenvironment}}%
{#5}%
%\m@kep@emlabel%
%\m@ken@teholder{#1}%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}}
% user version
\newcommand{\setmargpoemtitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}{#2}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentone}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentsindenttwoamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\sources{\label{#2}}%                  
}
%\newcommand{\set@margp@emtitle}[7]{\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{#6}%
%{#2}%
%{#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
%{#4 #1 #7}\end{titleentryenvironment}}%
%{#5}%
%\m@kep@emlabel%
%\m@ken@teholder{#1}%
%\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\JHpoemtitle} Macros to set marginal line 
%    references.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \newcommand{\JHpoemtitle}[2]{%
% \setmargpoemtitle{#1}{\JHlabel{#2}}%
% }
\newcommand{\JHpoemtitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
{\JHlabel{#2}}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencetitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentssequencetitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\sources{\label{#2}}%                  
}
\newcommand{\JHprosesectiontitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
{\JHlabel{#2}}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencetitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentssequencetitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\sources{\label{#2}}%                  
}  
\newcommand{\JHlabel}[1]{%
\marginpar{{\scriptsize{\the\margrefmarker~p.~\pageref{#1}}}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\JHsequencetitle} Macros to set marginal page 
%    references for sequences, sequence sections, poem sections, poem 
%    subtitles, dedications, and epigraphs.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\JHsequencetitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\sequencetitlepenalty}{\sequencetitlefont}%
{\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
{\JHlabel{#2}}%
\putpagenumberincontentsfalse%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentone}{\contentssequencetitlefont}%
{\contentsindenttwoamount}%
\putpagenumberincontentstrue%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\sources{\label{#2}}% 
}
\newcommand{\JHsequencesectiontitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\sequencesectiontitleindentamount}{\JHlabel{#2}}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentsindentthreeamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\sources{\label{#2}}%                   
}
\newcommand{\JHsequencefirstsectiontitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\sequencesectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\titleindentamount}{\JHlabel{#2}}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentssequencesectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentssequencesectiontitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\sources{\label{#2}}% 
}
\newcommand{\JHpoemsectiontitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\poemsectiontitleindentamount}{\JHlabel{#2}}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentspoemsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentspoemsectiontitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
\sources{\label{#2}}% 
}
\newcommand{\JHpoemfirstsectiontitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\poemsectiontitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\\poemsectiontitleindentamount}{\JHlabel{#2}}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsi\poemsectiontitleindent}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contents\poemsectiontitleindentamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%                                                        
\sources{\label{#2}}% 
}
\newcommand{\JHsequencesectionsubtitle}[2]{%
\set@margp@emsubtitle{#1}{\par\nobreak}{\subsectiontitlefont}%
{\titleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}%
{\titleindentamount}{\JHlabel{#2}}%
\sources{\label{#2}}% 
}
\newcommand{\JHpoemsubtitle}[2]{\JHsequencesectionsubtitle{#1}{#2}
}
\newcommand{\JHdedication}[2]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip\testforcenterepigraph%
\begin{epigraphquote}%
\emph{#1}\JHlabel{#2}\end{epigraphquote}%
\sources{\label{#2}}\afterpoemtitleskip\nopagebreak}
\newcommand{\JHepigraph}[2]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip\testforcenterepigraph%
\begin{epigraphquote}%
\emph{#1}\JHlabel{#2}\end{epigraphquote}%
\sources{\label{#2}}\afterpoemtitleskip\nopagebreak}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\backmattersectiontitle} Macros to set the titles of back matter sections
%    such as textual notes.
%     
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\backmattersectiontitle}[1]{%
\set@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\volumetitlefont}%
{\relax}{\backmattersink}{\z@}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{contentsindentone}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentsindenttwoamount}%
\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\margreftextnote} Macros to set marginal page 
% references showing where in the apparatus a comment upon the 
% marked line is to be found. |\margrefspecial{}| is for occasions
% when you might need to set the label by hand. For instance, suppose
% you have several textnotes on a line, and the note you wish to draw
% attention to is on a different page from the other notes.
% |\margreftextnote| under those circumstances will point only to the
% first note. Use |\margrefspecial| to point to the other note,
% giving |\margrefspecial| a unique argument, and opening that note
% with a \label{} command using the same argument.   
%     
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{margrefnumber}
\setcounter{margrefnumber}{1}
\newtoks{\margrefmarker}
\margrefmarker={\dag}
\newcommand{\setmargrefmarker}[1]{\margrefmarker={#1}}
\newcommand{\makemargreflabel}{\string\label\string{margref\themargrefnumber\string}}
\newif{\ifmargrefstomargin}
\margrefstomarginfalse
\newcommand{\setmargref}
{\marginpar{\ifmargrefstomargin\hspace*{.5\leftmargin}\fi\scriptsize {\the\margrefmarker~p.~\pageref{margref\themargrefnumber}}}
}
% \newcommand{\setmargref}
% {\marginpar{\scriptsize {\the\margrefmarker~p.~\pageref{margref\themargrefnumber}}}
% }
\newcommand{\margreftextnote}{%
\iftextnoteson\addtocounter{margrefnumber}{1}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\makemargreflabel}%
\setmargref\else\relax\fi%                                             
}
\newcommand{\margrefexplanatory}{%
\ifexplanon\addtocounter{margrefnumber}{1}%
\immediate\write\explanations{\makemargreflabel}%
\setmargref\else\relax\fi%                                             
}
\newcommand{\margrefemendation}{%
\ifemendationson\addtocounter{margrefnumber}{1}%
\immediate\write\emendations{\makemargreflabel}%
\setmargref\else\relax\fi%                                             
}
\newcommand{\margrefspecial}[1]{%
\marginpar{\scriptsize {\the\margrefmarker~p.~\pageref{#1}}}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    To change other title making commands to produce titles which add
%    something while processing the title, you should: 1.  add one to
%    the number of arguments it uses 2.  replace the use of
%    |\set@p@emtitle| with |\set@margp@emtitle| 3.  add |{#2}| or 
%    |\JHlabel{#2}| or whatever as the
%    last (seventh) argument to |\set@margp@emtitle|.  So, to change
%    |\sequencetitle{}| to |\JHsequencetitle{}{}| start with:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \newcommand{\sequencetitle}[1]{
% \set@p@emtitle{#1}{\sequencetitlepenalty}{\sequencetitlefont}
% {\sequencetitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}
% \putpagenumberincontentsfalse
% \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentone}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
% {\contentsindenttwoamount}
% \putpagenumberincontentstrue
% \t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
% }
% \end{verbatim}
%  and change it to
% \begin{verbatim}
% \catcode`\@=11
% \newcommand{\JHsequencetitle}[2]{
% \set@margp@emtitle{#1}{\sequencetitlepenalty}{\sequencetitlefont}
% {\relax}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\aftersequencetitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}
% {\JHlabel{#2}}\putpagenumberincontentsfalse
% \c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentone}{\contentssequencetitlefont}
% {\contentsindenttwoamount}
% \putpagenumberincontentstrue
% \t@xtnotesinfo{#1}
% }
% \catcode`\@=12
% \end{verbatim}
% \subsection{~Epigraphs, headnotes, attributions, dedications}
% Notice that epigraphs to volumes are handled differently from 
% epigraphs to poems. Notice also the ``short'' commands, which
% are placed on the page according to the same booleans
% that control how titles are placed.
%    \begin{macro}{\epigraph}
%    \begin{macro}{\headnote}
%    \begin{macro}{\attribution}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemdedication}
%    \begin{macro}{\volumededication}
%    \begin{macro}{\volumeepigraph}
%    \begin{macro}{\volumeattribution}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifcenterepigraphson
\centerepigraphsonfalse
\newlength{\centerepigraphindentation}
\setlength{\centerepigraphindentation}{6em}
\newlength{\normalepigraphindentation}
\setlength{\normalepigraphindentation}{1.5em}
\newcommand{\centerepigraphquote}{%
\setlength{\epigraphquoteleftmargin}{\centerepigraphindentation}
\setlength{\epigraphquoterightmargin}{\centerepigraphindentation}
}
\newcommand{\normalepigraphquote}{%
\setlength{\epigraphquoteleftmargin}{\normalepigraphindentation}
\setlength{\epigraphquoterightmargin}{\normalepigraphindentation}
}
\newcommand{\testforcenterepigraph}{\ifcenterepigraphson%
\centerepigraphquote
\else
\normalepigraphquote
\fi}
\newcommand{\epigraph}[1]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip\testforcenterepigraph%
\begin{epigraphquote}%
 \emph{#1}\end{epigraphquote}\afterpoemtitleskip\nopagebreak}
\newcommand{\headnote}[1]{\epigraph{#1}}
\newcommand{\attribution}[1]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip\testforcenterepigraph%
\begin{epigraphquote}%
 {\small\emph{#1}}\end{epigraphquote}\afterpoemtitleskip\nopagebreak}
\newcommand{\poemdedication}[1]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip\testforcenterepigraph%
\begin{epigraphquote}%
 \emph{#1}\end{epigraphquote}\afterpoemtitleskip\nopagebreak}
\providecommand{\dedication}[1]{\poemdedication{#1}}
\newcommand{\volumededication}[1]{\par\bigskip\begin{volumetitlepagequote}
  \emph{#1}\end{volumetitlepagequote}}
\newcommand{\volumeepigraph}[1]{\par\bigskip\begin{volumetitlepagequote}
  \emph{#1}\end{volumetitlepagequote}}
\newcommand{\volumeattribution}[1]{\par\smallskip\begin{volumetitlepagequote}
 {\small \emph{#1}}\end{volumetitlepagequote}}
 \newenvironment{epigraphenvironment}{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip\testforcenterepigraph%
\begin{epigraphquote}\em}{\end{epigraphquote}\afterpoemtitleskip\nopagebreak}
\newcommand{\set@short@pigraph}[1]{\iftitlesatleftversemargin% 
{\begin{pmclverse}\addtolength{\leftmargin}{-\leftmargini}{\nobreak \emph{#1} \afterpoemtitleskip} \end{pmclverse}}%
\else%\iftitlesatleftversemargin
{\nobreak}%
\begin{titleentryenvironment}%
\ifnormaltitleindentation
\hspace{\normalepigraphindentation}\emph{#1}%
\else % for the \ifnormaltitleindentation
\ifcenterepigraphson 
\begin{center} \emph{#1}\end{center} 
\else \emph{#1}\fi % for ifcenterepigraphson
\fi %\ifnormaltitleindentation
\end{titleentryenvironment}
{\afterpoemtitleskip}%
\fi}% for the \iftitlesatleftversemargin	
\newcommand{\shortpoemepigraph}[1]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip%
\set@short@pigraph{#1}
}
\newcommand{\shortpoemdedication}[1]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip%
\set@short@pigraph{#1}
}
\newcommand{\shortpoemattribution}[1]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip%
\set@short@pigraph{{\small #1}}
}
\newcommand{\JHshortepigraph}[2]{\nopagebreak\afterpoemtitleskip%
\set@short@pigraph{#1}\marginpar{{\scriptsize{\the\margrefmarker~p.~\pageref{#2}}}}
\sources{\label{#2}}
}
\newcommand{\JHshortdedication}[2]{\JHshortepigraph{#1}{#2}}
	

\newlength{\dateindent}%
\setlength{\dateindent}{\leftmargin}%
\newcommand{\variabledateindent}{%
\setlength{\dateindent}{\linewidth}%
\addtolength{\dateindent}{-\versewidth}%
\addtolength{\dateindent}{-.5\dateindent}}
%\newcommand{\poemdate}[1]{\bigskip\begin{raggedleft}\hspace{\dateindent}#1\end{raggedleft}\bigskip}%
\newcommand{\poemdate}[1]{\iflastpoemcentered\variabledateindent%
\else\setlength{\dateindent}{\leftmargin}%
\fi%
\bigskip\begin{raggedleft}\hspace{\dateindent}#1\end{raggedleft}\bigskip}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \subsection{~Tools used for making note sections} \label{notetools} The main tool is 
% a dirty trick borrowed from John Lavagnino's package for endnotes, 
% \textsf{endnotes}, which allows for writing out literal characters to an 
% external file. The trick involves redefining the space character as 
% the newline character and treating the text of the note as the body of 
% a macro that |\meaning| specifies. The result is that the text is 
% written to the external file in a long ribbon one word wide.
%    \begin{macrocode} 
\def\strip#1>{}
\newcommand{\literaltextnote}[1]{\iftextnotesatend
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\textnotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup\fi
 }
\newcommand{\literalemend}[1]{\ifemendationsatend
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\emendations{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup\fi
}
\newcommand{\literalexplain}[1]{\ifexplanatend
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\explanations{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup\fi
}
\newcommand{\literalcontents}[1]{\ifpoemcontentson
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\poemcontents{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup\fi
}
\newcommand{\literaltextnoteshort}[1]{
\iftextnotesatend
        \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \immediate\write\textnotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup\fi}
\newcommand{\literalemendshort}[1]{\ifemendationsatend
        \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \immediate\write\emendations{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup\fi}
\newcommand{\literalexplainshort}[1]{\ifexplanatend
        \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \immediate\write\explanations{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup\fi}
\newcommand{\literalcontentsshort}[1]{\ifpoemcontentson
        \begingroup
        \immediate\write\poemcontents{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup\fi}
\newcommand{\sameword}{$\sim$}
\newcommand{\missingpunct}{${}_{\wedge}$}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmccheckifinteger}
% |\pmccheckifinteger{|\meta{num}|}| checks if \meta{num} is an integer.
% If it is, then |\ifinteger| is set TRUE, otherwise it is set FALSE.
% (Code taken from memoir class, and based on Donald Arseneau's 
% |\Lpack{cite}| package).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmccheckifinteger}[1]{%
  \protected@edef\@vsa{#1}%
  \ifcat _\ifnum9<1\pmcgobm{#1} _\else A\fi
    \integertrue%
  \else
    \integerfalse%
  \fi%
}
\newif\ifinteger
%    \begin{macro}{\pmcgobm}
% |\pmcgobm{|\meta{num}|}| is defined as \meta{num}. It could be defined as: \\
% |\newcommand{\pmcgobm}[1]{\ifx-#1\expandafter\gobm\else#1\fi}| \\
% which would remove a leading minus sign (hyphen) from its argument
% (|gobm| = gobble minus sign).
% (Code from memoir class and a posting to comp.text.tex by Donald Arseneau on 1997/07/21).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmcgobm}[1]{#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{~Commands to make notes and send info to contents} 
%    \begin{macro}{\setlemmarange}
% |\setlemmarange| calculates the range of line numbers for multi-line 
% lemmas.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \newcommand{\setlemmarange}[1]{
% \setcounter{lemmalines}{#1}
% \ifthenelse{\equal{\value{lemmalines}}{0}}{\rangelemmafalse}{\rangelemmatrue}
% \setcounter{lemmaend}{\theverselinenumber}
% \addtocounter{lemmaend}{\thelemmalines}
% }
\newcommand{\setlemmarange}[1]{%
\pmccheckifinteger{#1}%
\ifinteger
\setcounter{lemmalines}{#1}%
\ifthenelse{\equal{\value{lemmalines}}{0}}{\rangelemmafalse}{\rangelemmatrue}%
\setcounter{lemmaend}{\theverselinenumber}%
\addtocounter{lemmaend}{\thelemmalines}%
\else
\setcounterfromref{lemmaend}{#1}\rangelemmatrue
\fi
\makeatother}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\citerange}
% |\citerange| sets the range of line numbers for multi-line lemmas
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\citerange}{%
\ifrangelemma
\theverselinenumber --\thelemmaend
\else
\theverselinenumber
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\resetlemmacounters}
% |\resetlemmacounters| resets the counts for multiline lemmas. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\resetlemmacounters}{\rangelemmafalse
\setcounter{lemmalines}{0}%
\setcounter{lemmaend}{0}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\checknoteheaders}
% |\checknoteheaders| Checks and corrects the values in the running 
% headers of notes sections. The running headers are of the form 
% ``Notes to pages xx--yy.'' Every title and every note checks 
% whether the values in the running header should be changed. This 
% command essentially gives a list of strings to be written on the 
% external file for the note section. When these strings are read 
% back in when the file is set, they make a little program that 
% recalculates the values in the headers during the processing of 
% every note. Also typesets the line number or line number range in 
% notes sections.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\checknoteheaders}{\string\setcounter\string{notepageholdernote\string}%
\string{\thepage\string}\string\ifhmode\string\unskip\string\fi%
\string\ifthenelse\string{\string\value\string{notepageholdernote\string}>%
\string\value\string{notepageholdertitle\string}\string}%
\string{\string\mark\string{\string\thenotepageholdernote\string}\string}%
\string{\string\mark\string{\string\thenotepageholdertitle\string}\string}\string\unskip
\string\unskip\string\relax\ \citerange :\string~\string\nolinebreak}%

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\textnote}
% The 
% basic |\textnote{}| command, on which everything else is based, has 
% several parts. First, it writes out a little program 
% on the external endnotes file which, when it is read back in when 
% the endnotes are typeset, sets a variable with the value of 
% the page of the line the note is commenting upon and checks to see 
% whether that value is equal to or greater than that of previous notes 
% on that page of notes. Depending upon the outcome of that test, it 
% sets the value of |\mark| with the correct numbers to print the proper 
% running header of the form ``Textual Notes to pp.xx--yy.'' Second, it 
% sends the line number of the line it is a comment upon and the text of 
% the note to the notes section. The optional first argument is the 
% number of lines covered by a multiline lemma. If there is no 
% optional first argument specified, the default is 0. The second 
% argument is the text of the note, which includes the rest of the 
% lemma, other than the line number. It is up to you to suitably 
% abbreviate long lemmas.
% 
%
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\iftextnotessinglepar
\newcommand{\textnote}[2][0]{%
\iftextnoteson
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literaltextnote{#2}%
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi 
\resetlemmacounters
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\accidental}
% Accidentals: As it is, the command just tests to see whether 
% accidentals are being included or not, and sets the accidental as a 
% textnote if accidentals are being included. It would not be hard to 
% divert accidentals to another external file in order to compile a 
% separate list of accidentals. Accidentals, by their nature, cannot have multiline 
% lemmas.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\accidental}[1]{%
\iftextnoteson%
 \ifincludeaccidentals%
   \iftextnotesatend\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}\fi%
\textnote{#1}%
\iftextnotesatend\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}\fi%
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
 \fi\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\tsvariant}
%    \begin{macro}{\tsaccidental}
%    Typescript variants. Treated like accidentals. If they are being 
% collected, they are sent to the textual notes. Again, it would not be 
% hard to collect them separately. Typescript variants can have 
% multiline lemmas.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\tsvariant}[2][0]{%
\iftextnoteson
 \ifincludetypescripts%
 \iftextnotesatend\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}\fi%
\textnote[#1]{#2}%
\iftextnotesatend\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}\fi%
  \fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\tsaccidental}[1]{\iftextnoteson\ifincludetypescripts\accidental{#1}\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\tsentry}
% Typescript entries. Allows one to to selectively include or exclude 
% typescript entries from lists of variants. If an  entry begins with 
% a comma (as it commonly will, since it will typically be a member 
% of a list of entries, you need not put |\unskip| before the comma, 
% since \textsf{poemscol} will do it for you. Thanks to Donald 
% Arseneau for suggesting how to do this.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\tsentry}[1]{\iftextnoteson\ifincludetypescripts{\@ifnextchar,{\unskip}{% 
Ê\@ifnextchar;{\unskip}{}% 
}#1}\fi\fi\unskip}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\sources}
%    |\sources{}| is essentially a |\textnote{}| with no line number 
% and no page checking. Useful for typesetting the sources of the text 
% (hence the name) and for sending literal characters to the endnotes 
% file for other purposes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\sources}[1]{%
\iftextnoteson
    \begingroup
        \newlinechar='40
        \def\next{#1}%
        \immediate\write\textnotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
 \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    
%    \subsection{~Emendations and explanatory notes}
%    The difference between these kinds of notes and ordinary 
% |\textnotes{}| is that they must first test to see whether there have 
% been any emendations or explanatory notes for the poem in question. 
% If there have not been prior notes, then a new paragraph must be 
% opened and the page number and title of the poem set in the note 
% section.
%    \begin{macro}{\titletoothernotes}
% |\titletoothernotes| sends the page and title information to the 
% Emendations or Explanatory Notes sections. It is called only for 
% the first emendation or explanatory note for a poem. It is designed 
% so that if the user wishes to define another category of notes in 
% which might not apply to all of the poems to be set --- not all 
% poems, for instance, have emendations --- this command can be used 
% for those notes as well.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\titletoothernotes}{\string\par
\ifputpagenumberinnotes%
\string\argpageref\string{\@compoundlabelscratch\string}%
\string\setcounterfrompageref\string{notepageholdertitle\string}%
\string{\@compoundlabelscratch\string}%
\fi%
\string\textbf\string{\ \the\fulltitleholder\string}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\emendation}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifemendationssinglepar
\newcommand{\emendation}[2][0]{
\ifemendationson
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
    \ifredundantemendations
       \iftextnoteson
	 \ifrangelemma
	     \textnote[#1]{#2}%
	 \else
	     \textnote{#2}%
	 \fi % ifrangelemma}
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi% iftextnotesinglepar
       \fi %iftextnoteson
   \fi % ifredundantemendations    
    \ifnoemendyet % firstemendation
     \firstemendation
      \fi %noemendyet
      \global\noemendyetfalse
\immediate\write\emendations{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literalemend{#2}%
    \ifemendationssinglepar%
    \literalemend{\par}%
    \fi% ifemendationssinglepar    
\fi % ifemendationson 
\resetlemmacounters
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%  This next is an internal command, 
% called by |\emendation|. There's no need to use it explicitly.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\firstemendation}{\ifemendationsatend
\immediate\write\emendations{\titletoothernotes}\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\explanatory}
%    Again, |\firstexplanatory| is internal, called by |\explanatory|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifexplanationssinglepar
\newcommand{\explanatory}[2][0]{%
\ifexplanon
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
    \ifnoexplainyet % first explanation
    \firstexplanatory
      \fi %noexplainyet
      \global\noexplainyetfalse
\immediate\write\explanations{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literalexplain{#2}%
    \ifexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalexplain{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi % ifexplanon 
\resetlemmacounters
}

\newcommand{\firstexplanatory}{\ifexplanatend
\immediate\write\explanations{\titletoothernotes}\fi
}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% 
%    \subsection{~Making new notes sections}
%    
%    \begin{macro}{\definenewnotetype} This monster macro has nine 
% sections, and does all of the things required to set up a new end 
% notes section. If you decide to mark a new kind of note in your 
% text with, say |\mynote|, but decide at the last moment against 
% including those notes in your edition, simply don't issue |\putmynotes| at 
% the point it might have appeared, and neither the notes section nor 
% the contents entry for it will be included.
%  
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeatletter
\long\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
\begingroup
    \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%
    \xdef#1{\the\toks@}%
  \endgroup}
\makeatother
\newcommand{\definenewnotetype}[5]{%
% 1.  make an if for this kind of note and set it to true by default;
% make an if for the first instance of the command per poem and set it
% to false; make an if for setting the notes in single note 
% paragraphs and set it to false; make an if for setting
% these notes in two column mode and set it to false
%
% Thanks to Igor Pechtchanski and Ulrich Schwarz.
\expandafter\newif\csname if#1son\endcsname
\global\csname #1sontrue\endcsname
\expandafter\newif\csname ifno#1yet\endcsname
\csname no#1yettrue\endcsname
\expandafter\newif\csname if#1ssinglepar\endcsname
\csname #1singleparfalse\endcsname
\expandafter\newif\csname if#1stwocol\endcsname
\csname #1stwocolfalse\endcsname
% 2. open a new output stream
\expandafter\newwrite\csname #1s\endcsname
% 3. open a file to associate with the stream
\immediate\expandafter\openout\csname #1s\endcsname=\expandafter\jobname .#2
% 4. set up a literalwrite command
 \expandafter\newcommand\csname literal#1\endcsname[1]{
\begingroup
\def\next{##1}%
\newlinechar='40
\immediate\write\expandafter\csname #1s\endcsname{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
\endgroup}
% 5. send heading information to output file
% first, use literaltext to send commands without parameters
\csname literal#1\endcsname{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
  {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyfoot{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}}
% then immediate write to send the parameter for the marks in the 
% headers
\immediate\write\csname #1s\endcsname{\string\fancyhead[CO]\string{\string{\string\small
\string{\string\em\ #3\string~\string\mymarks\string}\string}\string}}
\immediate\write\csname #1s\endcsname{\string\fancyhead[CE]\string{\string{\string\small
\string{\string\em\ #3\string~\string\mymarks\string}\string}\string}}
% then literal to finish the headers
\csname literal#1\endcsname{\fancyfoot[C]{}
\mark{3}
\backmattersink}
% then immediate write to send the title of the section to print at 
% the top of the page
\immediate\write\csname #1s\endcsname{
\string\setendnotessectiontitle\string{#4\string}\string{#1notes\string}}
% literal write to turn hyphenation on, set the font for the note 
% section, and turn on two column mode (if the boolean is set)
\csname literal#1\endcsname{\lefthyphenmin=2\backmatterafterheadersink
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont}
\immediate\write\csname #1s\endcsname{\string\if#1stwocol}
\csname 
literal#1\endcsname{\begin{multicols}{2}\fi\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}}%
% \csname literal#1\endcsname{\setlength}{\parindent}{2}}% problem here
% 6. set up a command to write the page and title of the poem for the first 
% instance of this kind of note in a poem
\expandafter\newcommand\csname first#1\endcsname{%
\immediate\write\expandafter\csname #1s\endcsname{\titletoothernotes}%
\immediate\write\csname #1s\endcsname{\string\if#1ssinglepar}%
\immediate\write\csname #1s\endcsname{\string\par}%
\immediate\write\csname #1s\endcsname{\string\fi}%
}
% 7. set up a command to write a note, complete with line numbers
\expandafter\newcommand\csname #1\endcsname[2][0]{%
\setlemmarange{##1}%
\csname ifno#1yet\endcsname%
 \csname first#1\endcsname%
 \fi%
\global\csname no#1yetfalse\endcsname%
\immediate\write\expandafter\csname 
#1s\endcsname{\string\nobreak\string\nobreak\checknoteheaders}%
\csname literal#1\endcsname{##2}%
\csname if#1ssinglepar\endcsname%
\csname literal#1\endcsname{\par}%
\fi%
\resetlemmacounters%
}
% prose  version
\expandafter\newcommand\csname prose#1\endcsname[3][0]{%	
\unskip\proselinelabel{##2}%
\setproselemmarange{##2}{##1}%
\csname ifno#1yet\endcsname%
\csname first#1\endcsname%
\fi%
\global\csname no#1yetfalse\endcsname%
\immediate\write\expandafter\csname #1s\endcsname{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
\csname literal#1\endcsname{##3}%
\csname if#1ssinglepar\endcsname%
\csname literal#1\endcsname{\par}%
\unskip%
\fi%
\resetlemmacounters\unskip%
}
% pm version
\expandafter\newcommand\csname pm#1\endcsname[2][0]{%                                                         	      
     \setpmlemmarange{##1}%
     \csname ifno#1yet\endcsname%
     \csname first#1\endcsname%
     \fi%
\global\csname no#1yetfalse\endcsname%
\immediate\write\expandafter\csname #1s\endcsname{\pmchecknoteheaders\string~}%
\immediate\write\expandafter\csname #1s\endcsname{\pmciterange}%
\csname literal#1\endcsname{##2}%
\csname if#1ssinglepar\endcsname%
\csname literal#1\endcsname{\par}%
\fi%
\pmresetlemmacounters\unskip%
} 
% 8.  modify the end of the poem environment to reset the first
% command per poem boolean (so that the page and title will be set in
% the notes section when the first note is called for a poem)
%  thanks to Heiko Oberdiek
\makeatletter
\appendtomacro{\endpoem}{\global\expandafter\csname no#1yettrue\endcsname}
\makeatother
\makeatletter
\appendtomacro{\endprosesection}{\global\expandafter\csname no#1yettrue\endcsname}
\makeatother
\makeatletter
\appendtomacro{\endpmsection}{\global\expandafter\csname no#1yettrue\endcsname}
\makeatother

% 9. command for closing the output file
%  command for reading in and printing the output file
\expandafter\newcommand\csname put#1s\endcsname{
\newpage\hyphenationforsmall
\csname if#1stwocol\endcsname%
\csname literal#1\endcsname{\end{multicols}}%
\fi %\iftwocol
\immediate\expandafter\closeout\csname #1s\endcsname
\expandafter\input \jobname.#2
\ifpoemcontentson
 \contentsendnotestitle{#5}{#1notes}
\fi
  }
% 10. command for making a marginal mark at a line, giving the page 
% number in the apparatus where a note is to be found
\expandafter\newcommand\csname margref#1\endcsname{%
\addtocounter{margrefnumber}{1}
\immediate\write\expandafter\csname #1s\endcsname{\makemargreflabel}%
\setmargref                                             
}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{~Prose sections}\textsf{poemscol} calls on
% \textsf{lineno} to do all the heavy lifting for making line numbers
% in prose sections and for making endnotes of various kinds for prose
% sections.  First, set up a counter for the line number and for the
% modulo line number for prose sections, and set it to equal that used
% in verse sections.  Then set the font for marginal line numbers to
% the size used in marginal line numbers in verse sections.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{proselinenumber}
\setcounter{proselinenumber}{1}
\newcounter{prosemodulo}
\setcounter{prosemodulo}{\value{lineindexrepeat}}
\addtocounter{prosemodulo}{1}
\newcommand{\setprosemodulo}[1]{\modulolinenumbers[#1]}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Then commands for setting titles of prose sections. These are just 
% versions of |\poemtitle|. Fancier versions will follow if there is 
% need.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\prosesectiontitle}[1]{\poemtitle{#1}}
\newcommand{\prosesectiontitlenotitle}[1]{\poemtitlenotitle{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Next, environments for prose sections. The environment resets (or 
% doesn't, in the second case) the marginal line number. The 
% default modulo line number is that prevailing in verse sections, 
% but you can change it at will.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\setcounter{prosemodulo}{\value{lineindexrepeat}}%
\addtocounter{prosemodulo}{1}%
\ifx\modulolinenumbers\undefined%
 \relax\else                               
\modulolinenumbers[\value{prosemodulo}]% if lineno is called
\fi
\newif\ifinprosesection
\newenvironment{prosesection}
{\inprosesectiontrue\resetlinenumber\begin{linenumbers}%
\renewcommand{\linenumberfont}{\scriptsize}%
\ifnumbersright\rightlinenumbers*\setlength{\linenumbersep}{-\marginparsep}%
%\else\ifnumbersswitch\switchlinenumbers\setlength{\linenumbersep}{\marginparsep}%
\else\ifnumbersswitch\rightlinenumbers*\setlength{\linenumbersep}{-\marginparsep}%
\else\leftlinenumbers*\setlength{\linenumbersep}{\marginparsep}%
\addtolength{\linenumbersep}{5pt}% seems about right
\fi\fi
\noemendyettrue%
\noexplainyettrue%
}
{\end{linenumbers}\inprosesectionfalse}
\newenvironment{prosesectionnoreset}
{\begin{linenumbers}%
\renewcommand{\linenumberfont}{\scriptsize}
\ifnumbersright\rightlinenumbers*\setlength{\linenumbersep}{-\marginparsep}%
%\else\ifnumbersswitch\switchlinenumbers\setlength{\linenumbersep}{\marginparsep}%
\else\ifnumbersswitch\rightlinenumbers*\setlength{\linenumbersep}{-\marginparsep}%
\else\leftlinenumbers*\setlength{\linenumbersep}{\marginparsep}%
\addtolength{\linenumbersep}{5pt}% seems about right
\fi\fi
% \noemendyettrue%
% \noexplainyettrue%
}{\end{linenumbers}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% Set up commands for notes sections.
%    \begin{macro}{\setproselemmastart}
% Finds the line number at the beginning of a lemma. Thanks to Robin 
% Fairbairns and Heiko Oberdiek for |\ifrefundefined|.
% Fairbairns version
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \newcommand*\ifrefundefined[1] {% 
% Ê Ê\expandafter\ifx\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax 
% }
% Oberdiek version
\makeatletter 
\newcommand*{\ifrefundefined}[1]{%
  \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax
    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
  \else
    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
  \fi
}
\newcommand*{\@extract@ref}[2]{%
  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#1\csname
r@#2\endcsname{}{}\@nil
}

\newcommand*{\@extractref}{%
  \@extract@ref\@car
}

\newcommand*{\@extractpageref}{%
  \@extract@ref\@secondcar
}

\long\def\@secondcar#1#2#3\@nil{#2}

\newcommand*{\setcounterfromref}[2]{%
  \ifrefundefined{#2}{%
    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
    \@latex@warning{Reference `#2' on page \thepage \space
        undefined}%
    \setcounter{#1}{0}%
  }{%
    \setcounter{#1}{\@extractref{#2}}%
  }%
}
\newcommand*{\setcounterfrompageref}[2]{%
  \ifrefundefined{#2}{%
    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
    \@latex@warning{Reference `#2' on page \thepage \space
        undefined}%
    \setcounter{#1}{0}%
  }{%
    \setcounter{#1}{\@extractpageref{#2}}%
  }%
}
% 
\makeatother 
\newcommand{\setproselemmastart}[1]{%
\unskip
\setcounterfromref{proselinenumber}{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\setproselemmarange}
% Finds the end of a multi-line lemma.
%    \begin{macrocode}
% \newcommand{\setproselemmarange}[2]{%
% \setproselemmastart{#1}%
% \setcounter{lemmalines}{#2}%
% \ifthenelse{\equal{\value{lemmalines}}{0}}{\rangelemmafalse}{\rangelemmatrue}%
% \setcounter{lemmaend}{\theproselinenumber}%
% \addtocounter{lemmaend}{\thelemmalines}\unskip%
% }
\newcommand{\setproselemmarange}[2]{%
\setproselemmastart{#1}%
\pmccheckifinteger{#2}%
\ifinteger
\setcounter{lemmalines}{#2}%
\ifthenelse{\equal{\value{lemmalines}}{0}}{\rangelemmafalse}{\rangelemmatrue}%
\setcounter{lemmaend}{\theproselinenumber}%
\addtocounter{lemmaend}{\thelemmalines}\unskip%
\else
% \ref{#2}
\setcounterfromref{lemmaend}{#2}\rangelemmatrue
\fi\unskip
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proseciterange}
% Sets the range note for in a multi-line lemma.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\proseciterange}{%
\ifrangelemma%
\theproselinenumber --\thelemmaend%
\else%
\theproselinenumber%
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\checkprosenoteheaders}
% Updates running header for note sections. Typesets line number in 
% notes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\checkprosenoteheaders}{\string\setcounter\string{notepageholdernote\string}%
\string{\thepage\string}\string\ifhmode\string\unskip\string\fi
\string\ifthenelse\string{\string\value\string{notepageholdernote\string}>
\string\value\string{notepageholdertitle\string}\string}%
\string{\string\mark\string{\string\thenotepageholdernote\string}\string}%
\string{\string\mark\string{\string\thenotepageholdertitle\string}\string}\string\unskip
\string\unskip\string\relax\ \proseciterange :\string~\string\nolinebreak}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\prosetextnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\proselinelabel}[1]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi\linelabel{#1}}
\newcommand{\prosetextnote}[3][0]{%
\iftextnoteson%
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
\literaltextnote{#3}%
\iftextnotessinglepar%
\literaltextnote{\par}%
\fi%
\resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proseemendation}
% Notice that it calls |\firstemendation| as usual.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\proseemendation}[3][0]{%
\ifemendationson%
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%
    \ifredundantemendations
       \iftextnoteson
	 \ifrangelemma
	     \prosetextnote[#1]{#2}{#3}%
	 \else
	     \prosetextnote{#2}{#3}%
	 \fi % ifrangelemma}
       \fi %iftextnoteson
\iftextnotessinglepar%
\literaltextnote{\par}%
\fi%  iftextnotessinglepar     
   \fi % ifredundantemendations    
    \ifnoemendyet % firstemendation
     \firstemendation
      \fi%noemendyet
      \global\noemendyetfalse
\immediate\write\emendations{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
    \literalemend{#3}%
\ifemendationssinglepar%
\literalemend{\par}%
\fi% ifemendationssinglep
    \resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proseexplanatory}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\proseexplanatory}[3][0]{%
\ifexplanon%
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%  
    \ifnoexplainyet% firstexplanation
     \firstexplanatory%
      \fi%noexplainyet
      \global\noexplainyetfalse%
\immediate\write\explanations{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
    \literalexplain{#3}%
\ifexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalexplain{\par}%
    \fi% ifexplanationssinglepar
    \resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\proseaccidental}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\proseaccidental}[2]{
\iftextnoteson
 \ifincludeaccidentals
    \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}%
\prosetextnote{#1}{#2}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}%
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
\fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\prosetsvariant}[3][0]{\iftextnoteson
 \ifincludetypescripts
   \immediate\write
\textnotes{\string\nobreak}%
\prosetextnote[#1]{#2}{#3}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}%
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
\fi\fi
}
\newcommand{\prosetsaccidental}[2]{\iftextnoteson
\ifincludetypescripts\proseaccidental{#1}{#2}\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \subsection{~Annotation by Sentence and Paragraph Number}
% Marking sentences. First, some |\if|s, token lists, and counters.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif{\ifprosebysentence}
\newif{\ifrunningsentencenumbers}\runningsentencenumberstrue
\newif{\ifmarginsentencenumbers}\marginsentencenumberstrue
\newif{\ifsuppressfirstpara}\suppressfirstparafalse
\newif{\ifsuppressfirstsentence}\suppressfirstsentencefalse

\newtoks{\pmnoteheader}

\newcounter{pmsentencenumber}\setcounter{pmsentencenumber}{0}
\newcounter{pmmodulo}\setcounter{pmmodulo}{3}
\newcounter{pmindexcount}\setcounter{pmindexcount}{0}
%    \end{macrocode}
% A starter. Mostly a placeholder. For changes to a whole section.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\setprosebysentence}{\prosebysentencetrue%
}
\newenvironment{pmsection}{
\noemendyettrue%
\noexplainyettrue%
}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Formatting for sentence numbers in the running text and in the 
% margin. \label{runningsentencenumberformat}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\runningsentencenumberformat}[1]{\nobreak%
\ifsuppressfirstsentence%
\ifthenelse{\thepmsentencenumber=1}{\relax}{%
\unskip\textsuperscript{\scriptsize{#1}}}%
\unskip\nobreak%
\else%
\textsuperscript{\scriptsize{#1}}%\fi
\unskip\nobreak}
\newcommand{\marginsentencenumberformat}[1]{\scriptsize{#1}}
\newcommand{\setpmmodulo}[1]{\setcounter{pmmodulo}{#1}%
\addtocounter{pmmodulo}{-1}%
}
\newcommand{\pmnumberstoleft}{%\catcode`\@=11%            
\numbersswitchfalse\numbersrightfalse%
\setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}%
}
\newcommand{\pmnumberstoright}{%\catcode`\@=11%
\numbersswitchfalse\numbersrighttrue%
\setlength{\marginparsep}{-18pt}
% \setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}
}
\newcommand{\pmnumbersswitch}{\strictpagechecktrue\numbersswitchtrue\numbersrightfalse%
\setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}%
}
\newcommand{\pmnumbersgutter}{%\catcode`\@=11%
\pmnumbersswitch%
\pmclreversesideparfalse\numbersguttertrue%
\setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}%
}
\newcommand{\pmnumbersouter}{%\catcode`\@=11%
\pmnumbersswitch%
\pmclreversesidepartrue\numbersgutterfalse%
\setlength{\marginparsep}{18pt}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Macros for actually writing the numbers in the margin.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putpmsentencenumber}{%
\ifsuppressfirstsentence%
\ifthenelse{\thepmsentencenumber=1}{\relax}{\putpmmarginnumber{\thepmsentencenumber}%
{\marginsentencenumberformat}}%
\else%
\putpmmarginnumber{\thepmsentencenumber}%
{\marginsentencenumberformat}%
\fi}
\newcommand{\putpmmarginnumber}[2]{%
\nolinebreak\begin{marginenvironment}%
  \nolinebreak%
  \ifnumbersswitch%\marginpar{\hfil #2{#1}}
  \pmclsidepar{\hfil #2{#1}}%
    \else% 
    \ifnumbersright%\marginpar{\hfil #2{#1}}
    \pmclrightsidepar{\hfil #2{#1}}%
      \else% \marginpar{#2{#1}\hfil}
      \pmclleftsidepar
{#2{#1}\hfil}%
      \fi%
    \fi%
  \nolinebreak%
  \end{marginenvironment}\nolinebreak%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmsentence}
% Put this before every sentence. (This is the opposite of the 
% convention in verse sections, where |\verseline| is at the end of 
% each line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmsentence}{%
% increment sentence number at beginning of sentence
\addtocounter{pmsentencenumber}{1}%
\ifrunningsentencenumbers% add running number
\runningsentencenumberformat{\thepmsentencenumber}%
\fi%
\ifmarginsentencenumbers% add marginal number
  \addtocounter{pmindexcount}{1}%
  \leavevmode%
\ifthenelse{\value{pmindexcount}>\value{pmmodulo}}%
{\putpmsentencenumber\nobreak%
\setcounter{pmindexcount}{0}%
}{\relax}%             
\fi%
% create header for notes if any are to occur
\ifpmparas%
\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmparagraph:\thepmsentencenumber}%
\pmnoteheader=\expandafter{\noteheaderconcat}%
\else%
%\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmsentencenumber:}%
\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmsentencenumber}                                                    
\pmnoteheader=\expandafter{\noteheaderconcat}%
\fi%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmsentencetwo}
% Kludge for the second sentence in a line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmsentencetwo}{%
% increment sentence number at beginning of sentence
\addtocounter{pmsentencenumber}{1}%
\ifrunningsentencenumbers% add running number
\runningsentencenumberformat{\thepmsentencenumber}%
\fi%
\ifmarginsentencenumbers% add marginal number
  \addtocounter{pmindexcount}{1}%
  \leavevmode%
\ifthenelse{\value{pmindexcount}>\value{pmmodulo}}%
{     \putpmsentencenumbertwo\nobreak%
    \setcounter{pmindexcount}{0}%
}{\relax}%              
%   \ifnum\thepmindexcount>\thepmmodulo%
%       \putpmsentencenumbertwo\nobreak%
%     \setcounter{pmindexcount}{0}%
%    \fi%
\fi%
% create header for notes if any are to occur
\ifpmparas%
\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmparagraph:\thepmsentencenumber}%
\pmnoteheader=\expandafter{\noteheaderconcat}%
\else%
\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmsentencenumber}%
\pmnoteheader=\expandafter{\noteheaderconcat}%
\fi%
}

\newcommand{\putpmsentencenumbertwo}{%
\putpmmarginnumber{\rlap{\phantom{1},~\thepmsentencenumber}}%
{\marginsentencenumberformat}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmsentencethree}
% Kludge for the third sentence in a line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmsentencethree}{%
% increment sentence number at beginning of sentence
\addtocounter{pmsentencenumber}{1}%
\ifrunningsentencenumbers% add running number
\runningsentencenumberformat{\thepmsentencenumber}%
\fi%
\ifmarginsentencenumbers% add marginal number
  \addtocounter{pmindexcount}{1}%
  \leavevmode%
\ifthenelse{\value{pmindexcount}>\value{pmmodulo}}%
{     \putpmsentencenumberthree\nobreak%
    \setcounter{pmindexcount}{0}%
}{\relax}%              
%   \ifnum\thepmindexcount>\thepmmodulo%
%       \putpmsentencenumberthree\nobreak%
%     \setcounter{pmindexcount}{0}%
%    \fi%
\fi%
% create header for notes if any are to occur
\ifpmparas%
\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmparagraph:\thepmsentencenumber}%
\pmnoteheader=\expandafter{\noteheaderconcat}%
\else%
\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmsentencenumber}%
\pmnoteheader=\expandafter{\noteheaderconcat}%
\fi%
}

\newcommand{\putpmsentencenumberthree}{%
\putpmmarginnumber{\rlap{\phantom{1,~2},~\thepmsentencenumber}}%
{\marginsentencenumberformat}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmsentencefour}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmsentencefour}{%
% increment sentence number at beginning of sentence
\addtocounter{pmsentencenumber}{1}%
\ifrunningsentencenumbers% add running number
\runningsentencenumberformat{\thepmsentencenumber}%
\fi%
\ifmarginsentencenumbers% add marginal number
  \addtocounter{pmindexcount}{1}%
  \leavevmode%
\ifthenelse{\value{pmindexcount}>\value{pmmodulo}}%
{     \putpmsentencenumberfour\nobreak%
    \setcounter{pmindexcount}{0}%
}{\relax}%              
\fi%
% create header for notes if any are to occur
\ifpmparas%
\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmparagraph:\thepmsentencenumber}%
\pmnoteheader=\expandafter{\noteheaderconcat}%
\else%
\global\edef\noteheaderconcat{\thepmsentencenumber}%
\pmnoteheader=\expandafter{\noteheaderconcat}%
\fi%
}

\newcommand{\putpmsentencenumberfour}{%
\putpmmarginnumber{\rlap{\phantom{1,~2,~3},~\thepmsentencenumber}}%
{\marginsentencenumberformat}}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Macros for numbering paragraphs
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{pmparagraph}
\setcounter{pmparagraph}{0}
\newif{\ifpmparas}\pmparasfalse
\newif{\ifpmparainmar}\pmparainmartrue
\newif{\ifpmpararunning}\pmpararunningfalse
\newif{\ifpmsentencebypara}% reset sentence counter every paragraph
\pmsentencebyparatrue
%    \end{macrocode}
% Formatting marginal and running paragraph numbers, printing them. \label{pmparrunningformat}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmparmarformat}[1]{\textbf{{\small #1}}}
\newcommand{\pmpararunningformat}[1]{%
\ifsuppressfirstpara%
\ifthenelse{\thepmparagraph=1}{\relax}{\textbf{\small #1}~}%
\else%
\textbf{\small #1}~%
\fi}
\newcommand{\putpmmarparanumber}{%
\ifsuppressfirstpara%
\ifthenelse{\thepmparagraph=1}{\relax}{\putpmmarginnumber{\llap{\thepmparagraph~~}}
{\pmparmarformat}}%
\else%
\putpmmarginnumber{\llap{\thepmparagraph~~}}{\pmparmarformat}%
\fi}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmpara}
% Mark the beginning of each paragraph with |\pmpara|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmpara}{\leavevmode%
\pmparastrue\addtocounter{pmparagraph}{1}%
\ifpmparainmar% put in marginal paragraph number
   \putpmmarparanumber
\fi 
\ifpmpararunning% put in running number
  \pmpararunningformat{\thepmparagraph}%
\fi
\ifpmsentencebypara% reset sentence counter
   \setcounter{pmsentencenumber}{0}%
   \setcounter{pmindexcount}{0}%
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\sentencelabel}
% Makes a label either by sentence number or by paragraph and 
% sentence number, for use by |\ref| and by the various notes commands.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeatletter
\def\sentencelabel#1{\@bsphack%
\ifpmparas%
\protected@write\@auxout{}%
	 {\string\newlabel{#1}{{\thepmparagraph :\thepmsentencenumber}{\thepage}}}%
\else%
\protected@write\@auxout{}%
	 {\string\newlabel{#1}{{\thepmsentencenumber}{\thepage}}}%
\fi%
\@esphack%
}
\makeatother
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Macros to set up endnote commands for paragraph and sentence
% annotation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks{\pmrangeend} % for notes that refer to ranges
% setting the range for the lemma:
\newcommand{\setpmlemmarange}[1]{%
\pmccheckifinteger{#1}%
\ifinteger%
\setcounter{lemmalines}{#1}%
\ifthenelse{\equal{\value{lemmalines}}{0}}{\rangelemmafalse}{\rangelemmatrue}%
\setcounter{lemmaend}{\thepmsentencenumber}%
\addtocounter{lemmaend}{\thelemmalines}%
\pmrangeend={\thelemmaend}%
\else%
\pmrangeend={\ref{#1}}\rangelemmatrue%
\fi%
}
% Setting the string to include ranges in notes:
\newcommand{\pmciterange}{%
\ifrangelemma{\the\pmnoteheader --\the\pmrangeend:}%
\else%
\the\pmnoteheader:%
\fi}
% For running headers
\newcommand{\pmchecknoteheaders}{\string\setcounter\string{notepageholdernote\string}%
\string{\thepage\string}\string\ifhmode\string\unskip\string\fi
\string\ifthenelse\string{\string\value\string{notepageholdernote\string}>
\string\value\string{notepageholdertitle\string}\string}%
\string{\string\mark\string{\string\thenotepageholdernote\string}\string}%
\string{\string\mark\string{\string\thenotepageholdertitle\string}\string}\string\unskip}
% to reset lemma counters at end of note
\newcommand{\pmresetlemmacounters}{\rangelemmafalse%
\setcounter{lemmalines}{0}%
\setcounter{lemmaend}{0}%
\pmrangeend={\relax}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmtextnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmtextnote}[2][0]{% 
\iftextnoteson%
\setpmlemmarange{#1}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\pmchecknoteheaders\string~}%
    \immediate\write\textnotes{\pmciterange}%
    \literaltextnote{#2}%
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi%
\pmresetlemmacounters%
\unskip}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmexplanatory}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmexplanatory}[2][0]{%
\ifexplanon%
\setpmlemmarange{#1}%
    \ifnoexplainyet % first explanation
    \firstexplanatory%
      \fi %noexplainyet
      \global\noexplainyetfalse%
\immediate\write\explanations{\pmchecknoteheaders\string~}%
\immediate\write\explanations{\pmciterange}%
    \literalexplain{#2}%
    \ifexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalexplain{\par}%
    \fi %ifexplanationssinglepar
    \fi % ifexplanon 
\pmresetlemmacounters%
\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmemendation}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmemendation}[2][0]{%
\ifemendationson%
    \setpmlemmarange{#1}%
    \ifredundantemendations%
       \iftextnoteson%
	 \ifrangelemma%
	     \pmtextnote[#1]{#2}%
	 \else%
	     \pmtextnote{#2}%
	 \fi % ifrangelemma}
       \fi %iftextnoteson
   \fi % ifredundantemendations    
    \ifnoemendyet % firstemendation
     \firstemendation%
      \fi %noemendyet
      \global\noemendyetfalse%
\immediate\write\emendations{\pmchecknoteheaders\string~}%
\immediate\write\emendations{\pmciterange}%
    \literalemend{#2}%
\ifemendationssinglepar%
    \literalemend{\par}%
    \fi% ifemendationssinglepar 
    \fi % ifemendationson 
\pmresetlemmacounters%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmaccidental}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmaccidental}[1]{%
\iftextnoteson%
 \ifincludeaccidentals%
    \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}%
\pmtextnote{#1}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}%
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
\fi\fi%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmtsvariant}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmtsvariant}[2][0]{\iftextnoteson%
 \ifincludetypescripts%
   \immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}%
\pmtextnote[#1]{#2}%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\nobreak}%
    \iftextnotessinglepar%
    \literaltextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
\fi\fi%
}
\newcommand{\pmtsaccidental}[1]{\iftextnoteson\ifincludetypescripts\pmaccidental{#1}\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%\subsection{~Using Footnotes} |\texnotesatfoot| has to redefine 
%    |\sources| and a few others as well. 
%    \begin{macro}{\textnotesatfoot}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\textnotesatfoot}{% first redefine textnotes
\global\textnotesontrue%
\global\textnotesatendfalse%
\ifsourcesfootnotespara%
\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{A}%
\else%
\DeclareNewFootnote[plain]{A}%
\fi%
\iftextfootnotespara%
\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{B}%
\else%
\DeclareNewFootnote[plain]{B}%
\fi%
\renewcommand{\textnote}[2][0]{\setlemmarange{##1}%
\FootnotetextB{\relax}{\citerange:~##2}%
\resetlemmacounters}% 
% then redefine sources
\renewcommand{\sources}[1]{\FootnotetextA{\relax}{##1}}%
% then prose textnote
\renewcommand{\prosetextnote}[3][0]{%
\unskip\proselinelabel{##2}%
\setproselemmarange{##2}{##1}%
\FootnotetextB{\relax}{\proseciterange:~##3}\resetlemmacounters}%
% then pmtextnote
\renewcommand{\pmtextnote}[2][0]{\setpmlemmarange{##1}%
\FootnotetextB{\relax}{\pmciterange~##2}\pmresetlemmacounters}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\emendationsatfoot}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\emendationsatfoot}{%
\global\emendationsontrue%
\global\emendationsatendfalse%
\ifemendationfootnotespara%
\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{C}%
\else%
\DeclareNewFootnote[plain]{C}%
\fi%
\renewcommand{\emendation}[2][0]{\setlemmarange{##1}%
\FootnotetextC{\relax}{\citerange:~##2}%
\resetlemmacounters}%
\renewcommand{\proseemendation}[3][0]{\unskip\proselinelabel{##2}%
\setproselemmarange{##2}{##1}%
\FootnotetextC{\relax}{\proseciterange:~##3}\resetlemmacounters}%
\renewcommand{\pmemendation}[2][0]{\setpmlemmarange{##1}%
\FootnotetextC{\relax}{\pmciterange~##2}\pmresetlemmacounters}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\explanationsatfoot}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\explanationsatfoot}{%
\global\explanontrue%
\global\explanatendfalse%
\ifexplanfootnotespara%
\DeclareNewFootnote[para]{D}%
\else%
\DeclareNewFootnote[plain]{D}%
\fi%
\renewcommand{\explanatory}[2][0]{\setlemmarange{##1}%
\FootnotetextD{\relax}{\citerange:~##2}%
\resetlemmacounters}%
\renewcommand{\proseexplanatory}[3][0]{\unskip\proselinelabel{##2}%
\setproselemmarange{##2}{##1}%
\FootnotetextD{\relax}{\proseciterange:~##3}}
\renewcommand{\pmexplanatory}[2][0]{\setpmlemmarange{##1}%
\FootnotetextD{\relax}{\pmciterange~##2}\pmresetlemmacounters}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\bibleverse}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\bibleverse}{\pmsentence}
\newcommand{\biblechapter}{\pmpara}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{~Notes at the foot of individual poems} 
%
%    \begin{macro}{\poemendnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifpoemendnoteson
\poemendnotesontrue
\newif\ifpoemendnotessinglepar
\poemendnotessinglepartrue
\newcommand{\makepoemendnotes}{
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
  \newwrite\poemendnotes
  \immediate\openout\poemendnotes=\jobname.pnd
  \literalpoemendnote{\bigskip}
 }
\newcommand{\poemendnote}[2][0]{%
\ifpoemendnoteson
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
    \immediate\write\poemendnotes{\checknoteheaders}
    \literalpoemendnote{#2}%
    \ifpoemendnotessinglepar%
    \literalpoemendnote{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi 
\resetlemmacounters
}
\newcommand{\literalpoemendnote}[1]{%
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\poemendnotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
 }
\newcommand{\putpoemendnotes}{
\ifpoemendnoteson
   \immediate\closeout\poemendnotes
   \input \jobname.pnd
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemendemendationnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifpoemendemendationnoteson
\poemendemendationnotesontrue
\newif\ifpoemendemendationnotessinglepar
\poemendemendationnotessinglepartrue
\newcommand{\makepoemendemendationnotes}{
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
  \newwrite\poemendemendationnotes
  \immediate\openout\poemendemendationnotes=\jobname.pmd
  \literalpoemendemendationnote{\bigskip}
 }
\newcommand{\poemendemendationnote}[2][0]{%
\ifpoemendemendationnoteson
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
    \immediate\write\poemendemendationnotes{\checknoteheaders}
    \literalpoemendemendationnote{#2}%
    \ifpoemendemendationnotessinglepar%
    \literalpoemendemendationnote{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi 
\resetlemmacounters
}
\newcommand{\literalpoemendemendationnote}[1]{%
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\poemendemendationnotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
 }
\newcommand{\putpoemendemendationnotes}{
\ifpoemendemendationnoteson
   \immediate\closeout\poemendemendationnotes
   \input \jobname.pmd
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemendexplanatorynote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifpoemendexplanatorynoteson
\poemendexplanatorynotesontrue
\newif\ifpoemendexplanatorynotessinglepar
\poemendexplanatorynotessinglepartrue
\newcommand{\makepoemendexplanatorynotes}{
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
  \newwrite\poemendexplanatorynotes
  \immediate\openout\poemendexplanatorynotes=\jobname.pxd
  \literalpoemendexplanatorynote{\bigskip}
 }
\newcommand{\poemendexplanatorynote}[2][0]{%
\ifpoemendexplanatorynoteson
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
    \immediate\write\poemendexplanatorynotes{\checknoteheaders}
    \literalpoemendexplanatorynote{#2}%
    \ifpoemendexplanatorynotessinglepar%
    \literalpoemendexplanatorynote{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi 
\resetlemmacounters
}
\newcommand{\literalpoemendexplanatorynote}[1]{%
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\poemendexplanatorynotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
 }
\newcommand{\putpoemendexplanatorynotes}{
\ifpoemendexplanatorynoteson
   \immediate\closeout\poemendexplanatorynotes
   \input \jobname.pxd
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\poemendtextnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifpoemendtextnoteson
\poemendtextnotesontrue
\newif\ifpoemendtextnotessinglepar
\poemendtextnotessinglepartrue
\newcommand{\makepoemendtextnotes}{
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
  \newwrite\poemendtextnotes
  \immediate\openout\poemendtextnotes=\jobname.pmd
  \literalpoemendtextnote{\bigskip}
 }
\newcommand{\poemendtextnote}[2][0]{%
\ifpoemendtextnoteson
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
    \immediate\write\poemendtextnotes{\checknoteheaders}
    \literalpoemendtextnote{#2}%
    \ifpoemendtextnotessinglepar%
    \literalpoemendtextnote{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi 
\resetlemmacounters
}
\newcommand{\literalpoemendtextnote}[1]{%
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\poemendtextnotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
 }
\newcommand{\putpoemendtextnotes}{
\ifpoemendtextnoteson
   \immediate\closeout\poemendtextnotes
   \input \jobname.pmd
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \subsection{~Embarrassing kludges} Because the dirty trick 
% mentioned above writes out textnotes as a ribbon one word wide, 
% quoted poetry in the notes sections will leave a blank line at the 
% end, which will be interpreted as a paragraph break when the file is 
% read back in by \LaTeX. These kludges correct that problem.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\quotedversecorrectiontextnote}[1][0pt]
{\iftextnoteson%
\immediate\write\textnotes{\string\noindent\string\kern-#1}%
\fi}
\newcommand{\quotedversecorrectionemendation}[1][0pt]
{\ifemendationson%
\immediate\write\emendations{\string\noindent\string\kern-#1}%
\fi}
\newcommand{\quotedversecorrectionexplanatory}[1][0pt]
{\ifexplanon%
\immediate\write\explanations{\string\noindent\string\kern-#1}%
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \subsection{~Marking stanza breaks on page turns} Use the macro 
% below to change the symbol used to mark cases in which there is or is 
% not a stanza break at a page turn.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\stanzaatbottom}[1]{\global\edef\stanzaatbottomvalue{#1}}
\stanzaatbottom{*}
\newcommand{\nostanzaatbottom}[1]{\global\edef\nostanzaatbottomvalue{#1}}
\nostanzaatbottom{\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \subsection{~Parallel Texts}
% First, three utility macros from the memoir class:
%  \begin{macro}{\cleartorecto}
% A repeat of |\cleardoublepage|; clears to a recto (odd-numbered) page.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\cleartorecto{\clearpage\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else
  \hbox{}\thispagestyle{empty}%
  \newpage\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\cleartoverso}
% Clears to a verso (even-numbered) page.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\cleartoverso{\clearpage\if@twoside 
  \ifodd\c@page\hbox{}\thispagestyle{empty}%
  \newpage\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
%   
%    \begin{macro}{\ifenv}
%  Macro for testing whether one is in a particular environment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeatletter
\def\ifenv#1{%
      \def\reserved@a{#1}% 
      \ifx\reserved@a\@currenvir 
        \expandafter\@firstoftwo 
      \else 
        \expandafter\@secondoftwo 
      \fi 
} 
\makeatother
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Macros for forcing the marginal line numbers to the left side or 
% the right side. These marginal line numbers, unlike those made with 
% |\marginpar|, do not float. This code is modeled after code from 
% the memoir class, by Peter Wilson.
% 
%    \begin{macro}{\pmclleftsidepar}
% As in the memoir class, these sidepars do not float.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\pmclsavsk
\newcount\pmclsavsf
\def\pmclbsphack{%
  \relax
  \ifhmode
    \pmclsavsk\lastskip
    \pmclsavsf\spacefactor
  \fi}
\def\pmclesphack{%
  \relax
  \ifhmode
    \spacefactor\pmclsavsf
    \ifdim\pmclsavsk>0pt
      \ignorespaces
    \fi
  \fi}
% \newcommand{\pmclleftsidepar}[1]{%
% \pmclbsphack\leavevmode\vadjust{%
%     \rlap{\kern-\parindent%
% 	  \kern -\marginparsep \kern -\marginparwidth % at left
%       \vbox to 0pt{%
%        \kern \pmclsideparvshift%           % vertical shift to align top text lines
%        \begin{minipage}{\marginparwidth}%
% 	#1%
% 	\end{minipage}%
%     \vss}}}\pmclesphack%
% } % version 2.44
\newcommand{\pmclleftsidepar}[1]{%
\pmclbsphack\strut\vadjust{% changed
\rlap{\kern-\parindent%
\kern -\marginparsep \kern -\marginparwidth% at left
%       \vbox to 0pt{%
%        \kern \pmclsideparvshift%           % vertical shift to align top text lines
%        \begin{minipage}{\marginparwidth}%
\setbox0=\vtop to 0pt{% added
\begin{minipage}[t]{\marginparwidth}% added
#1%
\end{minipage}%
%     \vss}}}\pmclesphack%
\vss}% changed
\vtop to 0pt{\kern\pmclsideparvshift % default should be 0pt 
\kern-\dp\strutbox \kern-\ht0 \box0 \vss}}}\pmclesphack}% changed

\newcommand{\pmclrightsidepar}[1]{%
% \pmclbsphack\leavevmode\vadjust{%
\pmclbsphack\strut\vadjust{%
\rlap{\kern-\parindent%
% 	  \kern \textwidth \kern -\marginparsep        % at right
\kern\textwidth\kern\marginparsep% at right
%       \vbox to 0pt{%
%        \kern \pmclsideparvshift%           % vertical shift to align top text lines
%        \begin{minipage}{\marginparwidth}%
\setbox0=\vtop to 0pt{% added
\begin{minipage}[t]{\marginparwidth}% added
#1%
\end{minipage}%
%     \vss}}}\pmclesphack%
\vss}% changed
\vtop to 0pt{\kern\pmclsideparvshift% default should be 0pt 
\kern-\dp\strutbox \kern-\ht0 \box0 \vss}}}\pmclesphack}% changed

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
  
% Booleans for parallel texts
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifparalleltexts
\paralleltextsfalse
\newif\ifrecto
\rectofalse
\newif\ifverso
\versofalse
%    \end{macrocode}
% Booleans are needed to describe situations in which poems and stanzas 
% are left open at the page break. |\finishrectopage| and 
% |\finishversopage| will close poems and stanzas (so as not to 
% generate errors because of environments left open), although as far 
% as the poem is concerned the stanza or poem may still be open. (I 
% will say that the stanza or poem in such a case is ``artificially 
% closed.'') There are two of them for each case of artificial closure. 
% The first boolean (for each stanza or poem artificially closed) 
% must reflect whether the stanza or poem has been (artificially) 
% closed, to reopen on the next page of the same kind (recto or verso). 
% If a poem or stanza has been (artificially) closed, the |\mark| will 
% not be changed (so that it will still reflect whether the reader 
% should understand there to be a stanza break at the bottom of the 
% page or not). The second boolean for each case of artificial closure 
% reflects whether the |\mark| has been changed or not.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifrectopoempending
\rectopoempendingfalse
\newif\ifversopoempending
\versopoempendingfalse
\newif\ifrectostanzapending
\rectostanzapendingfalse
\newif\ifversostanzapending
\versostanzapendingfalse
\newif\ifrectostanzastillopen
\rectostanzastillopenfalse
\newif\ifversostanzastillopen
\versostanzastillopenfalse
\newif\ifrectopoemstillopen
\rectopoemstillopenfalse
\newif\ifversopoemstillopen
\versopoemstillopenfalse
% the same for prose sections
\newif\ifrectoprosesectionpending
\rectoprosesectionpendingfalse
\newif\ifversoprosesectionpending
\versoprosesectionpendingfalse
\newif\ifrectoprosesectionstillopen
\rectoprosesectionstillopenfalse
\newif\ifversoprosesectionstillopen
\versoprosesectionstillopenfalse
% the same for quoted verse
\newif\ifrectoquotedversepending
\rectoquotedversependingfalse
\newif\ifversoquotedversepending
\versoquotedversependingfalse
\newif\ifrectoquotedversestillopen
\rectoquotedversestillopenfalse
\newif\ifversoquotedversestillopen
\versoquotedversestillopenfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
%    A further set of booleans is required for emendations and 
% explanatory notes. Again the idea is that if a poem is artificially 
% closed, but has already had its first emendation or explanatory note 
% written to the external notes files, \textsf{poemscol} will remember that 
% the next emendation or explanatory note it sees is not the first one 
% for that poem and thus won't set the heading information for that 
% poem in the notes section all over again.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifrectoemendationspending
\rectoemendationspendingfalse
\newif\ifversoemendationspending
\versoemendationspendingfalse
\newif\ifrectoexplanationspending
\rectoexplanationspendingfalse
\newif\ifversoexplanationspending
\versoexplanationspendingfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Counters for parallel texts: New counters are needed, not only for the recto and verso lines, but 
% also for the scratch value which determines whether or not it is time to 
% output a marginal line number. These are saved at the end of every 
% page, and restored at the beginning of every page of the same kind.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{rectolinecounter}
\setcounter{rectolinecounter}{1}
\newcounter{rectoindexscratch}
\setcounter{rectoindexscratch}{1}
\newcounter{versolinecounter}
\setcounter{versolinecounter}{1}
\newcounter{versoindexscratch}
\setcounter{versoindexscratch}{1}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\startparalleltexts}
% Clears to a verso (even-numbered) page, fixes where to put line 
% numbers, modifies poem and stanza environments, changes where 
% marginal line numbers are set, sets the booleans.   \label{startparalleltexts}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\startparalleltexts}{%
\leavevmode
\cleartoverso
\paralleltextstrue 
\renewenvironment{poem}{\raggedright
     \language=255%no hyphenation in verse
     \noemendyettrue
     \noexplainyettrue
     \setcounter{verselinenumber}{0}\setcounter{printlineindex}{0}
     \nobreak\begin{pmclverse}   
     \inpoemtrue\nobreak\mark{\relax}}
     % must end poem if parallel text. Don't worry, 
     % begin recto page and begin verso page will 
     % reopen the poem and reset the line counter to the right value
     % if it was finish recto page or finish verso page
     % that closed the poem rather than your own declaration.
{\ifversopoemstillopen 
       \end{pmclverse}
	\inpoemfalse\mark{\relax}
   \else
      \ifrectopoemstillopen
	  \end{pmclverse}
	  \inpoemfalse\mark{\relax}
      \else
\end{pmclverse}
     \inpoemfalse\mark{\relax}
     \goodbreak\afterpoemskip%\bigskip
\fi\fi     }
\renewenvironment{stanza}{\penalty-100\instanzatrue\mark{\nostanzaatbottomvalue\ }}
% must end stanza if parallel text. Don't worry, 
% begin recto page and begin verso page will 
% reopen the stanza and reset the line counter to the right value
% if it was finish recto page or finish verso page
% that closed the stanza rather than your own declaration. 
{\ifversostanzastillopen
       \relax
   \else
      \ifrectostanzastillopen
	  \relax
      \else
	 \nobreak\mark{\stanzaatbottomvalue\ }\nobreak
\ifspeciallinelock%
\relax\else%
\nolinebreak\incrementverselinenumber%
\fi%
\speciallinelockfalse%	
	 \nobreak
	 \instanzafalse

	 \stanzaskip
\fi\fi
}
\renewcommand{\putverselinenumber}{\nolinebreak\begin{marginenvironment}%
  \nolinebreak
%  \marn{\hfil\textrm{\theverselinenumber}}
%  \marginpar{\hfil\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}}
  \pmclleftsidepar{\textrm{\scriptsize\theverselinenumber}}%  
  \nolinebreak
  \end{marginenvironment}%
  \nolinebreak
}
}
\newenvironment{parallelverse}{\startparalleltexts}
{\finishparalleltexts}
\newtoks{\versotitleholder}
\newtoks{\rectotitleholder}
\newcommand{\makeversotitleholder}[1]{%
\versotitleholder={#1}%
}
\newcommand{\makerectotitleholder}[1]{%
\rectotitleholder={#1}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\versopoemtitle}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeatletter
\newcommand{\versopoemtitle}[1]{%
\versoset@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentone}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentsindenttwoamount}%
}
\newcommand{\versoset@p@emtitle}[6]{\pmclversoresetsettitleinnotes%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{#6}%
{#2}%
{#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
{\ifcentertitleson\begin{center}#1\end{center}\else #4 #1\fi}%
\end{titleentryenvironment}}%
{#5}%
\m@kep@emlabel
\versom@ken@teholder{#1}%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}}
\newcommand{\versom@ken@teholder}[1]{%
\ifsinglelinetitle
\versotitleholder={#1}%
\global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
\else\iftitlefirstline
       \versotitleholder={#1}%
       \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
     \else\iftitlemiddleline
	     \titlesofar=\versotitleholder
	     \titleincrement={~#1}%
	     \global\edef\titleconcat{\the\titlesofar \the\titleincrement}%
	     \versotitleholder=\expandafter{\titleconcat}%
	     \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
	  \else
	      \titlesofar=\versotitleholder
	      \titleincrement={~#1}%
	      \global\edef\titleconcat{\the\titlesofar \the\titleincrement}%
	      \versotitleholder=\expandafter{\titleconcat}%
	      \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
	   \fi
       \fi
  \fi
}
\newcommand{\versotitletoothernotes}{\string\par
\ifputpagenumberinnotes%
\string\argpageref\string{\@compoundlabelscratch\string}%
\string\setcounterfrompageref\string{notepageholdertitle\string}%
\string{\@compoundlabelscratch\string}%
\fi%
\string\textbf\string{\ \the\versotitleholder\string}
}%
\newcommand{\versopoemtitlenocontents}[1]{%
\versoset@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
}
\newcommand{\versotitleinnotescheck}{\ifparalleltexts\let\titletoothernotes=\versotitletoothernotes\fi}
\makeatother
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\rectopoemtitle}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\makeatletter
\newcommand{\rectopoemtitle}[1]{%
\rectoset@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentone}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
{\contentsindenttwoamount}%
}
\newcommand{\rectoset@p@emtitle}[6]{\pmclrectoresetsettitleinnotes
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{#6}%
{#2}%
{#3 \begin{titleentryenvironment}%
{\ifcentertitleson\begin{center}#1\end{center}\else #4 #1\fi}%
\end{titleentryenvironment}}%
{#5}%
\m@kep@emlabel
\rectom@ken@teholder{#1}%
\setlength{\titleentryoverrun}{\z@}}
\newcommand{\rectom@ken@teholder}[1]{%
\ifsinglelinetitle
\rectotitleholder={#1}%
\global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
\else\iftitlefirstline
       \rectotitleholder={#1}%
       \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
     \else\iftitlemiddleline
	     \titlesofar=\rectotitleholder
	     \titleincrement={~#1}%
	     \global\edef\titleconcat{\the\titlesofar \the\titleincrement}%
	     \rectotitleholder=\expandafter{\titleconcat}%
	     \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
	  \else
	      \titlesofar=\rectotitleholder
	      \titleincrement={~#1}%
	      \global\edef\titleconcat{\the\titlesofar \the\titleincrement}%
	      \rectotitleholder=\expandafter{\titleconcat}%
	      \global\edef\@compoundlabelscratch{poem\thepoemnumber}%
	   \fi
       \fi
  \fi
}
\newcommand{\rectotitletoothernotes}{\string\par
\ifputpagenumberinnotes%
\string\argpageref\string{\@compoundlabelscratch\string}%
\string\setcounterfrompageref\string{notepageholdertitle\string}%
\string{\@compoundlabelscratch\string}%
\fi%
\string\textbf\string{\ \the\rectotitleholder\string}
}%
\newcommand{\rectopoemtitlenocontents}[1]{%
\rectoset@p@emtitle{#1}{\poemtitlepenalty}{\poemtitlefont}%
{\poemtitleindent}{\nobreak\par\nobreak\afterpoemtitleskip\nobreak}{\z@}%
%\c@ntentsinfo{#1}{\contentsindentone}{\contentspoemtitlefont}%
%{\contentsindenttwoamount}%
%\t@xtnotesinfo{#1}%
}
\newcommand{\rectotitleinnotescheck}{\ifparalleltexts\let\titletoothernotes=\rectotitletoothernotes\fi}
\makeatother
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\saveversoline}
%    Macros for saving and restoring line numbers:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\saveversoline}{\setcounter{versolinecounter}%
 {\value{verselinenumber}}%
\setcounter{versoindexscratch}{\value{printlineindex}}}   
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\restoreversoline}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\restoreversoline}{\setcounter{verselinenumber}%
  {\value{versolinecounter}}%
\setcounter{printlineindex}{\value{versoindexscratch}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\saverectoline}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\saverectoline}{\setcounter{rectolinecounter}%
 {\value{verselinenumber}}%
\setcounter{rectoindexscratch}{\value{printlineindex}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\restorerectoline}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\restorerectoline}{\setcounter{verselinenumber}%
  {\value{rectolinecounter}}%
\setcounter{printlineindex}{\value{rectoindexscratch}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Macros for line cross references:
% 
% You will probably want to use line cross references to show which
% lines on the recto page correspond to which lines on the verso page.
% When you do this, you will set, in the margin of a line on the recto
% page, the line number of the corresponding line on the verso side, in
% square brackets.  You may mark that line number with a distinctive
% identifier.  |\synchroflag| is a token register to hold that
% identifier, and |\setsynchroflag| is a command to put the identifier
% in the register.  For instance, if you are setting the 1805 version of
% Wordsworth's \emph{The Prelude} on the verso, and the 1850 version on
% the recto, you might wish to set the ``synchroflag'' to ``1805'' so
% that the line cross reference will look something like ``[1805:
% 147]''.
%    \begin{macro}{\setsynchroflag}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks{\synchroflag}
\newcommand{\setsynchroflag}[1]{\synchroflag={#1}}
\setsynchroflag{\relax}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Here are commands for defining and calling ``synchrolabels'', line 
% cross references that tie verso and recto pages:
%    \begin{macro}{\synchrolabel}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\synchrolabel}[1]{\poemlinelabel{#1}}
\newcommand{\hfilll}{\hskip 0pt plus 1 filll}
\newcommand{\synchroref}[1]{%
\pmclrightsidepar{{\textrm{\scriptsize[\the\synchroflag\ref{#1}]}}}%
%  \hfill\rlap{{\textrm{\scriptsize[\the\synchroflag\ref{#1}]}}}                           
%  \ifnum\theprintlineindex=\thelineindexrepeat
%  \hspace{-7pt}
% \fi
 }
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    Finally, the |\startversopage|, |\finishversopage|, |\startrectopage| 
% |\finishrectopage| and |\finishparalleltexts| macros:
%    \begin{macro}{\startversopage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\startversopage}{
\ifrectostanzastillopen
  \end{stanza}
  \rectostanzastillopenfalse
  \end{poem} 
   \rectopoemstillopenfalse
\fi
\ifrectopoemstillopen % from previous page
  \end{poem} 
  \rectopoemstillopenfalse
\fi 
\ifversopoempending % from previous verso
   \begin{poem}
  \global\versopoempendingfalse
\fi
\ifversostanzapending % from previous verso
  \begin{stanza}
  \global\versostanzapendingfalse
\fi
\ifversoemendationspending
  \noemendyetfalse
  \global\versoemendationspendingfalse
\fi
\ifversoexplanationspending
  \noexplainyetfalse
  \global\versoexplanationspendingfalse
\fi
\rectofalse\versotrue\restoreversoline
\let\titletoothernotes=\versotitletoothernotes}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\finishversopage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\finishversopage}{
\saveversoline\versofalse\
\ifinpoem
  \global\versopoempendingtrue
  \versopoemstillopentrue
\fi
\ifinstanza
   \global\versostanzapendingtrue 
   \versostanzastillopentrue 
   \global\versopoempendingtrue
     \versopoemstillopentrue 
\fi
\ifnoemendyet
 \relax
 \else
   \global\versoemendationspendingtrue
    \noemendyetfalse
\fi
\ifnoexplainyet
   \relax
    \else
       \global\versoexplanationspendingtrue
       \noexplainyetfalse 
\fi
% \clearpage % keep in comment until footnotes problems are worked out
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\startrectopage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\startrectopage}{
\ifversostanzastillopen
  \end{stanza} 
  \versostanzastillopenfalse
  \end{poem} 
  \versopoemstillopenfalse
\fi 
\ifversopoemstillopen
  \end{poem} 
  \versopoemstillopenfalse
\fi
\ifrectopoempending
  \begin{poem}
  \global\rectopoempendingfalse
\fi
\ifrectostanzapending
  \begin{stanza} 
  \global\rectostanzapendingfalse
\fi
\ifrectoemendationspending
  \noemendyetfalse
  \global\rectoemendationspendingfalse
\fi
\ifrectoexplanationspending
  \noexplainyetfalse
  \global\rectoexplanationspendingfalse
\fi
\versofalse\rectotrue\restorerectoline
\let\titletoothernotes=\rectotitletoothernotes}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\finishrectopage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\finishrectopage}{\saverectoline\rectofalse
\ifinpoem
  \global\rectopoempendingtrue
  \rectopoemstillopentrue 
\fi
\ifinstanza
   \global\rectostanzapendingtrue   
   \rectostanzastillopentrue 
   \global\rectopoempendingtrue      
     \rectopoemstillopentrue 
\fi
\ifnoemendyet
  \relax
  \else
    \global\rectoemendationspendingtrue
    \noemendyetfalse
\fi
\ifnoexplainyet
  \relax
  \else
    \global\versoexplanationspendingtrue
    \noexplainyetfalse 
\fi
% \clearpage % until footnote problem is solved
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\finishparalleltexts}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\finishparalleltexts}{
\ifinstanza
\end{stanza}
\fi
\ifinpoem
\end{poem}
\fi
\ifinprosesection
\end{prosesection}
\fi
\ifinquotedverse
\end{quotedverse}
\fi
\rectofalse\versofalse\paralleltextsfalse
\makeatletter\pmclresetsettitleinnotes\makeatother
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\makeversotextnotes}
% Next, the versotextnotes section:
%    \begin{macrocode}
% tokens for changing the names of these notes
\newtoks{\versotextnotesname}
\versotextnotesname={TEXTUAL NOTES}
\newcommand{\changeversotextnotesname}[1]{\versotextnotesname={#1}}
\newtoks{\versotextnotesheadername}
\versotextnotesheadername={Textual Notes to}
\newcommand{\changeversotextnotesheader}[1]{\versotextnotesheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\versotextnotescontentsname}
\versotextnotescontentsname={Textual Notes}
\newcommand{\changeversotextnotescontentsname}[1]{%
\versotextnotescontentsname={#1}}
% two column notes
\newif\ifversotextnotestwocol
\versotextnotestwocolfalse
% versotextnotes section setup
\newcommand{\makeversotextnotes}{\global\textnotesontrue 
  \newwrite\versotextnotes
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
   \immediate\openout\versotextnotes=\jobname.vtn
   \literalversotextnote{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
   {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\versotextnotesheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\versotextnotesheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\versotextnotesname}{versotextnotes}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\ifversotextnotestwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\versotextnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifversotextnotessinglepar
\newif\ifnoversotextnoteyet
\newcommand{\literalversotextnote}[1]{\begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\versotextnotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
}
\newcommand{\firstversotextnote}{\immediate\write\versotextnotes{\versotitletoothernotes}
    \ifversotextnotessinglepar%
    \literalversotextnote{\par}%
    \fi% ifversotextnotessinglepa
 }
\newcommand{\versotextnote}[2][0]{\versotitleinnotescheck
    \setlemmarange{#1}%  
    \ifnoversotextnoteyet % firstversotextnote
     \firstversotextnote
      \fi %noversotextnoteyet
      \global\noversotextnoteyetfalse
\immediate\write\versotextnotes{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literalversotextnote{#2}%
    \ifversotextnotessinglepar%
    \literalversotextnote{\par}%
    \fi% ifversotextnotessinglepar    
\resetlemmacounters
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\makerectotextnotes}
% Next, the rectotextnotes section:
%    \begin{macrocode}
% tokens for changing the names of these notes
\newtoks{\rectotextnotesname}
\rectotextnotesname={TEXTUAL NOTES}
\newcommand{\changerectotextnotesname}[1]{\rectotextnotesname={#1}}
\newtoks{\rectotextnotesheadername}
\rectotextnotesheadername={Textual Notes to}
\newcommand{\changerectotextnotesheader}[1]{\rectotextnotesheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\rectotextnotescontentsname}
\rectotextnotescontentsname={Textual Notes}
\newcommand{\changerectotextnotescontentsname}[1]{%
\rectotextnotescontentsname={#1}}
% two column notes
\newif\ifrectotextnotestwocol
\rectotextnotestwocolfalse
% rectotextnotes section setup
\newcommand{\makerectotextnotes}{\global\textnotesontrue 
  \newwrite\rectotextnotes
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
   \immediate\openout\rectotextnotes=\jobname.rtn
   \literalrectotextnote{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
   {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\rectotextnotesheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\rectotextnotesheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\rectotextnotesname}{rectotextnotes}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\ifrectotextnotestwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\rectotextnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifrectotextnotessinglepar
\newif\ifnorectotextnoteyet
\newcommand{\literalrectotextnote}[1]{\begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\rectotextnotes{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
}
\newcommand{\firstrectotextnote}{\immediate\write\rectotextnotes{\rectotitletoothernotes}
    \ifrectotextnotessinglepar%
    \literalrectotextnote{\par}%
    \fi% ifrectotextnotessinglepar  
}
\newcommand{\rectotextnote}[2][0]{\rectotitleinnotescheck
    \setlemmarange{#1}%  
    \ifnorectotextnoteyet % firstrectotextnote
     \firstrectotextnote
      \fi %norectotextnoteyet
      \global\norectotextnoteyetfalse
\immediate\write\rectotextnotes{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literalrectotextnote{#2}%
    \ifrectotextnotessinglepar%
    \literalrectotextnote{\par}%
    \fi% ifrectotextnotessinglepar    
\resetlemmacounters
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%     \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\makeversoemendations}
% Next, the versoemendations section:
%    \begin{macrocode}
% tokens for changing the names of these notes
\newtoks{\versoemendationsname}
\versoemendationsname={EMENDATIONS}
\newcommand{\changeversoemendationsname}[1]{\versoemendationsname={#1}}
\newtoks{\versoemendationsheadername}
\versoemendationsheadername={Emendations to}
\newcommand{\changeversoemendationsheader}[1]{\versoemendationsheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\versoemendationscontentsname}
\versoemendationscontentsname={Emendations}
\newcommand{\changeversoemendationscontentsname}[1]{%
\versoemendationscontentsname={#1}}
% two column notes
\newif\ifversoemendationstwocol
\versoemendationstwocolfalse
% versoemendations section setup
\newcommand{\makeversoemendations}{\global\emendationsontrue 
  \newwrite\versoemendations
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
   \immediate\openout\versoemendations=\jobname.vem
   \literalversoemendation{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
   {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\versoemendationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\versoemendationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\versoemendationsname}{versoemendations}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\ifversoemendationstwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\versoemendation}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifversoemendationssinglepar
\newif\ifnoversoemendationyet
\newcommand{\literalversoemendation}[1]{\begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\versoemendations{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
}
\newcommand{\firstversoemendation}{\immediate\write\versoemendations{\versotitletoothernotes}
    \ifversoemendationssinglepar%
    \literalversoemendation{\par}%
    \fi% ifversoemendationssinglepar  
}
\newcommand{\versoemendation}[2][0]{\versotitleinnotescheck%
    \setlemmarange{#1}%  
    \ifnoversoemendationyet % firstversoemendation
     \firstversoemendation
      \fi %noversoemendationyet
      \global\noversoemendationyetfalse
\immediate\write\versoemendations{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literalversoemendation{#2}%
    \ifversoemendationssinglepar%
    \literalversoemendation{\par}%
    \fi% ifversoemendationssinglepar    
\resetlemmacounters
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\makerectoemendations}
% Next, the rectoemendations section:
%    \begin{macrocode}
% tokens for changing the names of these notes
\newtoks{\rectoemendationsname}
\rectoemendationsname={EMENDATIONS}
\newcommand{\changerectoemendationsname}[1]{\rectoemendationsname={#1}}
\newtoks{\rectoemendationsheadername}
\rectoemendationsheadername={Emendations to}
\newcommand{\changerectoemendationsheader}[1]{\rectoemendationsheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\rectoemendationscontentsname}
\rectoemendationscontentsname={Emendations}
\newcommand{\changerectoemendationscontentsname}[1]{%
\rectoemendationscontentsname={#1}}
% two column notes
\newif\ifrectoemendationstwocol
\rectoemendationstwocolfalse
% rectoemendations section setup
\newcommand{\makerectoemendations}{\global\emendationsontrue 
  \newwrite\rectoemendations
  \global\verselinenumberstrue
   \immediate\openout\rectoemendations=\jobname.rem
   \literalrectoemendation{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
   {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead{}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\rectoemendationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\rectoemendationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\rectoemendationsname}{rectoemendations}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont
\ifrectoemendationstwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\rectoemendation}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifrectoemendationssinglepar
\newif\ifnorectoemendationyet
\newcommand{\literalrectoemendation}[1]{\begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\rectoemendations{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
}
\newcommand{\firstrectoemendation}{\immediate\write\rectoemendations{\rectotitletoothernotes}
    \ifrectoemendationssinglepar%
    \literalrectoemendation{\par}%
    \fi% ifrectoemendationssinglepar   
}
\newcommand{\rectoemendation}[2][0]{\rectotitleinnotescheck
    \setlemmarange{#1}%  
    \ifnorectoemendationyet % firstrectoemendation
     \firstrectoemendation
      \fi %norectoemendationyet
      \global\norectoemendationyetfalse
\immediate\write\rectoemendations{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literalrectoemendation{#2}%
    \ifrectoemendationssinglepar%
    \literalrectoemendation{\par}%
    \fi% ifrectoemendationssinglepar    
\resetlemmacounters
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\makeversoexplanatorynotes}
% And the verso explanatory notes:
%    \begin{macrocode}
% Tokens to change names of these notes
\newtoks{\versoexplanationsname}
\versoexplanationsname={EXPLANATORY NOTES}
\newcommand{\changeversoexplanationsname}[1]{\versoexplanationsname={#1}}
\newtoks{\versoexplanationsheadername}
\versoexplanationsheadername={Explanatory Notes to}
\newcommand{\changeversoexplanationsheader}[1]{\versoexplanationsheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\versoexplanationscontentsname}
\versoexplanationscontentsname={Explanatory Notes}
\newcommand{\changeversoexplanationscontentsname}[1]{%
\versoexplanationscontentsname={#1}}
% Two column notes
\newif\ifversoexplanationstwocol
\versoexplanationstwocolfalse
% versoexplanatory notes setup
\newcommand{\makeversoexplanatorynotes}{\global\explanontrue
     \global\verselinenumberstrue
     \newwrite\versoexplanations
     \immediate\openout\versoexplanations=\jobname.vex
     \literalversoexplain{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
	 {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\versoexplanationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\versoexplanationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\versoexplanationsname}{versoexplanatorynotes}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont 
\ifversoexplanationstwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}
%    \begin{macro}{\versoexplanatory}
%    Again, |\firstversoexplanatory| is internal, called by |\versoexplanatory|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\literalversoexplain}[1]{
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\versoexplanations{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
}
\newif\ifversoexplanationssinglepar
\newcommand{\firstversoexplanatory}{\immediate\write\versoexplanations{\versotitletoothernotes}
    \ifversoexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalversoexplain{\par}%
\fi}
\newif\ifnoversoexplainyet
\newcommand{\versoexplanatory}[2][0]{\versotitleinnotescheck%
\ifexplanon
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
    \ifnoversoexplainyet % first versoexplanation
    \firstversoexplanatory
      \fi %noversoexplainyet
      \global\noversoexplainyetfalse
\immediate\write\versoexplanations{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literalversoexplain{#2}%
    \ifversoexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalversoexplain{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi % ifexplanon 
\resetlemmacounters
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\makerectoexplanatorynotes}
% And the recto explanatory notes:
%    \begin{macrocode}
% Tokens to change names of these notes
\newtoks{\rectoexplanationsname}
\rectoexplanationsname={EXPLANATORY NOTES}
\newcommand{\changerectoexplanationsname}[1]{\rectoexplanationsname={#1}}
\newtoks{\rectoexplanationsheadername}
\rectoexplanationsheadername={Explanatory Notes to}
\newcommand{\changerectoexplanationsheader}[1]{\rectoexplanationsheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\rectoexplanationscontentsname}
\rectoexplanationscontentsname={Explanatory Notes}
\newcommand{\changerectoexplanationscontentsname}[1]{%
\rectoexplanationscontentsname={#1}}
% Two column notes
\newif\ifrectoexplanationstwocol
\rectoexplanationstwocolfalse
% rectoexplanatory notes setup
\newcommand{\makerectoexplanatorynotes}{\global\explanontrue
     \global\verselinenumberstrue
     \newwrite\rectoexplanations
     \immediate\openout\rectoexplanations=\jobname.rex
     \literalrectoexplain{\flushbottom{\par\clearpage
	 {\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\rectoexplanationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\rectoexplanationsheadername~\mymarks}}}
\fancyfoot{}
\mark{3}
\setendnotessectiontitle{\the\rectoexplanationsname}{rectoexplanatorynotes}
\tolerance=500\language=0
\normalfont \backmattertextfont 
\ifrectoexplanationstwocol
\begin{multicols}{2}
\fi
\setlength{\parindent}{-10pt}
}
}
%    \begin{macro}{\rectoexplanatory}
%    Again, |\firstrectoexplanatory| is internal, called by |\rectoexplanatory|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\literalrectoexplain}[1]{
     \begingroup
        \def\next{#1}%
        \newlinechar='40
        \immediate\write\rectoexplanations{\expandafter\strip\meaning\next}%
     \endgroup
}
\newif\ifrectoexplanationssinglepar
\newcommand{\firstrectoexplanatory}{\immediate\write\rectoexplanations{\rectotitletoothernotes}
    \ifrectoexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalrectoexplain{\par}%
    \fi%
}
\newif\ifnorectoexplainyet
\newcommand{\rectoexplanatory}[2][0]{\rectotitleinnotescheck%
\ifexplanon
    \setlemmarange{#1}%
    \ifnorectoexplainyet % first rectoexplanation
    \firstrectoexplanatory
      \fi %norectoexplainyet
      \global\norectoexplainyetfalse
\immediate\write\rectoexplanations{\checknoteheaders}%
    \literalrectoexplain{#2}%
    \ifrectoexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalrectoexplain{\par}%
    \fi%
    \fi % ifexplanon 
\resetlemmacounters
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\versoprosetextnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\versoprosetextnote}[3][0]{%
\iftextnoteson%
\versotitleinnotescheck
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%
   \ifnoversotextnoteyet % firstversotextnote
     \firstversotextnote
      \fi %noversotextnoteyet
      \global\noversotextnoteyetfalse
\immediate\write\versotextnotes{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
\literalversotextnote{#3}%
\ifversotextnotessinglepar%
\literalversotextnote{\par}%
\fi%
\resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\versoproseemendation}
% Notice that it calls |\firstemendation| as usual.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\versoproseemendation}[3][0]{%
\ifemendationson%
\versotitleinnotescheck
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%
    \ifredundantemendations
       \iftextnoteson
	 \ifrangelemma
	     \versoprosetextnote[#1]{#2}{#3}%
	 \else
	     \versoprosetextnote{#2}{#3}%
	 \fi % ifrangelemma}
       \fi %iftextnoteson
\ifversotextnotessinglepar%
\literalversotextnote{\par}%
\fi%  iftextnotessinglepar     
   \fi % ifredundantemendations    
    \ifnoversoemendationyet % firstemendation
     \firstversoemendation
      \fi%noemendyet
      \global\noversoemendationyetfalse
\immediate\write\versoemendations{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
    \literalversoemendation{#3}%
\ifversoemendationssinglepar%
\literalversoemendation{\par}%
\fi% ifemendationssinglep
    \resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\versoproseexplanatory}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\versoproseexplanatory}[3][0]{%
\ifexplanon%
\versotitleinnotescheck
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%  
    \ifnoversoexplainyet% firstexplanation
     \firstversoexplanatory%
      \fi%noexplainyet
      \global\noversoexplainyetfalse%
\immediate\write\versoexplanations{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
    \literalversoexplain{#3}%
\ifversoexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalversoexplain{\par}%
    \fi% ifexplanationssinglepar
    \resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\rectoprosetextnote}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\rectoprosetextnote}[3][0]{%
\iftextnoteson%
\rectotitleinnotescheck
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%
  \ifnorectotextnoteyet % firstrectotextnote
     \firstrectotextnote
      \fi %norectotextnoteyet
      \global\norectotextnoteyetfalse
\immediate\write\rectotextnotes{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
\literalrectotextnote{#3}%
\ifrectotextnotessinglepar%
\literalrectotextnote{\par}%
\fi%
\resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\rectoproseemendation}
% Notice that it calls |\firstemendation| as usual.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\rectoproseemendation}[3][0]{%
\ifemendationson%
\rectotitleinnotescheck
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%
    \ifredundantemendations
       \iftextnoteson
	 \ifrangelemma
	     \rectoprosetextnote[#1]{#2}{#3}%
	 \else
	     \rectoprosetextnote{#2}{#3}%
	 \fi % ifrangelemma}
       \fi %iftextnoteson
\ifrectotextnotessinglepar%
\literalrectotextnote{\par}%
\fi%  iftextnotessinglepar     
   \fi % ifredundantemendations    
    \ifnorectoemendationyet % firstemendation
     \firstrectoemendation
      \fi%noemendyet
      \global\norectoemendationyetfalse
\immediate\write\rectoemendations{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
    \literalrectoemendation{#3}%
\ifrectoemendationssinglepar%
\literalrectoemendation{\par}%
\fi% ifemendationssinglep
    \resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\rectoproseexplanatory}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\rectoproseexplanatory}[3][0]{%
\ifexplanon%
\rectotitleinnotescheck
\unskip\proselinelabel{#2}%
\setproselemmarange{#2}{#1}%  
    \ifnorectoexplainyet% firstexplanation
     \firstrectoexplanatory%
      \fi%noexplainyet
      \global\norectoexplainyetfalse%
\immediate\write\rectoexplanations{\checkprosenoteheaders}%
    \literalrectoexplain{#3}%
\ifrectoexplanationssinglepar%
    \literalrectoexplain{\par}%
    \fi% ifexplanationssinglepar
    \resetlemmacounters%
\fi\unskip%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmclresetsettitleinnotes}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmclresetsettitleinnotes}{%
\noversoemendationyettrue%
\noversoexplainyettrue%
\noversotextnoteyettrue%
\norectoemendationyettrue%
\norectoexplainyettrue%
\norectotextnoteyettrue%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmclversoresetsettitleinnotes}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmclversoresetsettitleinnotes}{%
\noversoemendationyettrue%
\noversoexplainyettrue%
\noversotextnoteyettrue%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\pmclrectoresetsettitleinnotes}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\pmclrectoresetsettitleinnotes}{%
\norectoemendationyettrue%
\norectoexplainyettrue%
\norectotextnoteyettrue%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\literalexplain}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\literalexplanatory=\literalexplain
\let\literalversoexplanatory=\literalversoexplain
\let\literalrectoexplanatory=\literalrectoexplain
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putversotextnotes} Does the same for textual notes.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putversotextnotes}{
\iftextnoteson
\ifversotextnotestwocol
\literalversotextnote{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\versotextnotes
   \input \jobname.vtn
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\versotextnotescontentsname}{versotextnotes}
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putrectotextnotes} Does the same for recto textual notes.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putrectotextnotes}{
\iftextnoteson
\ifrectotextnotestwocol
\literalrectotextnote{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\rectotextnotes
   \input \jobname.rtn
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\rectotextnotescontentsname}{rectotextnotes}
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putversoemendations} This macro closes external file 
% for verso emendations, 
% reads it in, and puts an entry for the emendations into the table of contents
% file. The macro tests to see whether there is an .aux file from a previous run 
% before doing this, and complains in the .log file if the .aux file does not
% exist.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putversoemendations}{
\ifemendationson
\ifversoemendationstwocol
\literalversoemendation{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\versoemendations
   \input \jobname.vem
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\versoemendationscontentsname}{versoemendations}
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putrectoemendations} This macro closes external file 
% for recto emendations, 
% reads it in, and puts an entry for the emendations into the table of contents
% file. The macro tests to see whether there is an .aux file from a previous run 
% before doing this, and complains in the .log file if the .aux file does not
% exist.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putrectoemendations}{
\ifemendationson
\ifrectoemendationstwocol
\literalrectoemendation{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\rectoemendations
   \input \jobname.rem
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\rectoemendationscontentsname}{rectoemendations}
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putversoexplanatorynotes} Does the same for verso explanatory notes. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putversoexplanatorynotes}{
\ifexplanon
\ifversoexplanationstwocol
\literalversoexplain{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\versoexplanations
   \input \jobname.vex
\ifpoemcontentson
 \ifexplanon
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\versoexplanationscontentsname}{versoexplanatorynotes}
  \fi
\fi
\else
 \relax
\fi}%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putrectoexplanatorynotes} Does the same for recto explanatory notes. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putrectoexplanatorynotes}{
\ifexplanon
\ifrectoexplanationstwocol
\literalrectoexplain{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\rectoexplanations
   \input \jobname.rex
\ifpoemcontentson
 \ifexplanon
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\rectoexplanationscontentsname}{rectoexplanatorynotes}
  \fi
\fi
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{~Parallel Texts in Prose}
% First, some booleans.
%    \begin{macro}{\ifversopassagestillopen}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifversopassagestillopen
\versopassagestillopenfalse
\newif\ifrectopassagestillopen
\rectopassagestillopenfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% When the last recto page ended, was the last paragraph finished?
% True means the next recto should continue the paragraph from the last recto
%    \begin{macro}{\ifinpara}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifinpara
\inparafalse
\newif\ifrectoparapending
\rectoparapendingfalse
\newif\ifrectoparaopen
\rectoparaopenfalse
\newif\ifversoparapending
\versoparapendingfalse
\newif\ifversoparaopen
\versoparaopenfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Counters: prosepage versoproselinecounter, etc., and commands to set them.
%    \begin{macro}{\makeprosepagelabel}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{prosepage}
\setcounter{prosepage}{1}
\newcommand{\makeprosepagelabel}{\proselinelabel{prosepageno\theprosepage}}
\newcounter{versoproselinecounter}
\newcommand{\saveversoproseline}{%
\refstepcounter{prosepage}%
\makeprosepagelabel
\setcounterfromref{versoproselinecounter}{prosepageno\theprosepage}
}
\newcommand{\restoreversoproseline}{\setcounter{linenumber}{\value{versoproselinecounter}}}%
\newcounter{rectoproselinecounter}
\newcommand{\saverectoproseline}{%
\refstepcounter{prosepage}%
\makeprosepagelabel
\setcounterfromref{rectoproselinecounter}{prosepageno\theprosepage}
}
\newcommand{\restorerectoproseline}{\setcounter{linenumber}%
 {\value{rectoproselinecounter}}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% The |\parastart| and |\paraend| macros, to mark the beginning and end
% of paragraphs
%    \begin{macro}{\parastart}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\parastart}{\inparatrue}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\paraend}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\paraend}{\inparafalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% |\startparalleltextsprose| and |\finishparalleltextsprose|
%    \begin{macro}{\startparalleltextsprose}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\startparalleltextsprose}{%
\leavevmode
\cleartoverso
\paralleltextstrue 
\inparafalse
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\finishparalleltextsprose}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\finishparalleltextsprose}{%
\paralleltextsfalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{parallelprose}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{parallelprose}{\startparalleltextprose} {\finishparalleltextsprose}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% |\startversoprosepage|
%    \begin{macro}{\startversoprosepage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\startversoprosepage}{%
\let\titletoothernotes=\versotitletoothernotes
\restoreversoproseline%
\ifversoparapending{\inparatrue}\else{\inparafalse}\fi%
\ifinpara{\noindent}\else{\relax}\fi%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% |\finishversoprosepage|
%    \begin{macro}{\finishversoprosepage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\finishversoprosepage}{%
\ifinpara{\versoparapendingtrue}\else{\versoparapendingfalse}\fi%
\saveversoproseline%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% |\startrectoprosepage|
%    \begin{macro}{\startrectoprosepage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\startrectoprosepage}{%
\let\titletoothernotes=\rectotitletoothernotes
\restorerectoproseline%
\ifrectoparapending{\inparatrue}\else{\inparafalse}\fi%
\ifinpara{\noindent}\else{\relax}\fi%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\finishrectoprosepage}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\finishrectoprosepage}{%
\ifinpara{\rectoparapendingtrue}\else{\rectoparapendingfalse}\fi%
\saverectoproseline
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{~Finishing up} 
%    \begin{macro}{\finish}
% The  |\finish| macro  reads in the notes, 
% the index (previously created from your .aux file by MakeIndex), and 
% the contents sections and sets them. The notes sections send page 
% information to the contents file as they are set. Then the page 
% information for the index is sent to the contents file. Finally the 
% contents file is closed and read in. If you have an editor's 
% introduction or a list of abbreviations, copy this macro, uncomment out the commented out lines, 
% and issue it all as a |\renewcommand| for |\finish|. Be sure to 
% have the command |\label{editorsintroduction}| on the first page of 
% your introduction.

% It usually takes three 
% passes to get the table of contents and the index files correct. 
% 
% The consequence of doing using |\finish| is that the table of
% contents comes last.  There are ways around this that are described
% earlier.  The notes sections are all typeset in the |\small| size.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\finish}{
\small\bf \hyphenchar\font=45
\small\it \hyphenchar\font=45
\small\rm \hyphenchar\font=45

\ifemendationson
   \newpage
   \immediate\closeout\emendations
   \input \jobname.emd 
\fi
\iftextnoteson
   \newpage
   \immediate\closeout\textnotes
   \input \jobname.ent
   \newpage
 \fi
 \ifexplanon
      \immediate\closeout\explanations
      \input \jobname.enx
      \newpage
 \fi
 \ifindexingon
 \printindex
 \fi
 \ifpoemcontentson
%      \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\vspace{10pt}\string\par}
%      \immediate\write
% \poemcontents{\string\contentspoemtitlefont\ Introduction to the Notes}
%      \immediate\write
% \poemcontents{\string~ /  \string~\ \string\pageref{editorsintroduction} \string\par}
%      \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par \string\smallskip}
%      \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\contentspoemtitlefont\ Abbreviations}
%      \immediate\write
% \poemcontents{\string~ /  \string~\ \string\pageref{abbreviations} \string\par}
%      \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par \string\smallskip}
     \ifemendationson
      \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\contentspoemtitlefont\ 
      \the\emendationscontentsname}
      \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string~ /  \string~\ \string\pageref{emendationnotes} \string\par}
      \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par \string\smallskip}
     \fi
     \iftextnoteson
      \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\contentspoemtitlefont\ 
      \the\textnotescontentsname}
      \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string~ /  \string~\ \string\pageref{textualnotes} \string\par}
      \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par \string\smallskip}
     \fi
     \ifexplanon 
       \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string\contentspoemtitlefont\ \the\explanationscontentsname}
       \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string~ /  \string~\ \string\pageref{explanatorynotes}}
     \fi
     \ifindexingon
        \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par \string\smallskip}
        \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string\contentspoemtitlefont\ \the\poemindexcontentsname}
        \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string~ /  \string~\ \string\pageref{indexpage}\string\par}
     \fi
    \immediate\closeout\poemcontents
    \input \jobname.ctn
 \fi
 \clearpage
\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}
\vspace{106pt}
\begin{center}
{\poemtitlefont Note}
\end{center}

\noindent The symbol \stanzaatbottomvalue\ is used to indicate 
a space between sections of a poem 
wherever such spaces are lost in pagination.
\cleardoublepage
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\testforauxonfirstrun} Put this in the preamble. It suppresses
% |\finish|, |\puttextnotes|, |\putemendations|, and |\putexplanatory| unless
% there is an .aux file from a previous run, this avoiding some error messages. 
%  
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\testforauxonfirstrun}{\IfFileExists{\jobname.aux}{\relax}
{\let\finish=\relax 
\let\puttextnotes=\relax
\let\putexplanatory=\relax
\let\putemendations=\relax
\typeout{Run again to read in endnotes files}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putpoemcontents}
% You may wish to do the tasks done by |\finish| separately. This will give you
% more flexibility. |\putpoemcontents| inserts the table of contents file from a 
% prior run. Be sure to issue it \emph{before} you issue |\makepoemcontents.|

%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putpoemcontents}{
\IfFileExists{\jobname.ctn}{\input \jobname.ctn 
\clearpage \resetpagestyle\normalsize}
{\typeout{Run again to input contents file here}}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\hyphenationforsmall} This command restores hyphenation for the
% backmatter sections of the book. Hyphenation is turned off in the main body of 
% the book, because verse should not be hyphenated. This macro turns hyphenation 
% on, but only for small roman, italic, and bold fonts. Backmatter sections are
% all set in |\small|. |\putemendations|, |\puttextnotes|, and
% |\putexplanatory| all call |\hyphenationforsmall|.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\hyphenationforsmall}{\small\bf \hyphenchar\font=45
\small\it \hyphenchar\font=45
\small\rm \hyphenchar\font=45
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putemendations} This macro closes external file for emendations, 
% reads it in, and puts an entry for the emendations into the table of contents
% file. The macro tests to see whether there is an .aux file from a previous run 
% before doing this, and complains in the .log file if the .aux file does not
% exist.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putemendations}{
\ifemendationson
\ifemendationstwocol
\literalemend{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\emendations
   \input \jobname.emd
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\emendationscontentsname}{emendationnotes}
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putexplanatory} Does the same for explanatory notes.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\putexplanatory}{
\ifexplanon
\ifexplanationstwocol
\literalexplain{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\explanations
   \input \jobname.enx
\ifpoemcontentson
 \ifexplanon
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\explanationscontentsname}{explanatorynotes}
  \fi
\fi
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\puttextnotes} Does the same for textual notes.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\puttextnotes}{
\iftextnoteson
\iftextnotestwocol
\literaltextnote{\end{multicols}}
\fi %\iftextnotetwocol
   \newpage
   \hyphenationforsmall
   \immediate\closeout\textnotes
   \input \jobname.ent
\contentsendnotestitle{\the\textnotescontentsname}{textualnotes}
\else
 \relax
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\putpoemindex} Reads in the index of titles and first lines
%  and adds an entry for the index 
% into the table of contents.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks{\poemindexname}
\poemindexname={Index of Titles and First Lines}
\newcommand{\changepoemindexname}[1]{\poemindexname={#1}}
\newtoks{\poemindexheadername}
\poemindexheadername={Index of Titles and First Lines}
\newcommand{\changepoemindexheader}[1]{\poemindexheadername={#1}}
\newtoks{\poemindexcontentsname}
\poemindexcontentsname={Index of Titles and First Lines}
\newcommand{\changepoemindexcontentsname}[1]{\poemindexcontentsname={#1}}
\newcommand{\putpoemindex}{\ifindexingon
 \printindex
 \fi
 \ifpoemcontentson\ifindexingon
     \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par \string\smallskip}
     \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string\contentspoemtitlefont\ \the\poemindexcontentsname}
     \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string~\string\contentsleaders \string~\ \string\pageref{indexpage}\string\par}
  \fi\fi}
\newcommand{\putmultiplepoemindex}[4]{%
\ifindexingon
\poemindexname={#2}
\poemindexheadername={#3}
\poemindexcontentsname={#4}
\poemindexlabelname={#4}
\printindex[#1][#2]                                      
\fi
\ifpoemcontentson\ifindexingon
     \immediate\write\poemcontents{\string\par \string\smallskip}
     \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string\contentspoemtitlefont\ \the\poemindexcontentsname}
     \immediate\write
\poemcontents{\string~ \string\contentsleaders \string~\ 
\string\pageref{\the\poemindexlabelname}\string\par}
  \fi\fi
} 
\newcommand{\noteaboutstanzamarkpage}{\begin{volumetitlepage}
%\thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}
\vspace{106pt}
\begin{center}
{\poemtitlefont Note}
\end{center}

\noindent The symbol \stanzaatbottomvalue\ is used to indicate 
a space between sections of a poem 
wherever such spaces are lost in pagination.
\end{volumetitlepage}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{~Visual formatting} The ideal in \LaTeX\ is to separate 
% content markup and formatting as completely as possible. In the text 
% itself you simply mark the logical units (a poem, a title, a stanza, 
% a textual note), and a header program like this interprets the 
% meaning of those terms typographically. However, one still winds up 
% having to do some visual formatting. Sometimes you have to enlarge or 
% shrink a page by one line in order to avoid an intractable widow or 
% club line, and when one does so one must be careful to do the same to 
% the other member of the two-page spread of which that page is a part. 
% These commands enable one to wiggle pagelength enough to handle these 
% problems.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\longpage}{\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}}
\newcommand{\shortpage}{\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    

%  \subsection{~Special environments: cjquotation and theindex}  
% An environment for special prose quotations within verse
% as in ``Chief Joseph of the Nez Perce''
% 
% \goodbreak
% 
%    \begin{macro}{cjquotation}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{cjquotation}
                {\tolerance=2000%
                \vspace{-\bigskipamount}
               \restoreverselinenumber
               \language=255
               \noindent\relax
               \list{}{\listparindent 0em%
                        \itemindent 0em%
                        \rightmargin 2em%
                        \leftmargin 2em%
                        \topsep 0em%
                        \parskip 0em%
                        \itemindent    \listparindent
                        \rightmargin   \leftmargin
                        \parsep        \z@ \@plus\p@}%
                \item[]
                }
               {\endlist}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{theindex}
% And the environment for the index:
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newtoks{\poemindexlabelname}
\poemindexlabelname={indexpage}
\newcommand{\changepoemindexlabelname}[1]{\poemindexlabelname={#1}}
\renewenvironment{theindex}
     {{\par\clearpage{\pagestyle{volumetitlestyle}\cleardoublepage}
     \thispagestyle{volumetitlestyle}}
     \makeatletter
     \def\pmclidxitem{\par\hangindent 1em}
\fancyhead[RO,LE]{{\small\textrm{\thepage}}}
\fancyhead[CO]{{\small{\em \the\poemindexheadername}}}
\fancyhead[CE]{{\small{\em \the\poemindexheadername}}}
\fancyfoot{}
     \label{\the\poemindexlabelname}
     \lefthyphenmin=2\tolerance=500\language=0
     \normalfont \backmattertextfont
               \raggedright
                \begin{multicols}
{2}[\backmattersink\begin{center}{\normalfont 
\backmatterheaderfont \the\poemindexname}\end{center}
\backmatterafterheadersink]%
                \let\item\pmclidxitem}
               {\end{multicols}\clearpage}
\makeatother
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Finally, some other miscellaneous environments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newlength{\epigraphquoteleftmargin}
\newlength{\epigraphquoterightmargin}
\setlength{\epigraphquoteleftmargin}{1.5em}
\setlength{\epigraphquoterightmargin}{1.5em}
\newif\ifleftalignepigraphs
\leftalignepigraphsfalse
\makeatletter
\newenvironment{epigraphquote}{\list{}{%
\ifleftalignepigraphs\left@ligntitleblock%
\rightmargin 1sp\leftmargin \lefttitlemargin%
\else
\rightmargin\epigraphquoterightmargin%
\leftmargin\epigraphquoteleftmargin%
\fi
                                       \topsep 0pt%
                                       \partopsep 0pt%
                                       \listparindent 0pt%
                                       }%
                \item\relax}
               {\endlist}\makeatother
\newenvironment{volumetitlepagequote}{\list{}{\rightmargin \voladditionalamount%
                                              \leftmargin \voladditionalamount%                                             
                                       \topsep 0pt%
                                       \partopsep 0pt%
                                       \listparindent 0pt
                                       }%
                \item\relax}
               {\endlist}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \clearpage
% \Finale
\endinput			   
--------------060108090809060900030409--